Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K
FORM 10-K/A
(Amendment No. 1)
(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended
October 31, 2019
Or2021
Or
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from            to
Commission file number 
1-4423

Commission file number 1-4423

 

HP INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware94-1081436
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)

1501 Page Mill Road94304
Palo Alto,, California
(Zip code)
94304
(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip code)

(650)

(650) 857-1501
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

____________________
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share HPQHPQNew York Stock Exchange


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act

Large accelerated filer ☒

Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer Smaller reporting companyEmerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates was $30,007,738,276$40,931,733,492 based on the last sale price of common stock on April 30, 2019.

2021.

The number of shares of HP Inc. common stock outstanding as of November 30, 2021 was 1,082,722,559 shares.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION10-K PART
Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement related to its 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after Registrant’s fiscal year end of October 31, 2021 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.III

1


HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Form 10-K
For the Fiscal Year ended October 31, 2021
Table of Contents
Page
PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.
In this report on Form 10-K, for all periods presented, “we”, “us”, “our”, the “company”, the “Company”, “HP” and “HP Inc.” refer to HP Inc. (formerly Hewlett-Packard Company) and its consolidated subsidiaries.

2


Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including “Business” in Item 1 and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7, contains forward-looking statements based on current expectations and assumptions that involve risks and uncertainties. If the risks or uncertainties ever materialize or the assumptions prove incorrect, the results of HP Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (“HP”) may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements and assumptions. All statements other than statements of historical fact are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, any statements regarding the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the actions by governments, businesses and individuals in response to the situation; projections of net revenue, margins, expenses, effective tax rates, net earnings, net earnings per share, cash flows, benefit plan funding, deferred taxes, share repurchases, foreign currency exchange rates or other financial items; any projections of the amount, timing or impact of cost savings or restructuring and other charges, planned structural cost reductions and productivity initiatives; any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations, including, but not limited to, our business model and transformation, our sustainability goals, our go-to-market strategy, the execution of restructuring plans and any resulting cost savings, net revenue or profitability improvements or other financial impacts; any statements concerning the expected development, demand, performance, market share or competitive performance relating to products or services; any statements concerning potential supply constraints, component shortages, manufacturing disruptions or logistics challenges; any statements regarding current or future macroeconomic trends or events and the impact of those trends and events on HP and its financial performance; any statements regarding pending investigations, claims, disputes or other litigation matters; any statements of expectation or belief, including with respect to the timing and expected benefits of acquisitions and other business combination and investment transactions; and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Forward-looking statements can also generally be identified by words such as “future,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “predicts,” “projects,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “can,” “may,” and similar terms. Risks, uncertainties and assumptions include factors relating to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and the actions by governments, businesses and individuals in response to the situation, the effects of which may give rise to or amplify the risks associated with many of these factors listed here; the need to manage (and reliance on) third-party suppliers, including with respect to component shortages, and the need to manage HP’s global, multi-tier distribution network, limit potential misuse of pricing programs by HP’s channel partners, adapt to new or changing marketplaces and effectively deliver HP’s services; HP’s ability to execute on its strategic plan, including the previously announced initiatives, business model changes and transformation; execution of planned structural cost reductions and productivity initiatives; HP’s ability to complete any contemplated share repurchases, other capital return programs or other strategic transactions; the competitive pressures faced by HP’s businesses; risks associated with executing HP’s strategy and business model changes and transformation; successfully innovating, developing and executing HP’s go-to-market strategy, including online, omnichannel and contractual sales, in an evolving distribution, reseller and customer landscape; the development and transition of new products and services and the enhancement of existing products and services to meet evolving customer needs and respond to emerging technological trends; successfully competing and maintaining the value proposition of HP’s products, including supplies; challenges to HP’s ability to accurately forecast inventories, demand and pricing, which may be due to HP’s multi-tiered channel, sales of HP’s products to unauthorized resellers or unauthorized resale of HP’s products or our uneven sales cycle; integration and other risks associated with business combination and investment transactions; the results of the restructuring plans, including estimates and assumptions related to the cost (including any possible disruption of HP’s business) and the anticipated benefits of the restructuring plans; the protection of HP’s intellectual property assets, including intellectual property licensed from third parties; the hiring and retention of key employees; the impact of macroeconomic and geopolitical trends and events, including the effects of inflation; risks associated with HP’s international operations; the execution and performance of contracts by HP and its suppliers, customers, clients and partners, including logistical challenges with respect to such execution and performance; changes in estimates and assumptions HP makes in connection with the preparation of its financial statements; disruptions in operations from system security risks, data protection breaches, cyberattacks, extreme weather conditions or other effects of climate change, medical epidemics or pandemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and other natural or manmade disasters or catastrophic events; the impact of changes to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations, including environmental regulations and tax laws; potential impacts, liabilities and costs from pending or potential investigations, claims and disputes; and other risks that are described herein, including but not limited to the items discussed in “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of Part I of this report and that are otherwise described or updated from time to time in HP’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The forward-looking statements in this report are made as of the date of this filing and HP assumes no obligation and does not intend to update these forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking and other statements in this report may also address our corporate responsibility progress, plans, and goals (including environmental matters), and the inclusion of such statements is not an indication that these contents are necessarily material to investors or required to be disclosed in HP’s filings with the SEC. In addition, historical, current, and forward-looking sustainability-related statements may be based on standards for measuring progress that are still developing, internal controls and processes that continue to evolve, and assumptions that are subject to change in the future.
3

Table of Contents
PART I
ITEM 1. Business.
Business Overview
We are a leading global provider of personal computing and other access devices, imaging and printing products, and related technologies, solutions and services. We sell to individual consumers, small- and medium-sized businesses (“SMBs”) and large enterprises, including customers in the government, health and education sectors.
As part of the separation of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company (“Hewlett Packard Enterprise”), Hewlett-Packard Company’s former enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses (the “Separation”), on November 1, 2015, HP and Hewlett Packard Enterprise entered into a separation and distribution agreement and various other agreements that provide a framework for the relationships between the parties following the Separation.
HP Products and Services; Segment Information
We have three reportable segments: Personal Systems, Printing and Corporate Investments. The Personal Systems segment offers commercial and consumer desktop and notebook personal computers (“PCs”), workstations, thin clients, commercial mobility devices, retail point-of-sale (“POS”) systems, displays and peripherals, software, support and services. The Printing segment provides consumer and commercial printer hardware, supplies, services and solutions. Corporate Investments includes HP Labs and certain business incubation and investment projects.
Personal Systems
Personal Systems offers commercial and consumer desktop and notebook PCs, workstations, thin clients, commercial mobility devices, retail POS systems, displays and peripherals, software, support and services. We group commercial notebooks, commercial desktops, commercial services, commercial mobility devices, commercial detachables and convertibles, workstations, retail POS systems and thin clients into commercial PCs and consumer notebooks, consumer desktops, consumer services and consumer detachables into consumer PCs when describing performance in these markets. Both commercial and consumer PCs maintain multi-operating system, multi-architecture strategies using Microsoft Windows and Google Chrome operating systems, and predominantly use processors from Intel Corporation (“Intel”) and Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. (“AMD”).
Commercial PCs are optimized for use by enterprise, public sector which includes education, and SMB customers, with a focus on robust design, security, serviceability, connectivity, reliability and manageability in the customer’s environment and working remotely. Commercial PCs include the HP ProBook and HP EliteBook lines of notebooks, convertibles, and detachables, the HP Pro and HP Elite lines of business desktops and all-in-ones, retail POS systems, HP Thin Clients, HP Pro Tablet PCs and the HP notebook, desktop and Chromebook systems. Commercial PCs also include workstations that are designed and optimized for high-performance and demanding application environments including Z desktop workstations, Z all-in-ones and Z mobile workstations. Additionally, we offer a range of services and solutions to enterprise, public sector which includes education and SMB customers to help them manage the lifecycle of their PC and mobility installed base.
Consumer PCs are optimized for consumer usage, focusing on gaming, learning and working remotely, consuming multi-media for entertainment, managing personal life activities, staying connected, sharing information, getting things done for work including creating content, and staying informed and secure. These systems include HP Spectre, HP Envy, HP Pavilion, HP Chromebook, HP Stream, Omen by HP lines of notebooks, desktops and hybrids, HP Envy, HP Pavilion desktops and all-in-one lines.
Personal Systems groups its global business capabilities into the following business units when reporting business performance:
Notebooks consists of consumer notebooks, commercial notebooks, mobile workstations, peripherals, and commercial mobility devices;
•     Desktops includes consumer desktops, commercial desktops, thin clients, displays, peripherals, and retail POS systems;
•     Workstations consists of desktop workstations, displays and peripherals; and
•     Other consists of consumer and commercial services as well as other Personal Systems capabilities.
Printing
Printing provides consumer and commercial printer hardware, supplies, services and solutions. Printing is also focused on Graphics and 3D imaging solutions in the commercial and industrial markets. Our global business capabilities within Printing are described below:
Office Printing Solutions delivers HP’s office printers, supplies, services, and solutions to SMBs and large enterprises. It also includes Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) hardware and solutions, and some Samsung-branded supplies.
Home Printing Solutions delivers innovative printing products, supplies, services and solutions for the home, home business and micro business customers utilizing both HP’s Ink and Laser technologies. It also includes some Samsung-branded supplies.
4

Table of Contents
Graphics Solutions delivers large-format, commercial and industrial solutions and supplies to print service providers and packaging converters through a wide portfolio of printers and presses (HP DesignJet, HP Latex, HP Indigo and HP PageWide Web Presses).
3D Printing and Digital Manufacturing offers a portfolio of additive manufacturing solutions and supplies to help customers succeed in their additive and digital manufacturing journey. HP offers complete solutions in collaboration with an ecosystem of partners.
Printing groups its global business capabilities into the following business units when reporting business performance:
Commercial consists of office printing solutions, graphics solutions and 3D printing and digital manufacturing, excluding supplies;
Consumer consists of home printing solutions, excluding supplies; and
Supplies comprises a set of highly innovative consumable products, ranging from ink and laser cartridges to media, graphics supplies and 3D printing and digital manufacturing supplies, for recurring use in consumer and commercial hardware.
Corporate Investments
Corporate Investments includes HP Labs and certain business incubation and investment projects.
Sales, Marketing and Distribution
We manage our business and report our financial results based on the business segments described above. Our customers are organized by consumer and commercial groups, and purchases of HP products, solutions and services may be fulfilled directly by HP or indirectly through a variety of partners, utilizing their own physical or internet stores or an omnichannel combination of the two, including:
retailers that sell our products to the public focusing on consumers and small- and medium-sized businesses;
resellers that sell our products and services, frequently with their own value-added products or services, to targeted customer groups;
distribution partners that supply our products and solutions to resellers; and
system integrators and other business intermediaries that provide various levels of services, including systems integration work and as-a-service solutions, and typically partner with us on client solutions that require our products and services.
The mix of our business conducted by direct sales or channel sales differs by business and geographic market. We believe that customer buying patterns and different geographic market conditions require us to tailor our sales, marketing and distribution efforts to the geographic market and sub-geographic specificities for each of our businesses. We are focused on driving the depth and breadth of our market coverage while identifying efficiencies and productivity gains in both our direct and indirect routes to market. Our businesses collaborate to accomplish strategic and process alignment where appropriate. For example, we typically assign an account manager to manage relationships across our business with large enterprise customers. The account manager is supported by a team of specialists with product and services expertise and drives both direct and indirect sales to their assigned customers. For other customers and for consumers, we typically manage both direct online sales as well as channel relationships with retailers mainly targeting consumers and SMBs and commercial resellers mainly targeting SMBs and mid-market accounts.
Manufacturing and Materials
We utilize a significant number of outsourced manufacturers (“OMs”) around the world to manufacture HP-designed products. The use of OMs is intended to generate cost efficiencies and reduce time to market for HP-designed products. We use multiple OMs to maintain flexibility in our supply chain and manufacturing processes. In some circumstances, third-party suppliers produce products that we purchase and resell under the HP brand. Additionally, we manufacture finished products from components and sub-assemblies that we acquire from a wide range of vendors.
We utilize two primary methods of fulfilling demand for products: building products to order and configuring products to order. We build products to order to maximize manufacturing and logistics efficiencies by producing high volumes of basic product configurations. Alternatively, configuring products to order enables units to match a customer’s hardware and software customization requirements. Our inventory management and distribution practices in both building products to order and configuring products to order seek to minimize inventory holding periods by taking delivery of the inventory and manufacturing shortly before the sale or distribution of products to our customers.
We purchase materials, supplies and product sub-assemblies from a substantial number of vendors. For most of our products, we have existing or readily available alternate sources of supply. However, we have relied on sole sources for some laser printer engines, LaserJet supplies, certain customized parts and parts for products with short life cycles (although some of these sources have operations in multiple locations, mitigating the effect of a disruption). For instance, we source the majority of our A4 and a portion of A3 portfolio laser printer engines and laser toner cartridges from Canon. Any decision by either party not to renew our agreement with Canon or to limit or reduce the scope of the agreement could adversely affect our net
5

Table of Contents
revenue from LaserJet products; however, we have a long-standing business relationship with Canon and anticipate renewal of this agreement.
We are dependent upon Intel and AMD as suppliers of x86 processors and Microsoft and Google for various software products. We believe that disruptions with these suppliers would have industry-wide ramifications, and therefore would not disproportionately disadvantage us relative to our competitors. See “Risk Factors—We are heavily dependent on third-party suppliers and supply chain issues have adversely affected, and could continue to adversely affect, our financial results” in Item 1A, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Like other participants in the information technology (“IT”) industry, we ordinarily acquire materials and components through a combination of blanket and scheduled purchase orders to support our demand requirements for periods averaging 90 to 120 days. From time to time, we may experience significant price volatility or supply constraints for certain components that are not available from multiple sources. We also may acquire component inventory in anticipation of supply constraints or enter into longer-term pricing commitments with vendors to improve the priority, price and availability of supplies. See “Risk Factors—We are heavily dependent on third-party suppliers and supply chain issues have adversely affected, and could continue to adversely affect, our financial results” in Item 1A, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Sustainability also plays an important role in the manufacturing and sourcing of materials and components for our products. We strive to make our products in an ethical and sustainable manner. We have committed to building an efficient, resilient and sustainable supplier network, and we collaborate with our suppliers to improve their labor practices and working conditions, and to reduce the environmental impact of their operations. These actions, together with our broader sustainability program, help us in our effort to meet customer sustainability requirements and comply with regulations, such as supplier labor practices and conflict minerals disclosures. For more information on our sustainability goals, programs, and performance, we refer you to our annual sustainability report, available on our website (which is not incorporated by reference herein).
International
Our products and services are available worldwide. We believe this geographic diversity allows us to meet both consumer and enterprise customers’ demand on a worldwide basis and draws on business and technical expertise from a worldwide workforce. This provides stability to our operations, provides revenue streams that may offset geographic economic trends and offers us an opportunity to access new markets for maturing products. We believe that our broad geographic presence as well as our focus on diversity and inclusion, gives us a solid base on which to build future growth.
Research and Development
Innovation across products, services, business models and processes is a key element of our culture and success. Our development efforts are focused on designing and developing products, services and solutions that anticipate customers’ changing needs and desires, and emerging technological trends. Our efforts also are focused on identifying the areas where we believe we can make a unique contribution and the areas where partnering with other leading technology companies will leverage our cost structure and maximize our customers’ experiences.
HP Labs, together with the various research and development groups within our business segments, is responsible for our research and development efforts. HP Labs is part of our Corporate Investments segment.
We anticipate that we will continue to have significant research and development expenditures in the future to support the design and development of innovative, high-quality products and services to maintain and enhance our competitive position.
For a discussion of risks attendant to our research and development activities, see “Risk Factors—If we cannot successfully execute our strategy and continue to develop, manufacture and market innovative products, services and solutions, our business and financial performance may suffer” in Item 1A, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Patents
Our general policy has been to seek patent protection for those inventions likely to be incorporated into our products and services or where obtaining such proprietary rights will improve our competitive position. At October 31, 2021, our worldwide patent portfolio included over 28,000 patents.
Patents generally have a term of twenty years from the date they are filed. As our patent portfolio has been built over time, the remaining terms of the individual patents across our patent portfolio vary. We believe that our patents and patent applications are important for maintaining the competitive differentiation of our products and services, enhancing our freedom of action to sell our products and services in markets in which we choose to participate, and maximizing our return on research and development investments. No single patent is essential to HP as a whole or to any of HP’s business segments.
In addition to developing our patent portfolio, we license intellectual property (“IP”) from third parties as we deem appropriate. We have also granted and continue to grant to others licenses, and other rights, under our patents when we consider these arrangements to be in our interest. These license arrangements include a number of cross-licenses with third parties.
For a discussion of risks attendant to IP rights, see “Risk Factors—Our financial performance may suffer if we cannot develop, obtain, license or enforce the intellectual property rights on which our businesses depend”, “Risk Factors—Our products and services depend in part on IP and technology licensed from third parties” and “Risk Factors—Third-party claims
6

Table of Contents
of IP infringement are commonplace in our industry and may limit or disrupt our ability to sell our products and services” in Item 1A, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Seasonality
General economic conditions have an impact on our business and financial results. From time to time, the markets in which we sell our products and services experience weak economic conditions that may negatively affect sales. We experience some seasonal trends in the sale of our products and services. For example, European sales are often weaker in the summer months and consumer sales are often stronger in the fourth calendar quarter. Demand during the spring and early summer months also may be adversely impacted by market anticipation of seasonal trends. Historical seasonal patterns may not continue in the future and have been impacted by increasing supply constraints, shifts in customer behavior and the evolving impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. See “Risk Factors—Our uneven sales cycle makes planning and inventory management difficult and future financial results less predictable,” in Item 1A, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Competition
We encounter strong competition in all areas of our business activity. We compete on the basis of technology, innovation, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, reputation, distribution, range of products and services, ease of use of our products, account relationships, customer training, service, support and solutions including subscription-based offerings and financing, security, availability of application software, and our sustainability performance.
The markets for each of our key business segments are characterized by strong competition among major corporations with long-established positions and a large number of new and rapidly growing firms. Most product life cycles are short, and to remain competitive we must develop new products and services, periodically enhance our existing products and services and compete effectively on the basis of the factors listed above. In addition, we compete with many of our current and potential partners, including OEMs that design, manufacture and often market their products under their own brand names. Our successful management of these competitive partner relationships will be critical to our future success. Moreover, we anticipate that we will have to continue to adjust prices on many of our products and services to stay competitive.
We have a broad technology portfolio spanning personal computing and other access devices, imaging and printing-related products and services. We are the leader or among the leaders in each of our key business segments.
The competitive environment in which each key segment operates is described below:
Personal Systems. The markets in which Personal Systems operates are highly competitive and are characterized by price competition and introduction of new products and solutions. Our primary competitors are Lenovo Group Limited, Dell Inc., Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., Acer Inc., ASUSTeK Computer Inc., Apple Inc., Toshiba Corporation, Microsoft Corporation, and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. In particular geographies, we also experience competition from local companies and from generically-branded or “white box” manufacturers. Our competitive advantages include our broad product portfolio, our innovation, and research and development capabilities including security features, our innovative design work, our brand and procurement leverage, our ability to cross-sell our portfolio of offerings, our extensive service and support offerings and the accessibility of our products through a broad-based distribution strategy from retail and commercial channels to direct sales.
Printing. The markets for printer hardware and associated supplies are highly competitive. Printing’s key customer segments each face competitive market pressures in pricing and the introduction of new products. Our primary competitors include Canon Inc., Lexmark International, Inc., Xerox Corporation Ltd., Seiko Epson Corporation, The Ricoh Company Ltd. and Brother Industries, Ltd. In addition, independent suppliers offer non-original supplies (including imitation, refill and remanufactured alternatives), which are often available for lower prices but which can also offer lower print quality and reliability compared to HP original inkjet and toner supplies. These and other competing products are often sold alongside our products through online or omnichannel resellers or distributors, or such resellers and distributors may highlight the availability of lower cost non-original supplies. Our competitive advantages include our comprehensive high-quality solutions for the home, office and publishing environments, our innovation, and research and development capabilities including security features, sustainability, our brand, and the accessibility of our products through a broad-based distribution strategy from retail and commercial channels to direct sales.
For a discussion of risks attendant to these competitive factors, see “Risk Factors—We operate in an intensely competitive industry and competitive pressures could harm our business and financial performance,” in Item 1A, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Sustainability
At HP, we believe how we do things is just as important as what we do, and so efforts to make a sustainable impact on people, the planet and our communities are integrated into HP’s business strategy and operations.
Through our Sustainable Impact agenda, HP is tackling some key issues: Climate Action, Human Rights, and Digital Equity. Our ambition is to become the world’s most sustainable and just technology company by 2030, and our strategy is designed to propel us forward. It stays true to HP’s values, supports the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals, and prioritizes efforts where our technology, talent, and ecosystem can have the greatest impact.
7

Table of Contents
Climate Action: Drive toward a net zero carbon, fully regenerative economy while engineering the industry’s most sustainable portfolio of products and solutions. Among our goals:
Achieve net zero greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions across HP’s value chain (scope 1, 2 and 3) by 2040, with a 50% reduction in absolute value chain GHG emissions by 2030 compared to 2019;
Reach 75% circularity for products and packaging by 2030;
Maintain zero deforestation for HP paper and paper-based packaging and counteract deforestation for non-HP paper used in our products and print services;
Human Rights: Create a powerful culture of diversity, equity, and inclusion. Advance human rights, social justice, and racial and gender equality across our ecosystem, raising the bar for all. Among our goals:
Achieve 50/50 gender equality in HP leadership by 2030;
Achieve greater than 30% technical women and women in engineering roles by 2030;
Meet or exceed labor market representation for racial and ethnic minorities in the U.S. by 2030;
Reach one million workers through worker empowerment programs by 2030;
Digital Equity: Lead in activating and innovating holistic solutions that break down the digital divide that prevents many from accessing the education, jobs, and healthcare needed to thrive. Drive digital inclusion to transform lives and communities. Among our goals:
Accelerate digital equity for 150 million people by 2030;
Enable better learning outcomes for 100 million people by 2025, since the beginning of 2015;
Enroll 1 million HP LIFE (Learning Initiative for Entrepreneurs) users between 2016 and 2025;
For more information on our Sustainable Impact strategy, programs, and a complete list of goals and performance, we refer you to our annual Sustainable Impact Report, available on our website (which is not incorporated by reference herein).
Environment
Our operations are subject to regulation under various federal, state, local and foreign laws concerning the environment, including laws addressing the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, and third-party damage or personal injury claims, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws.
Many of our products are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws governing chemical substances in products and their safe use, including laws regulating the manufacture and distribution of chemical substances and laws restricting the presence of certain substances in electronics products. Most of our products also are subject to requirements applicable to their energy consumption. In addition, we face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the chemical and materials composition of our products, and their safe use.
We proactively evaluate and at times replace materials in our products and supply chain, taking into account, among other things, published lists of substances of concern, new and upcoming legal requirements, customer preferences and scientific analysis that indicates a potential impact to human health or the environment.
We are also subject to legislation in an increasing number of jurisdictions that makes producers of electrical goods, including computers and printers, financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products (sometimes referred to as “product take-back legislation”). We are also subject to standards set by public and private entities related to sustainability issues such as energy consumption, carbon emissions, reusing or recycling. We intend for our products to be easily reused and recycled, and we provide many of our customers with reuse and recycling programs.
In the event our products become non-compliant with these laws or standards, our products could be restricted from entering certain jurisdictions or from being procured by certain governments or private companies, and we could face other sanctions, including fines.
Our operations, supply chain and our products are expected to become increasingly subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations and international treaties relating to climate change, such as climate disclosure, carbon pricing or product energy efficiency requirements, requiring us to comply or potentially face market access limitations or other sanctions including fines. We strive to continually improve the energy and carbon efficiency of our operations, supply chain and product portfolio and deliver more cost-effective and lower carbon technology solutions to our customers. We believe that technology will be fundamental to finding solutions to achieve compliance with and manage those requirements, and we are collaborating with industry, business groups and governments to find and promote ways that HP technology can be used to address climate change and to facilitate compliance with related laws, regulations and treaties.
8

Table of Contents
We are committed to complying with all environmental laws applicable to our operations, products and services and to reducing our environmental impact across all aspects of our business. This commitment is reflected and outlined in our sustainability policy, our comprehensive environmental, health and safety policy, strict environmental management of our operations and worldwide environmental programs and services.
A liability for environmental remediation and other environmental costs is accrued when we consider it probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Environmental costs and accruals are presently not material to our operations, cash flows or financial position. Although there is no assurance that existing or future environmental laws applicable to our operations or products will not have a material adverse effect on our operations, cash flows or financial condition, we do not currently anticipate material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities.
For a discussion of risks attendant to these environmental factors, see “Risk Factors—Our business is subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations that could result in costs or other sanctions that adversely affect our business and results of operations and cash flows” in Item 1A, which is incorporated herein by reference. In addition, for a discussion of our environmental contingencies see Note 14, “Litigation and Contingencies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is also incorporated herein by reference.
Human Capital
Approximately 51,000 employees worldwide power HP’s innovation, contributing unique perspectives and a growth mindset to create breakthrough technologies and transformative solutions. We are committed to fostering a diverse, equitable, and inclusive workplace that attracts, retains, and advances exceptional talent. Through ongoing employee development, comprehensive compensation and benefits, and a focus on health, safety, and employee wellbeing, we strive to support our employees in all aspects of their lives so they can do their best work—while learning, growing, and feeling engaged.
Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI)
Innovation at HP comes from the diverse perspectives, backgrounds, knowledge, and unique experiences of our employees. We strive to create an inclusive workplace where people bring their authentic selves to work and can reach their full potential.
Our commitment to DEI starts at the top with a highly knowledgeable, skilled and diverse board of directors. We are among the top technology companies for women in executive positions. Women represent 32.5% of HP’s full-time executive positions globally. We are committed to improving representation of women at HP overall, with an intentional focus on leadership and technical roles globally.
In fiscal year 2021, 44.8% of our U.S. hires were ethnically diverse. We continue to work on removing barriers for underrepresented employees by creating equitable programs, training and development opportunities to grow and promote our employees.
To ensure leadership embeds a strong focus on DEI, each executive leader has individual performance goals under the Management by Objectives (“MBOs”) program tied to DEI. The board has ongoing oversight of these programs.
Pay Equity
We believe people should be paid equitably for what they do and how they do it, regardless of their gender, race, or other personal characteristics. To deliver on that commitment, we benchmark and set pay ranges based on relevant market data and consider factors such as an employee’s role and experience, and their performance. We also regularly review our compensation practices, both in terms of our overall workforce and individual employees, to make sure our pay is fair and equitable.
For the past five years, HP has reviewed employees’ compensation with the support of independent third-party experts to ensure consistent pay practices.
HP expanded its annual pay equity assessment in fiscal year 2021 - evaluating the nine countries with our largest employee populations, representing 72% of our global workforce. The independent analysis determined there were no systemic issues. Any areas of potential concern, considering what we would expect employees to be paid when evaluating their skills, qualifications, and experience were reviewed and addressed as part of our off-cycle compensation process.
Employee Engagement
We regularly collect feedback from employees to better understand and improve their experiences and identify opportunities to continually strengthen our culture. In fiscal year 2021, 95% of employees participated in our annual employee engagement survey. Employee engagement globally remained stable as compared to fiscal year 2020. Ethics and integrity as well as employees feeling that HP values diversity were both highly rated, at 96% and 94%, respectively. Our Inclusion Index reported 87% of employees experience an inclusive work environment at HP.
Talent and Learning
HP employees have access to a wide range of development opportunities, including virtual, social, and self-directed learning, as well as mentoring and coaching. We offer a variety of collaborative learning experiences, connection to a network
9

Table of Contents
of subject matter experts, and a social learning platform that enables employees to integrate development into their daily routines.
In fiscal year 2021, 99% of employees participated in learning and development activities, and we estimate that employees (on average) spent more than 30 hours participating in development activities through the year. The 2021 annual employee survey revealed that 84% of employees felt HP actively supported their learning and development.
Through fiscal year 2021 we accelerated our transition toward more holistic approaches of employee development, with additional trainings supporting employee wellbeing and remote working. More than 25,000 employees participated in new virtual business, professional, digital, and career development live trainings.
In addition to the above, we have key focus areas on leadership development and digital skills. Our priority leadership development programs included our new Hire EQ development program to improve our diversity hiring practices, and the Senior Leader Meeting Connect program to develop global business leadership insights and learn from external best practices. In fiscal year 2021, we continued our focus on the HP digital literacy campaign (Speak Digital) targeted to all employees to increase knowledge of digital technologies and emerging trends in customer experience and innovation.
Health, Safety, and Wellness
The physical health, financial wellbeing, life balance and mental health of our employees are vital to HP’s success. Our environmental, health, and safety leadership team uses our global injury and illness reporting system to assess worldwide and regional trends as a part of quarterly reviews. Our manufacturing facilities continue to represent our most significant health and safety risks, due to higher potential exposure to chemicals and machinery related hazards. Reducing and effectively managing risks at these facilities remains a focus, and injury rates continue to be low.
We also sponsor a global wellness program designed to enhance physical, financial, and mental wellbeing for all our employees around the world. Throughout the year, we encourage healthy behaviors through regular communications, educational sessions, voluntary progress tracking, wellness challenges, and other incentives.
Throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, a top priority of HP’s has been the health, safety, and wellbeing of employees and their families. Our cross-functional COVID-19 program management office meets regularly to review the latest data from HP business and site leaders, identify and address emerging risks, and formulate HP’s response to actions taken by governments and public policy organizations. We've put in place global policies and protocols based on guidance from healthcare experts and public health leaders, and regularly review and update them to reflect the best, most current information available.
Hybrid Work Strategy
We are embracing hybrid ways of working across HP and introduced new flexible working guidelines in July 2021. Hybrid Work at HP balances more workplace flexibility with structured time together to collaborate and connect in person at our HP sites. Our goal is to provide the ability to work seamlessly across a diverse ecosystem of workplaces, enabled by enhanced tools and technology designed to optimize productivity and collaboration.
In summary, we aim to cultivate a healthy, supportive and inclusive environment that enables employees to do their best work, while developing themselves and reaching their full potential.

Information about our Executive Officers
The following are our current executive officers:
Harvey Anderson; age 58; Chief Legal Officer
Mr. Anderson has served as Chief Legal Officer since February 2021. Previously, he served as General Counsel from November 2019 to January 2021. Mr. Anderson joined HP in 2017 as deputy general counsel for the Personal Systems and 3D Printing business units. Prior to joining HP, he served as chief legal officer at AVG Technologies, a leading provider of software security solutions, from 2014 to 2019. He has also held senior legal roles at Mozilla Corporation, Seven Networks, and Netscape/AOL.
Alex Cho; age 49; President, Personal Systems
Mr. Cho has served as President, Personal Systems since June 2018. From 2014 to 2018, Mr. Cho served as Global Head and General Manager of Commercial Personal Systems. Prior to that role, Mr. Cho served as the Vice President and General Manager of the LaserJet Supplies team from 2010 to 2014.
Enrique Lores; age 56; President and Chief Executive Officer
Mr. Lores has served as President and Chief Executive Officer since November 2019. Throughout his over 30-year tenure with the company, Mr. Lores held leadership positions across the organization, most recently serving as President, Printing, Solutions and Services from November 2015 to November 2019, and prior to that role, leading the Separation Management Office for HP Inc. Previously, Mr. Lores was the Senior Vice President and General Manager for Business Personal Systems. Before his Business Personal Systems role, Mr. Lores was Senior Vice President of Customer Support and Services.
Kristen Ludgate; age 58; Chief People Officer
Ms. Ludgate has served as Chief People Officer since July 2021. Previously, Ms. Ludgate served as Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer at 3M, a global technology company, from June 2018 until July 2021. Ms.
10

Table of Contents
Ludgate held a wide range of leadership positions during her 17 years with 3M, leading global teams in human resources, legal, compliance, and communications.
Marie Myers; age 53; Chief Financial Officer
Ms. Myers has served as Chief Financial Officer since February 2021, previously serving as acting Chief Financial Officer from October 2020 to February 2021. She served as Chief Transformation Officer from June 2020 to May 2021 and as Chief Digital Officer from March 2020 to June 2020. Prior to rejoining HP, she was the Chief Financial Officer of UiPath, a robotic process automation company, from December 2018 to December 2019. Prior to UiPath, Ms. Myers served as Global Controller from December 2015 to December 2018 and finance lead during the separation of Hewlett-Packard Company into HP and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company from October 2014 to August 2015, in addition to other finance-related roles at Hewlett-Packard Company.
Christoph Schell; age 50; Chief Commercial Officer
Mr. Schell has served as Chief Commercial Officer since November 2019. From November 2018 to October 2019, he served as the President of 3D Printing & Digital Manufacturing. Before that, he served as President of the Americas region from November 2015 to November 2018 and managed the Americas region for the HP Print and Personal Systems business from August 2014 to November 2015. Prior to rejoining HP in August 2014, Mr. Schell served as Executive Vice President of the Lighting business in Growth Markets at Philips. Prior to Philips, Mr. Schell held various roles at HP and Procter & Gamble.
Tuan Tran; age 54; President of Imaging, Printing and Solutions
Mr. Tran served as President of Imaging, Printing and Solutions since November 2019. Previously, he served as Global Head & General Manager of the Office Printing Solutions business from 2016 to November 2019, and Global Head & General Manager of the LaserJet and Enterprise Solutions business from 2014 to 2016.
Barb Barton Weiszhaar; age 58; Acting Global Controller
Ms. Weiszhaar has served as Acting Global Controller since June 2021. Previously, she served as the Chief of Staff for the Chief Financial Officer and Operations Lead, a position she had held since April 2020. Prior to April 2020, she served as HP's Chief Tax Officer from November 2015 to March 2020 and in other leadership roles, including Chief Operations Officer for Tax, prior to the November 2015 separation of Hewlett-Packard Company into HP and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company. Ms. Weiszhaar joined Hewlett-Packard Company following its acquisition of EDS in 2008; at EDS she served as Tax Director.
Available Information
Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge on our website at http://investor.hp.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after HP electronically files such reports with, or furnishes those reports to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. HP’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, Board of Directors’ committee charters (including the charters of the Audit Committee, Finance, Investment and Technology Committee, HR and Compensation Committee, and Nominating, Governance and Social Responsibility Committee) and code of ethics entitled “Integrity at HP” (none of which are incorporated by reference herein) are also available at that same location on our website. If the Board grants any waivers from Integrity at HP to any of our directors or executive officers, or if we amend Integrity at HP, we will, if required, disclose these matters via updates to our website at http://investor.hp.com on a timely basis. We encourage investors to visit our website from time to time, as information is updated and new information is posted. The content of our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in any other report or document we file with the SEC, and any references to our website are intended to be inactive textual references only.

Stockholders may request free copies of these documents from:
HP Inc.
Attention: Investor Relations
1501 Page Mill Road,
Palo Alto, CA 94304
http://investor.hp.com/resources/information-request/default.aspx
Additional Information
Microsoft® and Windows® are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Intel® is a trademark of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries. AMD is a trademark of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Google™ and Google Chrome™ are trademarks of Google LLC. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
11

Table of Contents
ITEM 1A. Risk Factors.
The following discussion of risk factors contains forward-looking statements. These risk factors may be important for understanding any statement in this Form 10-K or elsewhere. The following information should be read in conjunction with Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.
Because of the following factors, as well as other variables affecting our results of operations, past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance, and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods.
STRATEGIC AND OPERATIONAL RISKS
Our business, results of operations and financial condition have been, and could continue to be, affected by the COVID-19 pandemic.
The COVID-19 pandemic and the actions taken by governments, businesses and individuals in response to the pandemic have resulted in, and are expected to continue to result in, a curtailment of business activities (including changes in demand for a broad variety of goods and services), weakened economic conditions, disruptions in supply, manufacturing and logistics, economic uncertainty and volatility in the financial markets, both in the United States and abroad.
The COVID-19 pandemic, including its resurgence in key markets, has impacted, and could adversely impact, our operations and financial performance. COVID-19 related restrictions impacted the demand for certain products and services as a result of temporary closures of offices and businesses, the shift to a hybrid work environment, and as people moved to spend more time at home, which negatively impacted sales for commercial products in both Personal Systems and Print. For as long as remote working and learning practices remain prevalent, whether due to restrictions implemented by governmental authorities or businesses allowing employees to continue to work remotely or adopting new workplace models, we expect decreased sales of products for in-office consumption in some markets and channels compared to pre-pandemic levels. While this decrease in demand for certain products has been partially offset by increased sales of other products for in-home consumption compared to pre-pandemic levels, we are unable to predict for how long or to what extent this elevated level of sales of products for in-home consumption will continue. Additionally, as the market continues to shift to hybrid, our financial performance will depend in part on our ability to remain competitive in products designed for hybrid consumption.
Moreover, our channel partners have experienced, and may continue to experience, disruptions in their operations due to restrictions implemented in response to COVID-19, which has caused, and may continue to cause, reduced, or cancelled orders and/or collection risks. This has further adversely impacted our results of operations and we expect it may continue to have a negative impact on our results of operations.
Additionally, as the COVID-19 pandemic continues and new variants of the virus emerge, we are seeing a resurgence of the pandemic in certain key markets. We have experienced temporary factory closures and other disruptions in supply, manufacturing and logistics as a result of COVID-19, and we may continue to experience such disruptions. For example, our manufacturing sites, including those in Asia, as well as those of our suppliers and outsourcing partners, were adversely impacted as a result of quarantines, facility closures, and travel and logistics challenges. These disruptions have resulted and may continue to result in supply shortages and delays impacting sales worldwide for both Personal Systems and Print, as well as incremental costs. We may experience further disruptions in the future, and any prolonged disruptions to our manufacturing operations, supply chain and/or distribution channels could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
We are also facing increased operational challenges as we take measures to support and protect employee health and safety, including limiting employee travel, limiting access to facilities and offices, implementing remote work and flexible work policies and implementing a vaccine policy for employees. In particular, our remote work arrangements pose challenges for our employees and our IT systems and extended periods of remote work arrangements could strain our business continuity plans, introduce operational risk, including cybersecurity and IT systems management risks, and impair our ability to manage our business. In addition, complying with various customer or government vaccine, masking or testing requirements, could result in increased competition for skilled talent, and could adversely impact our ability to deliver services to our customers, which could in turn adversely impact our results of operations or financial performance.
The effects of COVID-19 may also limit the resources afforded to or delay the implementation of our strategic initiatives and make it more difficult to develop, manufacture and market innovative products and services. If our strategic initiatives are delayed or otherwise modified, such initiatives may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits, which could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The ultimate impact of COVID-19 on our operations and financial performance depends on many factors that are not within our control, including: the duration, scope and severity of the pandemic, including the impact of variants and resurgences; the development, availability and public acceptance of effective treatments or vaccines; governmental, business
12

Table of Contents
and individuals’ actions that have been and continue to be taken in response to the pandemic; general economic uncertainty in global markets and financial market volatility; global economic conditions and levels of economic growth; and the pace of recovery when the COVID-19 pandemic subsides.
Further, COVID-19, and the volatile regional and global economic conditions stemming from the pandemic, could precipitate or aggravate the other risk factors that we identify in this report, any of which could materially adversely impact our business. We also face an increased risk of litigation and governmental and regulatory scrutiny as a result of the effects of COVID-19 on economic and market conditions. COVID-19 may also affect our business and financial results in ways that are not presently known to us or that we do not currently consider as significant risks to our operations.
We are heavily dependent on third-party suppliers and supply chain issues have adversely affected, and could continue to adversely affect, our financial results.
We are operating in a supply-constrained environment and are facing, and may continue to face, component shortages, logistics challenges and manufacturing disruptions that impact our revenues and profitability. We are heavily dependent on third-party suppliers and their ability to deliver sufficient quantities of key components, products and services at reasonable prices and in time for us to meet schedules for the delivery of our products and services. In addition, our operations depend on our ability to anticipate and our suppliers’ ability to fulfill, our needs for sufficient quantities of key components, products and services (including sourcing matched sets). Given the wide variety of products and services we offer, the large and diverse distribution of our suppliers and contract manufacturers, and the long lead times required to manufacture, assemble and deliver certain components and products, problems have and could continue to arise in production, planning and inventory management, and regulatory compliance that could seriously harm our business. Third-party suppliers may have limited financial resources to withstand challenging business conditions, particularly as a result of increased interest rates or emerging market volatility, and our business could be negatively impacted if key suppliers are forced to cease or limit their operations. Due to the international nature of our third-party supplier network, our financial results may also be negatively impacted by increased trade barriers, increased tariffs and localization requirements, which could increase the cost or availability of certain components, products and services that we may not be able to offset. We also have experienced, and may experience in the future, gross margin declines in certain businesses, reflecting the effect of items such as competitive pricing pressures and increases in component and manufacturing costs resulting from higher labor and material costs borne by our manufacturers and suppliers that we are unable to pass on to our customers. In addition, our business may be disrupted if we are unable to obtain equipment, parts or components from our suppliers—and our suppliers from their suppliers—due to the insolvency of key suppliers or the inability of key suppliers to obtain credit, or if any of our distributors lack sufficient financial resources to withstand economic weakness. In addition, our ongoing efforts to optimize the efficiency of our supply chain could cause supply disruptions and be more expensive, time-consuming and resource-intensive than expected. Furthermore, certain of our suppliers and Outsourced Manufacturers (“OMs”) may decide to discontinue business with us or limit the allocation of products to us, which could result in our inability to fill our supply needs, jeopardizing our ability to fulfill our contractual obligations, which could in turn, result in a decrease in sales and profitability, contract penalties or terminations, and damage to customer relationships. Other supplier problems that we could face include component shortages, excess supply, risks related to the terms of our contracts with suppliers, risks associated with contingent workers, risks related to supply chain working conditions, human rights and materials sourcing, and risks related to our relationships with single-source suppliers, each of which is described below.
Component shortages. We have and may continue to experience a shortage of, or a delay in receiving, certain components as a result of strong demand, capacity constraints, supplier financial weaknesses, the inability of suppliers to borrow funds, disputes with suppliers (some of whom are also our customers), disruptions in the operations of component suppliers, other problems experienced by suppliers or problems we face during the transition to new suppliers. For example, we have experienced disruptions in our manufacturing and supply chain during the COVID-19 pandemic, which have resulted in temporary supply shortages that have negatively affected our ability to fulfill demand for Personal Systems and Printing products worldwide and resulted in increases in prices for certain components, and we expect such challenges to continue during 2022.For example, there is currently a market shortage of integrated circuits and panels and other component supply which has affected, and could continue to affect, lead times, the cost of that supply, and our ability to meet customer demand for our products if we cannot secure sufficient supply in a timely manner or on terms that are acceptable. Additionally, our Personal Systems business relies heavily upon OMs to manufacture our products and we are therefore dependent upon the continuing operations of those OMs to manufacture our products to fulfill demand. We represent a substantial portion of the business for certain OMs, and any changes to the nature or volume of our business transactions with a particular OM could adversely affect the operations and financial condition of the OM and lead to shortages or delays in receiving component products from that OM. If shortages or delays in component products persist, the price of certain components may increase further, we may be exposed to quality issues, or the components may not be available at all. We may not be able to secure enough components at reasonable prices or of acceptable quality to build products or provide services in a timely manner in the quantities needed or according to our specifications. Accordingly, our business, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition could suffer if we lose time-sensitive sales, incur additional freight costs or are
13

Table of Contents
unable to pass on price increases to our customers due to such component shortages or delays. If we cannot adequately address a component supply issue, we may have to re-engineer some product or service offerings, which could result in further costs and delays.
Excess supply. In order to secure components for our products or services, we have and may continue to make advance payments to suppliers or enter into non-cancelable commitments with vendors. In addition, we have and may continue to strategically purchase components in advance of demand to take advantage of favorable pricing or to address concerns about future availability. If we fail to anticipate customer demand properly, a temporary oversupply could result in excess or obsolete components, which could adversely affect our business and financial performance.
Contractual terms. As a result of binding long-term price or purchase commitments with vendors, we may be obligated to purchase components or services at prices that are higher than those available in the current market and may be limited in our ability to respond to changing market conditions. If we commit to purchasing components or services for prices in excess of the then-current market price, we may be at a disadvantage to competitors who have access to components or services at lower prices, our gross margin could suffer, and we could incur additional charges relating to inventory obsolescence. In addition, many of our competitors obtain products or components from the same OMs and suppliers that we utilize. Our competitors may obtain better pricing, more favorable contractual terms and conditions, or more favorable allocations of products and components during periods of limited supply, and our ability to engage in relationships with certain OMs and suppliers could be limited. The practice employed by our Personal Systems business of purchasing product components and transferring those components to OMs may create large supplier receivables with the OMs that, depending on the financial condition of the OMs, may create collectability risks. In addition, in order to secure components, we may accept contractual terms and conditions that are less favorable to us. Any of these developments could adversely affect our future cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.
Contingent workers. We also rely on third-party suppliers for the provision of contingent workers, and our failure to effectively manage this workforce could adversely affect our results of operations. Our ability to manage the costs associated with engaging a contingent workforce may be impacted by evolving local labor rights laws.
Working conditions, human rights and materialssourcing. Our brand perception, customer loyalty and legal compliance could be adversely impacted by a supplier’s improper practices or failure to comply with our requirements for environmentally, socially or legally responsible practices and sourcing, including those in our Supplier Code of Conduct, General Specification for the Environment or other related provisions in our procurement contracts. These provisions include supplier audits, reporting of smelters, human rights due diligence, wood fiber certification and GHG emissions, water and waste data.
Single-source suppliers. We obtain a significant number of components from a single source due to technology, availability, price, quality or other considerations. For example, we rely on Canon for certain laser printer engines and laser toner cartridges. We also rely on both Intel and AMD to provide us with a sufficient supply of processors for the majority of our PCs and workstations. Some of those processors may be customized for our products. New products that we introduce may utilize custom components obtained initially from only one source until we have determined whether there is a need for additional suppliers. Replacing a single-source supplier could delay production of some products as replacement suppliers may be subject to capacity constraints or other output limitations. For some components, alternative sources may not exist or may be unable to produce the quantities of those components necessary to satisfy our production requirements. In certain circumstances, we purchase components from single-source suppliers under short-term agreements that contain favorable pricing and other terms, but that may be unilaterally modified or terminated by the supplier with limited notice and with little or no penalty. The performance of single-source suppliers under those agreements (and the renewal or extension of those agreements upon similar terms) may affect the quality, quantity and price of our components. The loss of, deterioration of our relationship with, or limits in allocation by, a single-source supplier, or any unilateral modification to the contractual terms under which we are supplied components by a single-source supplier could adversely affect our business and financial performance.
If we cannot successfully execute our strategy and continue to develop, manufacture and market innovative products, services and solutions, our business and financial performance may suffer.
Our strategy is to strengthen our core businesses, innovate and develop new products, services and solutions, expand into adjacencies, and grow organically and inorganically. To execute our strategy, we must, among other things, optimize our cost structure, make long-term investments, develop or acquire and appropriately protect intellectual property, commit significant research and development and other resources, evolve our go-to-market strategy and Printing business model to meet changing market dynamics, forces and demand as well as innovate, develop and execute on evolutionary strategies in a rapidly changing and increasingly hybrid environment, seize on disruptive opportunities and effectively respond to secular trends and shifts in customer preferences. As the market continues to shift to hybrid, our financial performance will depend in part on our ability to remain competitive in offerings geared towards hybrid consumption. Any failure to successfully execute our strategy, including any failure to invest sufficiently (or prioritize research and development) in strategic growth areas, accurately predict technological or business trends and control costs of research and development, could adversely affect adoption of our products, services and solutions and our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
14

Table of Contents
Moreover, the process of developing new high-technology products, services and solutions and enhancing existing products, services and solutions is complex, costly and uncertain, and any failure by us to anticipate or respond to customers’ changing needs (or the timing of those needs) and emerging technological trends accurately could affect our market share, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, our ability to successfully offer our products, services and solutions in this rapidly evolving market requires an effective planning, forecasting, and management process to enable us to effectively calibrate and adjust our business and business models in response to fluctuating market opportunities and conditions. We could also be adversely affected if we have not appropriately prioritized and balanced our initiatives or if we are unable to effectively manage change throughout our organization. For example, we may adjust production levels in response to demand fluctuations and in order to improve the alignment of our resources to business conditions.
Our industry is subject to rapid and substantial innovation and technological change. Even if we successfully develop new products and technologies, future products and technologies, including those created by our competitors, may eventually supplant ours if we are unable to keep pace with technological advances and end-user requirements and preferences and timely enhancement of our existing products and technologies or develop new ones. As a result, we could fail to maintain market leadership in certain of our products, such as commercial PCs and notebooks, and any of our products and technologies may be rendered uneconomical or obsolete.
After we develop a product, we must be able to quickly manufacture appropriate volumes while also managing costs and preserving or improving margins. To accomplish this, we must accurately forecast volumes, mixes of products and configurations that meet customer requirements, and we may not succeed in doing so within a given product’s lifecycle or at all. Any delay in the development, production or marketing of a new product, service or solution could result in us not being among the first to market, which could further harm our competitive position. Moreover, new products and services may not be profitable, and even if they are profitable, the operating margins may not be as high as the historical or anticipated margins.
We operate in an intensely competitive industry and competitive pressures could harm our business and financial performance.
We encounter aggressive competition from competitors in all areas of our business, and our competitors have targeted and are expected to continue targeting our key market segments. In addition, we are expanding into new disruptive and competitive businesses, such as services. We compete on the basis of our technology, innovation, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, reputation, distribution, range of products and services, ease of use, account relationships, customer training, service and support, security, availability of application software and internet infrastructure offerings, and our sustainability performance. If our products, services, support and cost structure do not enable us to compete successfully, our results of operations, cash flows and business prospects could be affected.
We have a large portfolio of products and must allocate our financial, personnel and other resources across all of our products while competing with companies that have smaller portfolios or specialize in one or more of our product lines. As a result, we may invest less in certain areas of our business than our competitors, and our competitors may have greater financial, technical and marketing resources available for their products and services compared to the resources allocated to our competing products and services or greater economies of scale, which could in turn result in our inability to maintain market leadership in certain of our products, such as commercial PCs and notebooks.
Our alliance partners in certain areas may be or may become our competitors in others. In addition, these partners also may acquire or form alliances with our competitors, which could reduce their business with us. If we are unable to effectively manage these complicated relationships with alliance partners, our business and financial results could be adversely affected.
We have faced and may continue to face aggressive price competition and may have to lower the prices of many of our products and services to stay competitive, while at the same time trying to maintain or improve our revenue and gross margin. In addition, competitors who have a greater presence in some of the lower-cost markets in which we compete, or who can obtain better pricing, more favorable contractual terms and conditions, and/or more favorable allocations of products and components during periods of limited supply, may be able to offer lower prices than we are able to offer. Our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by these and other industry-wide pricing pressures.
Industry consolidation may also affect competition by creating larger, more homogeneous and potentially stronger competitors in the markets in which we operate. Additionally, our competitors may affect our business by entering into exclusive arrangements with our existing or potential customers or suppliers.
Because our business model is based on providing innovative and high-quality products and services, we may spend a proportionately greater percentage of our revenues on research and development than some of our competitors. If we cannot proportionately decrease our cost structure (apart from research and development expenses) on a timely basis in response to competitive price pressures, our gross margin and profitability could be adversely affected. In addition, if our pricing and other facets of our offerings are not sufficiently competitive, or if there is negative reception to our product decisions, we may lose market share in certain areas, which could adversely affect our financial performance and business prospects.
Even if we are able to maintain or increase market share for a particular product, the financial performance of that product could decline because the product is in a maturing industry or market segment or contains technology that is becoming
15

Table of Contents
obsolete. Financial performance could also decline due to increased competition from other types of products, services or solutions. For example, non-original supplies (including imitation, refill or remanufactured alternatives), which are often available at lower prices, compete with our Printing Supplies business and we may not be able to prevent the use of imitation print supplies with our printers using technological protection measures.
Customers are increasingly using online and omnichannel retailers, resellers and distributors to purchase our products. These retailers, resellers and distributors often sell our products alongside competing products, including non-original supplies, or they may highlight the availability of lower cost non-original supplies. We expect this competition will continue, and it may negatively impact our financial performance, particularly if large commercial customers purchase competing products instead of HP products.
If we cannot continue to produce high-quality and secure products and services, our reputation, business and financial performance may suffer.
In the course of conducting our business, we must address quality and security issues associated with our products and services, including potential defects in our engineering, design and manufacturing processes, unsatisfactory performance under service contracts, and unsatisfactory performance or malicious acts by third-party contractors or subcontractors. Our business is also exposed to the risk of defects in third-party components included in our products, including security vulnerabilities. In order to address quality and security issues, we work extensively with our customers and suppliers and engage in product testing to determine the causes of problems and to develop and implement effective solutions. However, the products and services that we offer are complex, and our regular testing and quality control efforts may not be completely effective in controlling or detecting all quality and security issues or errors, particularly with respect to undiscovered defects or security vulnerabilities in components manufactured by third parties.
If we are unable to determine the cause or find an effective solution to address quality or security issues with our products, we may delay shipment to customers, which would delay revenue recognition and receipt of customer payments and could adversely affect our net revenue, cash flows and profitability. We have and may again in the future write off some or all of the value of non-performing inventory. In addition, after products are delivered, quality and security issues may require us to repair or replace such products. Addressing these issues can be expensive and may result in additional warranty, repair, replacement and other costs, adversely affecting our financial performance. In the event of security vulnerabilities or other issues with third-party components, we may have to rely on third parties to provide mitigation such as firmware updates. Furthermore, these mitigation techniques may be ineffective or may result in adverse performance, system instability and data loss or corruption, and are not always available on a timely or cost effective basis, or at all. If new or existing customers have difficulty operating our products or are dissatisfied with our services, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected, and we have faced and could potentially continue to face legal claims if we fail to meet our customers’ expectations. In addition, quality and security issues, including those resulting from defects or security vulnerabilities in third-party components, can impair our relationships with new or existing customers and adversely affect our brand and reputation, which could, in turn, adversely affect our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.
Our operating results have historically varied and may not be indicative of future results.
Our net revenue, gross margin, profit and cash flow generation vary among our portfolio of products and services, customer groups and geographic markets and therefore will likely continue to vary in future periods. Overall gross margins and profitability in any given period are dependent on the product, service, customer and geographic mix reflected in that period’s net revenue, which in turn depends on the overall demand for our products and services. Delays or reductions in spending by our customers or potential customers could have a material adverse effect on demand for our products and services, which could result in a significant decline in net revenue. In addition, net revenue declines in some of our businesses may affect net revenue in our other businesses, as we may lose cross-selling opportunities. Competition, lawsuits, investigations, increases in component and manufacturing costs that we are unable to pass on to our customers, increased tariffs, component supply disruptions and other risks affecting our businesses may also have a significant impact on our overall gross margin, profitability and cash flow. In addition, newer geographic markets can be relatively less profitable due to our investments associated with entering those markets and local pricing pressures, as well as difficulty establishing and maintaining the operating infrastructure necessary to support the high growth rate associated with some of those markets. Market trends, industry shifts, competitive pressures, commoditization of products, increased component or shipping costs, increased tariffs, regulatory impacts and other factors may result in reductions in revenue or pressure on gross margins in a given period, which may lead to adjustments to our operations. For example, our supplies business has experienced declining revenues due to declines in installed base and usage. Our efforts to address the challenges facing our business could increase the level of variability in our financial results because the rate at which we are able to realize the benefits from those efforts may vary from period to period. These factors could also make it difficult to accurately forecast revenues and operating results and could negatively affect our ability to provide accurate forecasts to suppliers and manufacturers, manage our relationships and other expenses and to make decisions about future investments.
16

Table of Contents
If we fail to manage the distribution of our products and services properly, our business and financial performance could suffer.
We use a variety of distribution methods to sell our products and services around the world, including third-party resellers and distributors and both direct and indirect sales to enterprise accounts and consumers. Successfully managing our global, multi-tier distribution network including the interaction of our direct sales and indirect channel sales efforts to reach potential customer segments for our products and services is a complex process. Moreover, since each distribution method has distinct risks and gross margins, any failure to implement the most advantageous balance in the delivery model for our products and services could adversely affect our net revenue and gross margins, and therefore, our profitability and cash flows.
Our financial results could be materially adversely affected due to distribution channel conflicts or if the financial conditions of our channel partners were to weaken. Our results of operations may be adversely affected by any conflicts that might arise between our various distribution channels, the loss or deterioration of any alliance or distribution arrangement or reduced assortments of our products, if we are not able to limit the potential misuse of pricing programs by our channel partners or we fail to optimize the use of our pricing programs. Moreover, some of our distributors may have insufficient financial resources and may not be able to withstand changes in business conditions, including economic weakness, industry consolidation and market trends. They may also have difficulty selling our products under new business models. Many of our significant distributors operate on narrow margins and have been negatively affected by business pressures in the past. Trade receivables that are not covered by collateral or credit insurance are outstanding with our distribution and retail channel partners. Net revenue from indirect sales could suffer, and we could experience disruptions in distribution, if our distributors’ financial conditions, abilities to borrow funds or operations weaken or if our distributors cannot successfully compete in the online or omnichannel marketplace.
Our inventory management is complex, as we continue to sell a significant mix of products through distributors. We must manage both owned and channel inventory effectively, particularly with respect to sales to distributors, which involves forecasting demand and pricing challenges (and factoring in supply chain challenges and order cancellations resulting from any pricing increases). Our forecasts may not accurately predict demand, and distributors may increase orders during periods of product shortages, cancel orders if their inventory is too high or delay orders in anticipation of new products. Distributors also may adjust their orders in response to the supply of our products and the products of our competitors and seasonal fluctuations in end-user demand. Our reliance upon indirect distribution methods, including a multi-tiered channel, may reduce our visibility into inventories, demand and pricing trends and issues, and may therefore make forecasting and managing multi-tiered channel inventory more difficult.
If we were to expand direct distribution initiatives, channel and indirect distributors could consider such initiatives in conflict with their business interests and reduce their investment in the distribution and sale of our products, or cease all sales of our products. Sales of our products by channel partners to unauthorized resellers or unauthorized resale of our products has and could continue to make our forecasting and channel inventory management more difficult and impact pricing in the market. For example, in the past we have had channel partners sell products outside of their agreed territory, and misrepresent sales to unauthorized resellers as sales to end-users, frustrating our efforts to estimate channel inventory or maintain consistent pricing, and negatively impacting gross margins. Moreover, our use of indirect distribution channels may limit our willingness or ability to adjust prices quickly and otherwise to respond to pricing changes by competitors. In addition, factors in different markets may cause differential discounting between the geographies where our products are sold, which makes it difficult to achieve global consistency in pricing and creates the opportunity for grey marketing.
In addition, we depend on our global channel partners to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. To the extent they fail to do so, such failure could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows and financial condition.
Our uneven sales cycle makes planning and inventory management difficult and future financial results less predictable.
Our quarterly sales often have reflected a pattern in which a disproportionate percentage of each quarter’s total sales occurs towards the end of the quarter. This uneven sales pattern makes predicting net revenue, earnings, cash flow from operations and working capital for each financial period difficult, increases the risk of unanticipated variations in our quarterly results and financial condition, and places pressure on our inventory management and logistics systems. If predicted demand is substantially greater than orders, there may be excess inventory. Alternatively, if orders substantially exceed predicted demand, we may not be able to fulfill all of the orders received in each quarter and such orders may be canceled by the customer. Depending on when they occur in a quarter, developments such as a systems failure, component pricing movements, component shortages, supply disruptions or logistics challenges could adversely impact our inventory levels, our results of operations and cash flows in a manner that is disproportionate to the number of days in the quarter affected.
We experience seasonal trends in the sale of our products that may produce variations in our quarterly results and financial condition. For example, sales to governments (particularly, sales to the U.S. government) are often stronger in the third calendar quarter, and many customers whose fiscal year is the calendar year spend their remaining capital budget authorizations in the fourth calendar quarter. Consumer sales are often higher in the fourth calendar quarter due in part to seasonal holiday demand, and typically it has been our strongest quarter by revenues. European sales are often weaker during
17

Table of Contents
the summer months. Demand during the spring and early summer may also be adversely impacted by market anticipation of seasonal trends. However, historical seasonal patterns may not continue in the future and such patterns have been and may continue to be impacted by increasing supply constraints, shifts in customer behavior and the evolving impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. Moreover, to the extent that we introduce new products in anticipation of seasonal demand trends, our discounting of existing products may adversely affect our gross margins. Many of the factors that create and affect seasonal trends are beyond our control.
We may not be able to execute acquisitions, divestitures and other significant transactions successfully.
As part of our business strategy, we may acquire companies or businesses, divest businesses or assets, enter into strategic alliances and joint ventures, and make investments to further our business. Risks associated with these transactions include the following, any of which could adversely affect our revenue, gross margin, profitability, cash flows and financial condition:
We may not fully realize the anticipated benefits of any particular transaction, in the timeframe we expected or at all, such transaction may be less profitable than anticipated or unprofitable, we may not identify all factors to estimate accurately our costs, timing or other matters, and realizing the benefits of a particular transaction may depend upon competition, market trends, additional costs or investments and the actions of advisors, suppliers or other third parties.
Certain transactions have resulted, and in the future may result, in significant costs and expenses, including those related to compensation and benefit costs, goodwill and impairment charges, charges from the elimination of duplicative facilities and contracts, inventory adjustments, assumed litigation and other liabilities, advisory fees, and required payments to executive officers and key employees under retention plans.
Our due diligence process may fail to identify significant issues with the acquired company’s product quality, financial disclosures, accounting practices or internal controls, including as a result of being dependent on the veracity and completeness of statements and disclosures made or actions taken by third parties.
In order to finance a transaction, we may issue common stock (potentially creating dilution) or borrow additional debt.
These transactions could adversely impact our effective tax rate.
These transactions may lead to litigation.
If we fail to identify, successfully complete and integrate transactions that further our strategic objectives, we may be required to expend resources to develop products, services and technology internally, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage
If there are future decreases in our stock price or significant changes in the business climate or results of operations of our reporting units, we may incur additional charges, which may include impairment charges.
As part of our business strategy, we regularly evaluate the potential disposition of assets and businesses that may no longer help us meet our objectives. When we decide to sell assets or a business, we may have difficulty finding buyers or alternative exit strategies on acceptable terms in a timely manner, which could delay the achievement of our strategic objectives. We may also dispose of a business at a price or on terms that are less desirable than we had anticipated. In addition, we may experience fewer synergies than expected, and the impact of the divestiture on our revenue growth may be larger than projected. After reaching an agreement for the acquisition or disposition of a business, we are subject to satisfaction of pre-closing conditions as well as necessary regulatory and governmental approvals on acceptable terms, which, if not satisfied or obtained, may prevent us from completing the transaction. Such regulatory and governmental approvals may be required in jurisdictions around the world, and any delays in the timing of such approvals could materially delay or prevent the transaction.
Integrating acquisitions may be difficult and time-consuming. Any failure by us to integrate acquired companies, products or services into our overall business in a timely manner could harm our financial results, business and prospects.
To pursue our strategy successfully, we have to identify candidates for and successfully complete business combination and investment transactions, some of which may be large or complex, and manage post-closing issues such as the integration of acquired businesses, products, services or employees. Integrations involve significant challenges and are often time-consuming and expensive and, without proper planning and implementation, could significantly disrupt our business and the acquired business. These challenges include successfully combining product and service offerings; entering or expanding into markets; retaining key employees; integrating employees, facilities, technology, products, processes, operations (including supply and manufacturing operations), sales and distribution channels, business models and business systems; and retaining customers and distributors.
We may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits of our restructuring plan and our restructuring may adversely affect our business.
We have undertaken and may undertake in the future restructuring plans in order to realign our cost structure due to the changing nature of our business and to achieve operating efficiencies that we expect to reduce costs. For example, we began implementing the 2020 restructuring plan in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 and expect to complete the restructuring by the end of fiscal 2022. Implementation of any restructuring plan may be costly and disruptive to our business, and we may not be
18

Table of Contents
able to obtain the estimated workforce reductions within the projected timing or at all, or obtain the cost savings and operational improvements that were initially anticipated. We currently plan to invest a portion of the savings from our 2020 restructuring plan across our businesses, including investing to build our digital capabilities. If we are unable to obtain the anticipated cost savings, our ability to make those investments, realize operational improvements and execute our strategy may be negatively impacted. Additionally, as a result of restructuring initiatives, we may experience a loss of continuity, loss of accumulated knowledge and/or inefficiency, loss of key employees and/or other retention issues during transitional periods. Restructuring can require a significant amount of time and focus, which may divert attention from operating and growing our business. If we fail to achieve some or all of the expected benefits of restructuring, it could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. For more information about our 2020 restructuring plan, see Note 3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.
Our financial performance may suffer if we cannot develop, obtain, license or enforce the intellectual property rights on which our businesses depend.
We rely upon patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property (“IP”) laws in the United States, similar laws in other countries, and agreements with our employees, customers, suppliers and other parties, to establish and maintain IP rights in the products and services we sell, provide or otherwise use in our operations. However, our IP rights could be challenged, invalidated, infringed or circumvented, or such IP rights may not be sufficient to permit us to take advantage of current market trends or to otherwise provide competitive advantages, either of which could result in costly product redesign efforts, discontinuance of certain product offerings or other harm to our competitive position. For example, the enforcement of our IP rights for InkJet printer supplies against infringers may be successfully challenged or our IP rights may be successfully circumvented. In addition, we may choose to not apply for patent protection or may fail to apply for patent protection in a timely fashion. Further, the laws of certain countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Therefore, in certain jurisdictions we may be unable to protect our proprietary technology adequately against unauthorized third-party copying or use, which could adversely affect our ability to sell products or services and our competitive position.
In connection with the Separation, Hewlett-Packard Company allocated to each of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP the IP assets relevant to their respective businesses. The terms of the Separation also include cross-licenses and other arrangements to provide for certain ongoing use of IP in the existing operations of both businesses. As a result of the allocation of IP as part of the Separation, we no longer own IP allocated to Hewlett Packard Enterprise and our resulting IP ownership position could adversely affect our position and options relating to patent and trademark enforcement, patent licensing and cross-licensing, our ability to sell our products or services, our competitive position in the industry and our ability to enter new product markets.
Our products and services depend in part on IP and technology licensed from third parties.
Certain of our businesses and products rely on key technologies developed or licensed by third parties. We may not be able to obtain or continue to obtain licenses and technologies from these third parties at all or on reasonable terms, or such third parties may demand cross-licenses to our IP. Third-party components may become obsolete, defective or incompatible with future versions of our products, our relationship with the third party may deteriorate, or our agreements may expire or be terminated. We may face legal or business disputes with licensors that may threaten or lead to the disruption of inbound licensing relationships. In order to remain in compliance with the terms of our licenses, we must monitor and manage our use of third-party components, including both proprietary and open source license terms that may require the licensing or public disclosure of our IP without compensation or on undesirable terms. Additionally, some of these licenses may not be available to us in the future on terms that are acceptable or that allow our product offerings to remain competitive. Our inability to obtain licenses or rights on favorable terms could have a material effect on our business, including our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, it is possible that as a consequence of a merger or acquisition, third parties may obtain licenses to some of our IP rights or our business may be subject to certain restrictions that were not in place prior to such transaction. Because the availability and cost of licenses from third parties depends upon the willingness of third parties to deal with us on the terms we request, there is a risk that third parties who license to our competitors will either refuse to license to us or refuse to license to us on terms equally favorable to those granted to our competitors. Consequently, we may lose a competitive advantage with respect to these IP rights or we may be required to enter into costly arrangements in order to terminate or limit these rights. Finally, we may rely on third parties to enforce certain IP rights.
Third-party claims of IP infringement are commonplace in our industry and may limit or disrupt our ability to sell our products and services.
Third parties have in the past claimed, and may in the future claim, that we or customers indemnified by us are infringing upon their IP rights. For example, patent assertion entities may purchase IP assets for the purpose of asserting claims of infringement and attempting to extract settlements and we have seen trends towards assertions of patents originally assigned to operating companies with significant R&D investments and patents asserted against standards-based technology. If we cannot or do not license allegedly infringed IP at all or on reasonable terms, or if we are required to substitute technology from another source, our operations could be adversely affected. Even if we believe that IP claims are without merit, they can be
19

Table of Contents
time-consuming and costly to defend against and may divert management’s attention and resources away from our business. Claims of IP infringement also might require us to redesign affected products, enter into costly settlements or license agreements, pay damage awards, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from importing, marketing or selling certain products. Even if we have an agreement to indemnify us against such costs, the indemnifying party may be unable or unwilling to fulfill its contractual obligations to us. Additionally, claims of IP infringement may adversely impact our brand and reputation and imperil new and existing customer relationships.
Our results of operations and cash flows have been and could continue to be affected by the imposition, accrual and payment of copyright levies or similar fees. In certain countries (primarily in Europe), proceedings are ongoing or have been concluded in which groups representing copyright owners seek to impose upon and collect from us levies upon IT equipment (such as PCs and printers) alleged to be copying devices under applicable laws. Other groups have also sought to modify existing levy schemes to increase the amount of the levies that can be collected from us. Some European countries are expected to implement legislation to introduce or extend existing levy schemes to digital devices. The total amount of the copyright levies will depend on the types of products determined to be subject to the levy, the number of units of those products sold during the period covered by the levy, and the per unit fee for each type of product, all of which are affected by several factors, including the outcome of ongoing litigation involving us and other industry participants and possible action by legislative bodies, and could be substantial. Consequently, the ultimate impact of these copyright levies or similar fees, and our ability to recover such amounts through increased prices, remains uncertain.
System security risks, data protection breaches, cyberattacks, system outages and systems integration issues could disrupt our internal operations or services provided to customers, and could reduce our revenue, increase our expenses, damage our reputation and adversely affect our cash flows and stock price.
We are exposed to attacks from individuals and organizations, including malicious computer programmers and hackers, state-sponsored organizations, nation-states or other bad actors, seeking to penetrate our network security and misappropriate or compromise our confidential information or that of third parties, create system disruptions or cause shutdowns. Such attacks may involve the deployment of viruses, worms, ransomware and other malicious software programs that attack our products or otherwise exploit security vulnerabilities, or attempt to fraudulently induce our employees, customers, or others to disclose passwords, other sensitive information or provide access to our systems or data. In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we produce or procure from third parties may contain defects or vulnerabilities in design or manufacture, including “bugs” that could unexpectedly interfere with the operation of the product. Breaches of our facilities, network, or data security could disrupt the security of our systems and business applications, impair our ability to provide services to our customers and protect the privacy of their data, result in product development delays, compromise confidential or technical business information, harm our reputation or competitive position, result in theft or misuse of our IP or other assets, require us to allocate more resources to improve technologies, or otherwise adversely affect our business. Additionally, the costs to combat cyber or other security threats can be significant, and our efforts to address these problems may not be successful and could result in interruptions, delays, cessation of service and loss of existing or potential customers that may impede our sales, manufacturing, distribution or other critical functions. Media or other reports of perceived security vulnerabilities in our network security, regardless of their immediacy or accuracy, could adversely impact our brand and reputation and materially affect our business. While we have developed and implemented security measures and internal controls designed to protect against cyber and other security threats, such measures cannot provide absolute security and may not be successful in preventing future security breaches. Moreover, these threats are constantly evolving, thereby making it more difficult to successfully defend against them or to implement adequate preventative measures. We may not have the current capability to detect certain vulnerabilities, which may allow those vulnerabilities to persist in our systems over long periods of time. In the past, we have experienced data security incidents resulting from unauthorized access to or use of our systems or those of third parties, which to date, have not had a material impact on our operations; however, there is no assurance that such impact will not be material in the future. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, remote work and remote access to our systems has increased significantly, which also increases our cybersecurity attack surface. We have also seen an increase in cyberattack volume, frequency, and sophistication driven by the global enablement of remote workforces. Our products and services are potentially vulnerable to additional known or unknown threats.
Because we process proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data relating to our business and our customers, breaches of our security measures or accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure or unapproved dissemination of such data can expose us, our customers, or the individuals affected to a risk of loss, alteration or misuse of such information. A breach could also damage our brand and reputation or otherwise harm our business, and could result in government enforcement actions, litigation and potential liability for us. For example, the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) imposes a data protection compliance regime with severe penalties and China has recently adopted new privacy and security laws. In the United States, California has adopted, and several other states are now considering adopting, laws and regulations imposing varying obligations regarding the handling of personal data, which could result in increased compliance costs. Additionally, we could lose existing or potential customers or incur significant expenses in connection with our customers’ system failures or any actual or perceived security vulnerabilities in our products and services. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing new data protection measures could be significant.
20

Table of Contents
Portions of our IT infrastructure, including those provided by third parties, may experience interruptions, outages, delays or cessations of service or may produce errors in connection with systems integrations, migration work or other causes, which could result in business disruptions and the process of remediating them could be more expensive, time-consuming, disruptive and resource intensive than planned. Such disruptions could adversely impact our ability to fulfill orders and respond to customer requests and interrupt other processes. Delayed sales, lower margins or lost customers resulting from these disruptions could reduce our revenue, increase our expenses, damage our reputation and adversely affect our cash flows and stock price.
Our business and financial performance could suffer if we do not manage the risks associated with our services businesses properly.
The risks that accompany our services businesses differ from those of our other businesses. For example, the success of our services business (such as our managed print services, digital services and other workforce solutions in both Printing and Personal Systems) depends to a significant degree on attracting, retaining, and maintaining or increasing the level of revenues from our customers. Our standard services agreements are generally renewable at a customer’s option and/or subject to cancellation rights, with or without penalties for early termination. We may not be able to retain or renew services contracts with our customers, or our customers may reduce the scope of the services they contract for. Factors that may influence contract termination, non-renewal or reduction include business downturns, dissatisfaction with our services or products, our retirement or lack of support for our services, our customers selecting alternative technologies, the cost of our services as compared to our competitors, general market conditions, or other reasons. We may not be able to replace the revenue and earnings from lost customers or reductions in services. While our services agreements may include penalties for early termination, these penalties may not fully cover our investments in these businesses. Our customers could also delay or terminate implementations or use of our services or choose not to invest in additional services from us in the future. In addition, the pricing and other terms of certain services agreements require us to make estimates and assumptions at the time we enter into these contracts that could differ from actual results. Any increased or unexpected costs or unanticipated delays in connection with the performance of these contracts, which may increase as services become more customized, could make these agreements less profitable or unprofitable, which could have an adverse effect on the product margin of our services business. As a result, we may not generate the revenues, profits or cash flows we may have anticipated from our services business within the expected timelines, if at all.
In order to be successful, we must attract, retain, train, motivate, develop and transition key employees, and failure to do so could seriously harm us.
In order to be successful, we must attract, hire, retain, train, motivate, develop, and deploy qualified executives, engineers, technical staff and other key employees. Identifying, developing internally or hiring externally, training and retaining qualified executives, engineers and qualified sales representatives are critical to our future, and competition for experienced employees in the technology industry can be intense. In order to attract and retain executives and key employees, we must provide competitive compensation, including cash- and equity-based compensation. Our equity-based incentive awards may contain conditions relating to our stock price performance and our long-term financial performance that make the future value of those awards uncertain. If we reduce, modify or eliminate our equity programs or fail to grant equity competitively or equitably or if the anticipated value of equity-based incentive awards do not materialize or equity-based compensation otherwise ceases to be viewed as a valuable benefit, we may have difficulty attracting and retaining top talent. There may also be a risk that we will be unable to achieve our diversity, equity and inclusion objectives, which could adversely impact our workplace culture and our ability to hire and retain talent, as well damage our reputation with stockholders, customers and other stakeholders. Additionally, changes in immigration policies may impair our ability to recruit and hire technical and professional talent globally. A failure to successfully hire or retain top talent could have a significant impact on our business continuity and operations. Further, changes in our management team may be disruptive to our business, and any failure to successfully transition and assimilate key new hires or promoted employees could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Moreover, as social and economic conditions evolve due to the COVID-19 pandemic, current and prospective employees may seek new or different opportunities based on factors such as benefits, mobility and flexibility that are different from what we offer, making it difficult to attract and retain talent.
Some anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.
Certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent changes of control of HP judged as undesirable by our Board of Directors. These provisions include: authorizing blank check preferred stock, which we could issue with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock; limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers; specifying that our stockholders may take action only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and otherwise in accordance with our bylaws and limiting the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings; requiring advance notice of proposals by our stockholders for business to be conducted at stockholder meetings and for nominations of candidates for
21

Table of Contents
election to our Board of Directors; and controlling the procedures for our Board of Directors and stockholder meetings, and election, appointment and removal of our directors.
These provisions could deter or delay hostile takeovers, proxy contests and changes in control or our management or limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our stock.
MACROECONOMIC, INDUSTRY AND FINANCIAL RISKS
Global, regional and local economic weakness and uncertainty could adversely affect our business and financial performance.
Our business and financial performance depend on worldwide economic conditions and the demand for technology products and services in the markets in which we compete. Ongoing economic weakness, uncertainty in markets throughout the world and other adverse economic conditions, including inflation, have resulted, and may result in the future, in decreased net revenue, gross margin, earnings, growth rates or cash flows and in increased expenses and difficulty in managing inventory levels and accurately forecasting revenue, gross margin, cash flows and expenses. Ongoing U.S. federal government spending limits may continue to reduce demand for our products and services from organizations that receive funding from the U.S. government, and could negatively affect macroeconomic conditions in the United States, which could further reduce demand for our products and services. Political developments impacting international trade, trade disputes and increased tariffs, particularly between the United States and China, may negatively impact markets and cause weaker macroeconomic conditions or drive political or national sentiment, weakening demand for our products and services.
Prolonged or more severe economic weakness and uncertainty could also cause our expenses to vary materially from our expectations. Any financial turmoil affecting the banking system and financial markets or any significant financial services institution failures could negatively impact our treasury operations, as the financial condition of such parties may deteriorate rapidly and without notice. Poor financial performance of asset markets combined with lower interest rates and the adverse effects of fluctuating currency exchange rates could lead to higher pension and post-retirement benefit expenses. Interest and other expenses could vary materially from expectations depending on changes in interest rates, borrowing costs, currency exchange rates, costs of hedging activities and the fair value of derivative instruments. There is uncertainty regarding the timing of the discontinuation, modification or reform of LIBOR and other interest rate benchmarks and the implementation of alternative reference rates, including the secured overnight financing rate or SOFR.Any such discontinuation, modification or reform could result in an increase in our interest expense or make our interest expense more volatile. Economic downturns also may lead to future restructuring actions and associated expenses.
Due to the international nature of our business, political or economic changes, uncertainty or other factors could harm our business and financial performance.
Approximately 65% of our net revenue for fiscal year 2021 came from outside the United States. In addition, a portion of our business activity is being conducted in emerging markets. Our future business and financial performance could suffer due to a variety of international factors, including:
ongoing instability or changes in a country’s or region’s economic, regulatory or political conditions, including inflation, recession, interest rate fluctuations, changes or uncertainty in fiscal or monetary policy, actual or anticipated military or political conflicts, health emergencies or pandemics (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) or Brexit and its impact;
longer collection cycles and financial instability among customers;
the imposition by governments of additional taxes, tariffs or other restrictions on foreign trade or changes in restrictions on trade between the United States and other countries, including China;
trade and other policies, laws and regulations affecting production, shipping, pricing and marketing of products, including policies adopted by the United States or other countries that may champion or otherwise favor domestic companies and technologies over foreign competitors or other country localization requirements;
political or nationalist sentiment impacting global trade, including the willingness of non-U.S. consumers to purchase goods or services from U.S. corporations;
managing a geographically dispersed workforce and local labor conditions and regulations, including labor issues faced by specific suppliers and Original Equipment Manufacturers (“OEMs”), or changes to immigration and labor law which may adversely impact our access to technical and professional talent;
changes or uncertainty in the international, national or local regulatory and legal environments, including tax laws and antitrust laws;
differing technology standards, customer requirements or levels of protection of intellectual property;
import, export or other business licensing requirements or requirements relating to making foreign direct investments, which could increase our cost of doing business in certain jurisdictions, prevent us from shipping products to particular
22

Table of Contents
countries or markets, affect our ability to obtain favorable terms for components, increase our operating costs or lead to penalties or restrictions;
stringent privacy and data protection policies, such as the GDPR;
compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, U.S. export control and trade sanction laws, and similar anti-corruption and international trade laws, and adverse consequences, such as fines or other penalties, for any failure to comply; and
fluctuations in freight costs, limitations on shipping and receiving capacity, and other disruptions in the transportation and shipping infrastructure at important geographic points for our products and shipments.
The factors described above also could disrupt our product and component manufacturing and key suppliers located outside of the United States and our supply chain. For example, we rely on manufacturers in Taiwan for the production of notebook computers and other suppliers in Asia for product assembly and manufacture.
We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, which could adversely impact our results.
Currencies other than the U.S. dollar, including the euro, the British pound, Chinese yuan (renminbi) and the Japanese yen, can have an impact on our results as expressed in U.S. dollars. Global economic events, including trade disputes, economic sanctions and emerging market volatility, and the resulting uncertainty, may cause currencies to fluctuate, which may contribute to variations in sales of our products and services in impacted jurisdictions. Because a majority of our revenues are generated outside the United States, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could adversely affect our net revenue growth in future periods. In addition, currency variations can adversely affect margins on sales of our products in countries outside of the United States and products that include components obtained from suppliers located outside of the United States. From time to time, we may use forward contracts and/or options designated as cash flow hedges to protect against foreign currency exchange rate risks. Our hedging strategies may be ineffective or may not offset any or more than a portion of the adverse financial impact resulting from currency variations. Losses associated with hedging activities also may impact our revenue, financial condition, cash flows and, to a lesser extent, our cost of sales.
Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue, cash flows and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.
Our worldwide operations could be disrupted by earthquakes, telecommunications failures, manufacturing equipment failures, cybersecurity incidents, power or water shortages, natural disasters, fires, extreme weather conditions (whether as a result of climate change or otherwise) such as those described in “Climate change may have a long-term impact on our business” below, medical epidemics or pandemics (such as COVID-19) and other natural or man-made disasters or catastrophic events, for which we are predominantly self-insured. Terrorist acts, conflicts or wars, for which we are predominantly uninsured, may also disrupt our worldwide operations. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could result in significant losses, seriously harm our revenue, profitability, cash flows and financial condition, adversely affect our competitive position, increase our costs and expenses, require substantial expenditures and recovery time in order to fully resume operations, make it difficult or impossible to provide services or deliver products to our customers or to receive components from our suppliers, create delays and inefficiencies in our supply chain and/or result in the need to impose employee travel restrictions. Our corporate headquarters and a portion of our research and development activities are located in California, and other critical business operations and some of our suppliers are located in California and Asia, near major earthquake faults known for seismic activity. The manufacture of product components, the final assembly of our products and other critical operations are concentrated in certain geographic locations that may be vulnerable to such natural disasters. We also rely on major logistics hubs primarily in Asia to manufacture and distribute our products, and primarily in the southwestern United States to import products into North and South America. Our operations and those of our significant suppliers and distributors could be adversely affected if manufacturing, logistics, or other operations in these locations are disrupted for any reason, such as those described above or other economic, business, labor, environmental, public health, regulatory or political reasons. The ultimate impact on us, our significant suppliers, our distributors and our general infrastructure, which may be located near areas more vulnerable to the occurrence of the aforementioned business disruptions and which is consolidated in certain geographical areas, is unknown and remains uncertain. Even if our operations are unaffected or recover quickly, if our customers cannot timely resume their own operations due to a catastrophic event, they may reduce or cancel their orders, or these events could otherwise result in a decrease in demand for our products, which may adversely affect our financial performance.
Climate change may have a long-term impact on our business.
There are inherent climate-related risks wherever our business is conducted. Changes in market dynamics, stakeholder expectations, local, national and international climate change policies, and the frequency and intensity of extreme weather events on critical infrastructure in the United States and abroad, all have the potential to disrupt our business and operations. Such events could result in a significant increase in our costs and expenses and harm our future revenue, cash flows and financial performance. Global climate change is resulting, and may continue to result, in certain natural disasters and adverse weather, such as drought, wildfires, storms, sea-level rise, and flooding, occurring more frequently or with greater intensity, which could cause business disruptions and impact employees’ abilities to commute or to work from home effectively. For example, the increasing intensity of droughts, wildfires or extreme weather conditions at our office locations increase the
23

Table of Contents
probability of planned power outages. Government failure to address climate change in line with the Paris Agreement could result in greater exposure to economic and other risks from climate change and impact our ability to achieve our climate goals. In addition, failure or perception of failure to achieve our goals (including as a result of governmental inaction) with respect to reducing our impact on the environment or perception of a failure to act responsibly with respect to the environment or to effectively respond to regulatory requirements concerning climate change could lead to adverse publicity, resulting in an adverse effect on our business or damage to our reputation.
Failure to maintain our credit ratings could adversely affect our liquidity, capital position, borrowing costs and access to capital markets.
Our credit risk is evaluated by the major independent rating agencies. Past downgrades of Hewlett-Packard Company’s ratings increased the cost of borrowing under our credit facilities and reduced market capacity for our commercial paper. Future downgrades could have the same effect, and could also require the posting of additional collateral under some of our derivative contracts. We cannot be assured that we will be able to maintain our current credit ratings, and any additional actual or anticipated changes or downgrades in our credit ratings, including any announcement that our ratings are under further review for a downgrade, may impact us in a similar manner and may have a negative impact on our liquidity, capital position and access to capital markets.
Our debt obligations could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
In addition to our current total debt, we may also incur additional indebtedness in the future. Our debt level and related debt service obligations could have the effect, among other things, of reducing our flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions, and reducing funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, dividend repayments, acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes. Our indebtedness increases our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions. We may also be required to raise additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service obligations, debt refinancing, future acquisitions or for other general corporate purposes, which will depend on, among other factors, our financial position and performance, as well as prevailing market conditions and other factors beyond our control, and could be adversely impacted by our debt level. Consequently, we may not be able to obtain additional financing or refinancing on terms acceptable to us, or at all, which could adversely impact our ability to service our outstanding indebtedness or to repay our outstanding indebtedness as it becomes due and could adversely impact our business and financial condition.
We cannot guarantee that our share repurchase program will be fully consummated or that it will enhance long-term stockholder value.
We have adopted a share repurchase program under which we are authorized to repurchase our common stock. The repurchase program does not have an expiration date and we are not obligated to repurchase a specified number or dollar value of shares under our share repurchase program. Our repurchase program may be suspended or terminated at any time. Even if our share repurchase program is fully implemented, it may not enhance long-term stockholder value. Also, the amount, timing, and execution of our share repurchase program may fluctuate based on our priorities for the use of cash for other purposes and because of changes in cash flows, tax laws, and the market price of our common stock.
We make estimates and assumptions in connection with the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements, and any changes to those estimates and assumptions could adversely affect our results of operations.
In connection with the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements, we use certain estimates and assumptions based on historical experience and other factors. Our most critical accounting estimates are described in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of this report. For example, we make significant estimates and assumptions when accounting for revenue recognition, taxes on earnings and restructuring and other charges. In addition, as discussed in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we make certain estimates, including decisions related to provisions for legal proceedings and other contingencies. We also estimate sales and marketing program incentives based on a number of factors including historical experience, expected customer behavior and market conditions. These estimates and assumptions are subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. Should any of these estimates and assumptions change or prove to have been incorrect, it could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
LEGAL AND REGULATORY RISKS
Our business is subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations that could result in costs or other sanctions that adversely affect our business and results of operations and cash flows.
We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations. There can be no assurance that such laws and regulations will not be changed in ways that will require us to modify our business models and objectives or affect our returns on investments by restricting existing activities and products, subjecting them to escalating costs or increased restrictions or prohibiting them outright. In particular, we face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the chemical and materials composition of our products, their safe use, the energy consumption associated with those products, climate change laws and regulations, and product repairability, reuse and take-back legislation. In addition, there are existing and proposed legislation related to environmental
24

Table of Contents
and social responsibility for our operations, supply chain partners, and our products and services. Noncompliance with these laws and regulations could result in substantial costs or other penalties, which may include restrictions on our products entering certain jurisdictions. We could also face significant compliance and operational burdens and incur significant costs in our efforts to comply with or rectify non-compliance with these laws or regulations, such as privacy regulations. In addition, these laws or regulations could result in loss of market access or limit offerings in those markets. Such burdens or costs may result in an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Our potential exposure includes fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party property damage, personal injury claims and clean-up costs. Further, liability under some environmental laws relating to contaminated sites can be imposed retroactively, on a joint and several basis, and without any finding of noncompliance or fault. The amount and timing of costs to comply with environmental laws are difficult to predict. Moreover, we are expected to become increasingly subject to laws, regulations and international treaties relating to climate change, such as carbon pricing or product energy efficiency requirements. As these new laws, regulations, treaties and similar initiatives and programs are adopted and implemented, we will be required to comply or potentially face market access limitations or other sanctions, including fines.
We are subject to risks associated with litigation and regulatory proceedings.
We face legal claims or regulatory matters involving stockholder, consumer, competition, commercial, IP, employment, and other issues on a global basis. There is an increasingly active litigation and regulatory environment, including but not limited to employment and patent-monetization claims in the United States and litigation and regulatory matters focused on consumer protection, privacy, and competition regulation globally. As described in Note 14, “Litigation and Contingencies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, we are engaged in a number of litigation and regulatory matters that may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations, if decided adversely to or settled by us. Litigation and regulatory proceedings are inherently uncertain, and adverse rulings have occurred and may occur, including awards of monetary damages, imposition of fines, issuance of injunctions or cease-and-desist orders directing us to cease engaging in certain business practices, cease manufacturing or selling certain products, requiring the compulsory licensing of patents, or requiring other remedies. An unfavorable outcome may result in a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations. In addition, regardless of the outcome, litigation and regulatory proceedings can be costly, time-consuming, disruptive to our operations, and distracting to management.
Failure to comply with our customer and partner contracts or government contracting regulations could adversely affect our business and financial performance.
Our contracts with our customers may include unique and specialized performance requirements. In particular, our contracts with federal, state, provincial and local governmental customers are subject to procurement regulations, contract provisions and other specific requirements relating to their formation, administration and performance. Any failure by us to comply with the specific provisions in our customer contracts or any violation of government contracting regulations could result in the imposition of civil and criminal penalties, which may include termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments and, in the case of our government contracts, fines and suspension from future government contracting. Such failures could also cause reputational damage to our business and affect our ability to compete for new contracts. Additionally, some of our agreements with governmental customers may be subject to periodic funding approval. Funding reductions or delays could adversely impact public sector demand for our products and services. If our customer contracts are terminated, if we are suspended or disbarred from government work, or if our ability to compete for new contracts is adversely affected, our financial performance could suffer. Our partner contracts also contain terms relating to new partner business models and tools creation that could raise issues for which laws or regulations are currently changing or emerging. This could affect us in ways that are not currently fully known or measurable.
Changes in our tax provisions, adverse tax audits, the adoption of new tax legislation, or exposure to additional tax liabilities could have a material impact on our financial performance.
We are subject to income and other taxes in the United States and approximately 60 other countries, and we are subject to routine corporate income tax audits in many of these jurisdictions. We believe that the positions taken on our tax returns are fully supported, but tax authorities may challenge these positions, and our positions may not be fully sustained on examination by the relevant tax authorities. We regularly assess the likely outcomes of these audits in order to determine the appropriateness of our tax provision, and, we believe we have provided adequate reserves for all tax deficiencies or reductions in tax benefits that could reasonably result from an audit. Our accrual for uncertain tax positions is attributable primarily to uncertainties concerning the tax treatment of our domestic operations, including the allocation of income among different jurisdictions, intercompany transactions, pension and related interest. We adjust our uncertain tax positions to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a particular audit. Determining the appropriate provision for potential deficiencies or reductions in in tax benefits that could reasonably result from an audit requires management judgments and estimates, and income tax audits are inherently unpredictable. We may not accurately predict the outcomes of these audits, and the amounts ultimately paid upon resolution of audits could be materially different from the amounts previously included in our income tax provision and, therefore, could have a material impact on our income tax provision, net income and cash flows.
25

Table of Contents
Our effective tax rate in the future could be adversely affected by changes to our operating structure, changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, or changes in tax laws or in their interpretation or enforcement. In addition, changes in tax law and regulation in the U.S. or elsewhere could significantly impact our tax rate, the carrying value of deferred tax assets, or our deferred tax liabilities. For example, the U.S. Congress has advanced a variety of tax legislation proposals, and while the final form of any legislation is uncertain, the current proposals, if enacted, could have a material effect on the Company’s effective tax rate. Our effective tax rate could also be materially affected by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development’s, the European Commission’s and other certain major jurisdictions’ heightened interest in and taxation of large multi-national companies.
RISKS RELATED TO THE SEPARATION
We or Hewlett Packard Enterprise may fail to perform under the transaction agreements executed as part of the Separation.
In connection with the Separation, we and Hewlett Packard Enterprise entered a separation and distribution agreement and various other agreements. The separation and distribution agreement provides for cross-indemnities between HP and Hewlett Packard Enterprise for liabilities allocated to the respective party pursuant to the terms of such agreement. If Hewlett Packard Enterprise or its successor entities (including spun off businesses to which obligations have been transferred) are unable to satisfy their obligations under these agreements, we could incur operational difficulties or losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
26

Table of Contents
ITEM 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
ITEM 2. Properties.
As of October 31, 2021, we owned or leased approximately 18.0 million square feet of space worldwide, a summary of which is provided below.
 Fiscal year ended October 31, 2021
 OwnedLeasedTotal
 (square feet in millions)
Administration and support2.0 6.3 8.3 
(Percentage)24 %76 %100 %
Core data centers, manufacturing plants, research and development facilities and warehouse operations2.3 5.8 8.1 
(Percentage)28 %72 %100 %
Total(1)
4.3 12.1 16.4 
(Percentage)26 %74 %100 %
(1)Excludes 1.6 million square feet of vacated space, of which 1.3 million square feet is leased to third parties.
We believe that our existing properties are in good condition and are suitable for the conduct of our business. Each of our segments Personal Systems, Printing and Corporate Investments uses each of the properties at least in part, and we retain the flexibility to use each of the properties in whole or in part for each of the segments.
Principal Executive Offices
Our principal executive offices, including our global headquarters, which we lease, are located at 1501 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California, United States.
Headquarters of Geographic Operations
The locations of our geographic headquarters are as follows:
AmericasEurope, Middle East, AfricaAsia Pacific
Palo Alto, United StatesGeneva, SwitzerlandSingapore
Product Development and Manufacturing
The locations of our major product development, manufacturing, data centers and HP Labs facilities are as follows:
Americas
United States—Corvallis, San Diego, Boise, Vancouver,
                           Spring, Fort Collins, Fountain Valley,
                           Aguadilla, Puerto Rico
Europe, Middle East, Africa
Israel—Kiryat-Gat, Rehovot, Netanya

  Spain—Barcelona
Asia Pacific
China—Weihai,Chongqing,Shanghai
 India—Bangalore

 Malaysia—Penang
 Singapore—Singapore

 South Korea—Suwon

 Taiwan—Taipei

Technology office (HP Labs)
United Kingdom—Bristol

  United States—Palo Alto
  United States—Corvallis
ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings.
Information with respect to this item may be found in Note 14, “Litigation and Contingencies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.
27

Table of Contents
ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
28

Table of Contents
PART II

ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol HPQ.
For information about dividends, see “Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.
As of November 30, 2021, there were approximately 53,907 stockholders of record.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
There were no unregistered sales of equity securities in fiscal year 2021.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Total Number of Shares PurchasedAverage
Price Paid
per Share
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or ProgramsApproximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased under the Plans or Programs
In thousands, except per share amounts
Period
August 202117,388 $29.08 17,388 $7,680,048 
September 202125,960 $28.68 25,960 $6,935,480 
October 202117,667 $28.47 17,667 $6,432,546 
Total61,015 61,015 
The Company’s share repurchase program, which does not have a specific expiration date, authorizes repurchases in the open market or in private transactions. On February 22, 2020, HP’s Board of Directors increased HP’s remaining share repurchase authorization to $15.0 billion in total. HP intends to repurchase shares opportunistically as part of a robust share repurchase program. HP intends to continue repurchase of shares at an elevated level of at least $4.0 billion in fiscal year 2022. All share repurchases settled in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021 were open market transactions. As of October 31, 2021, HP had approximately $6.4 billion remaining under the share repurchase authorizations.
Stock Performance Graph and Cumulative Total Return
The graph below shows the cumulative total stockholder return assuming the investment of $100 at the market close on October 31, 2016 (and the reinvestment of dividends thereafter) in each of HP common stock, the S&P 500 Index, and the S&P
29

Table of Contents
Information Technology Index. The comparisons in the graph below are based on historical data and are not indicative of, or intended to forecast, future performance of our common stock.
hpq-20211031_g1.jpg
10/1610/1710/1810/1910/2010/21
HP Inc.$100.00 $153.29 $175.88 $130.66 $140.13 $243.29 
S&P 500 Index$100.00 $123.62 $132.69 $151.69 $166.40 $237.77 
S&P Information Technology Index$100.00 $138.96 $156.05 $191.30 $257.25 $377.96 

30

Table of Contents

ITEM 6. [Reserved].
Data responsive to Item 6 have not been presented in accordance with amendments to Item 301 of Regulation S-K.
31

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is organized as follows:
Overview. A discussion of our business and other highlights affecting the company to provide context for the remainder of this MD&A.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. A discussion of accounting policies and estimates that we believe are important to understanding the assumptions and judgments incorporated in our reported financial results.
Results of Operations. This section discusses the results of operations for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2021 compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020. A discussion of the results of operations is followed by a more detailed discussion of the results of operations by segment. For a discussion of the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020 was 1,433,345,730 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None


Tablecompared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019, please refer to Part II, Item 7, "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Contents

Explanatory Note

On December 12, 2019, HP Inc. filed itsFinancial Condition and Results of Operations" in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

Liquidity and Capital Resources. An analysis of changes in our cash flows and a discussion of our liquidity and financial condition.
Contractual and Other Obligations. An overview of contractual obligations, retirement and post-retirement benefit plan contributions, cost-saving plans, uncertain tax positions and off-balance sheet arrangements.
The discussion of financial condition and results of our operations that follows provides information that will assist the reader in understanding our Consolidated Financial Statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial statements from year to year, and the primary factors that accounted for those changes, as well as how certain accounting principles, policies and estimates affect our Consolidated Financial Statements. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this document.


32

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)


OVERVIEW
We are a leading global provider of personal computing and other access devices, imaging and printing products, and related technologies, solutions, and services. We sell to individual consumers, SMBs and large enterprises, including customers in the government, health, and education sectors. We have three reportable segments: Personal Systems, Printing and Corporate Investments. The Personal Systems segment offers commercial and consumer desktop and notebook PCs, workstations, thin clients, commercial mobility devices, retail POS systems, displays and peripherals, software, support, and services. The Printing segment provides consumer and commercial printer hardware, supplies, solutions and services. Corporate Investments include HP Labs and certain business incubation and investment projects.
In Personal Systems, our strategic focus is on profitable growth through innovation and market segmentation. This focus is with respect to enhanced innovation in multi-operating systems, multi-architecture, geography, customer segments and other key attributes. Additionally, we are investing in endpoint services and solutions. We are focused on services, including Device as a Service, as the market begins to shift to contractual solutions, and accelerating in attractive adjacencies such as peripherals. We are driving innovation to enable productivity and collaboration with the PC becoming essential for hybrid work, learn and play. We believe that we are well positioned due to our competitive product lineup along with our recent acquisitions in peripherals and remote-computing solutions.
In Printing, our strategic focus is on offering contractual solutions to serve consumers, SMBs and large enterprises through our Instant Ink Services, HP+ and Managed Print Services solutions, providing digital printing solutions for graphics segments and applications including commercial publishing, labels, packaging and textiles as well as expanding our footprint in 3D printing across digital manufacturing and strategic applications.
We continue to experience challenges that are representative of trends and uncertainties that may affect our business and results of operations. One set of challenges relates to dynamic market trends that may adversely impact our product mix. A second set of challenges relates to changes in the competitive landscape. Our primary competitors are exerting competitive pressure in targeted areas and are entering new markets, our emerging competitors are introducing new technologies and business models, and our alliance partners in some businesses are increasingly becoming our competitors in others. A third set of challenges relates to business model changes and our go-to-market execution in an evolving distribution and reseller landscape, with increasing online and omnichannel presence. Additional challenges we face at the segment level are set forth below.
In Personal Systems, we face challenges with industry component availability which we expect to continue to negatively impact our ability to meet demand at least in the short-term, and a competitive environment.
In Printing, we face challenges from a competitive environment, including non-original supplies (which includes imitation, refill, or remanufactured alternatives), and we face component constraints and other supply chain disruptions particularly in printer hardware which we expect to continue to negatively impact our ability to meet demand at least in the short-term. We also obtain many Printing components from single source due to technology, availability, price, quality or other considerations. For instance, we source the majority of our A4 and a portion of our A3 portfolio of laser printer engines and laser toner cartridges from Canon. Any decision by either party to not renew our agreement with Canon or to limit or reduce the scope of the agreement could adversely affect our net revenue from LaserJet products; however, we have a long-standing business relationship with Canon and anticipate renewal of this agreement.
In fiscal year 2022, we expect to see continued demand for both Personal Systems and Printing. We also anticipate that component shortages, manufacturing disruptions and logistics challenges will continue to impact our revenues and margins.
Our business and financial performance also depend significantly on worldwide economic conditions. Accordingly, we face global macroeconomic challenges, particularly in light of the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic as discussed below, tariff-driven headwinds, uncertainty in the markets, volatility in exchange rates and evolving dynamics in the global trade environment. The full impact of these and other global macroeconomic challenges on our business cannot be known at this time.
To address these challenges, we continue to pursue innovation with a view towards developing new products and services aligned with generating market demand and meeting the needs of our customers and partners. In addition, we continue to work on improving our operations and adapting our business models, with a particular focus on enhancing our end-to-end processes, analytics and efficiencies. We also continue to work on optimizing our sales coverage models, aligning our sales incentives with our strategic goals, improving channel execution and inventory, production and backlog management, strengthening our capabilities in our areas of strategic focus, strengthening our pricing discipline, and developing and capitalizing on market opportunities.
In October 2019, we announced cost-reduction and operational efficiency initiatives intended to simplify the way we work, move closer to our customers and facilitate specific investment in our business. These were further updated in February 2020. These efforts included transforming our operating model to integrate our sales force into a single commercial organization and reducing structural costs across the Company through our restructuring plan approved in September 2019 (the “Original Form 10-K”
33

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

“Fiscal 2020 Plan”). We have invested and expect to invest some of the savings from these efforts across our businesses, including investing to build our digital capabilities. Over time, we expect these investments will make us more efficient and allow us to advance our positions in Personal Systems and Printing, while also disrupting new industries where we see attractive medium to long-term growth opportunities. However, the rate at which we are able to invest in our business and the returns that we are able to achieve from these investments will be affected by many factors, including the efforts to address the execution, industry and macroeconomic challenges facing our business as discussed above. As a result, we may experience delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to these efforts, and the anticipated benefits of these efforts may not materialize.
In the second year of our program, we continued to look at new cost savings opportunities and remained ahead of our $1.2 billion gross run rate structural cost reduction plan. In the third quarter of fiscal year 2021, we completed the initial deployment of our SAP S/4 HANA system, one of the largest ERP implementations. Also, as part of our end-to-end business planning and forecasting efforts, we went live with our new cloud-based platform which we believe will improve our forecasting agility as part of our digital transformation. Further, our hybrid work strategy has enabled us to accelerate our location strategy while providing a more flexible workspace. Going forward we are enabling HP’s hybrid work strategy by modernizing our sites to be critical hubs for collaboration and innovation. This will also deliver savings in our real estate portfolio. For more information on our Fiscal 2020 Plan, see Note 3, “Restructuring and Other Charges”, to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report, which is incorporated herein by reference.
We typically experience higher net revenues in our fourth quarter compared to other quarters in our fiscal year due in part to seasonal holiday demand. Historical seasonal patterns may not continue in the future and have been impacted by increasing supply constraints, shifts in customer behavior and the evolving impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Our COVID-19 Response
We continue to closely monitor the COVID-19 pandemic, including its resurgence in key markets. We will continue promoting the health, safety, and well-being of workers and their loved ones. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have established a cross-functional COVID-19 program management office that reviews the latest data from our business and site leaders and identifies and addresses emerging risks and issues, and we have put in place global policies and protocols based on guidance from healthcare experts and public health leaders, which we continue to review and update. We balance our company-wide approach by assessing risk and adjusting our response at the site level, taking into consideration each country's or area's COVID-19 case trends and related measures. We have commenced a phased approach to returning our employees onsite, which included modifications to certain of our facilities as we adapt to a hybrid work environment.
The business impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has created new and different demand dynamics in the market. Our Personal Systems business benefited from the remote working and learning environment, including growth in gaming. We saw continued strong demand in Consumer PCs and mix shifts from low end to premium products in Commercial PCs in the second half of fiscal year 2021.We had seen a strong Chromebook demand in first half of the year. In Printing, Consumer print demand remained strong, and Commercial print is expected to continue its gradual improvement as more offices reopen. Also, favorable pricing including historically low promotions and incentives have contributed positively towards average selling prices (“ASPs”) and gross margin in both Personal Systems and Printing. We estimate sales and marketing program incentives based on a number of factors like historical experience, expected customer behavior and market conditions. These estimates have been and may continue to be impacted by lower-than-expected incentives due to increased supply constraints, shifts in customer behavior and the evolving impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. Demand fulfillment has been and is expected to continue to be impacted by industry wide commodity and component constraints primarily integrated circuits and panels, manufacturing disruptions in Asia and logistics challenges globally, at least in short-term.
As the COVID-19 pandemic continues and new variants of the virus emerge, we are seeing a resurgence of the pandemic in key markets. We have and may experience future disruptions in supply, manufacturing and logistics, including in Asia, and with our suppliers and outsourcing partners. The full extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial position will depend on many factors that are not within our control, including, but not limited to: the severity, duration and scope of the pandemic, including the impact of coronavirus mutations and resurgences; the effectiveness of actions taken to contain or mitigate the pandemic and prevent or limit any reoccurrence; the development, availability and public acceptance of effective treatments or vaccines; governmental, business and individuals’ actions that have been and continue to be taken in response to the pandemic; general economic uncertainty in key global markets and financial market volatility; global economic conditions and levels of economic growth; and the pace of recovery when the COVID-19 pandemic subsides.

Unsolicited Exchange Offer in Fiscal Year 2020
On March 2, 2020, Xerox Holdings Corporation (“Xerox”) commenced an unsolicited exchange offer for all outstanding shares of HP’s common stock (the “Offer”). Xerox had also previously nominated candidates for election to HP’s Board of
34

Table of Contents
HP Inc. is filing this Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A (the “Form 10-K/A”) because it will not fileINC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Directors at HP’s 2020 annual meeting of stockholders. On March 31, 2020, Xerox announced that the Offer had been terminated and subsequently withdrew its definitive proxy statement within 120 days afterslate of director nominees. In order to respond to Xerox’s actions, HP incurred certain costs during the end of its fiscal year ended October 31, 2019. This Form 10-K/A amends2020.
Oracle Corporation (“Oracle”) Litigation proceeds
On October 12, 2021, Oracle paid approximately $4.65 billion, to satisfy the judgment with interest, related to the litigation in connection with Oracle’s discontinuation of software support for former Hewlett-Packard Company’s Itanium-based line of mission-critical servers. The net proceeds from the judgement are being shared equally between HP and restates in its entirety Part III, Items 10 through 14Hewlett Packard Enterprise pursuant to the terms of the Originalseparation and distribution agreement. For more information, see Note 14, “Litigation and Contingencies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report, which is incorporated herein by reference.

For a further discussion of trends, uncertainties and other factors that could impact our operating results, see the section entitled “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of Part I in this Annual Report on Form 10-K,10-K.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
General
The Consolidated Financial Statements of HP are prepared in accordance with United States (“U.S.”) generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), which require management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net revenue and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities. As of October 31, 2021, the impact of COVID-19 on our business continued to unfold. As a result, many of our estimates and assumptions required increased judgment and may carry a higher degree of variability and volatility. As events continue to evolve and additional information becomes available, our estimates may change in future periods. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying amount of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Management has discussed the development, selection and disclosure of these estimates with the Audit Committee of HP’s Board of Directors. Management believes that the accounting estimates employed and the resulting amounts are reasonable; however, actual results may differ from these estimates. Making estimates and judgments about future events is inherently unpredictable and is subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. Should any of these estimates and assumptions change or prove to have been incorrect, it could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows. 
A summary of significant accounting policies is included in Note 1, “Overview and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, if different estimates reasonably could have been used, or if changes in the estimate that are reasonably possible could materially impact the financial statements. Management believes the following critical accounting policies reflect the significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue depicting the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which we are expected to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. We evaluate customers’ ability to pay based on various factors like historical payment experience, financial metrics and customer credit scores.
We enter into contracts to sell our products and services, and while many of our sales contracts contain standard terms and conditions, there are contracts which contain non-standard terms and conditions. Further, many of our arrangements include information previously omittedmultiple performance obligations. As a result, significant contract interpretation may be required to determine the appropriate accounting, including the identification of performance obligations that are distinct, the allocation of the transaction price among performance obligations in the arrangement and the timing of transfer of control of promised goods or services for each of those performance obligations.
We evaluate each performance obligation in an arrangement to determine whether it represents a distinct good or services. A performance obligation constitutes distinct goods or services when the customer can benefit from the Original Form 10-Kgoods or services either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer and the performance obligation is distinct within the context of the contract.
Transaction price is the amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled in relianceexchange for transferring goods or services to the customer. If the transaction price includes a variable amount, we estimate the amount using either the expected value or most likely amount method. We reduce the transaction price at the time of revenue recognition for customer and
35

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

distributor programs and incentive offerings, rebates, promotions, other volume-based incentives and expected returns. We use estimates to determine the expected variable consideration for such programs based on General Instruction G(3)historical experience, expected consumer behavior and market conditions.
When a sales arrangement contains multiple performance obligations, such as hardware and/or services, we allocate revenue to Form 10-K.each performance obligation in proportion to their selling price. The referenceselling price for each performance obligation is based on its Standalone Selling Price (“SSP”). We establish SSP using the price charged for a performance obligation when sold separately (“observable price”) and, in some instances, using the price established by management having the relevant authority. When observable price is not available, we establish SSP based on management’s judgment considering internal factors such as margin objectives, pricing practices and controls, customer segment pricing strategies and the product life-cycle. Consideration is also given to market conditions such as competitor pricing strategies and technology industry life cycles. We may modify or develop new go-to-market practices in the future, which may result in changes in selling prices, impacting standalone selling price determination applying the aforementioned management judgments and estimates. This may change the pattern and timing of revenue recognition for identical arrangements executed in future periods but will not change the total revenue recognized for any given arrangement. In most arrangements with multiple performance obligations, the transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation at the inception of the arrangement based on their relative selling price.
Revenue is recognized when, or as, a performance obligation is satisfied by transferring control of a promised good or service to a customer. We generally invoice the customer upon delivery of the goods or services and the payments are due as per contract terms. For fixed-price support or maintenance and other service contracts that are in the nature of stand-ready obligations, payments are generally received in advance from customers and revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the duration of the contract. In instances when revenue is derived from sales of third-party vendor products or services, we record revenue on a gross basis when we are a principal in the transaction and on a net basis when we are acting as an agent between the customer and the vendor. We consider several factors to determine whether we are acting as a principal or an agent, most notably whether we are the primary obligor to the customer, have established our own pricing and have inventory and credit risks.
Warranty
We accrue the estimated cost of product warranties at the time we recognize revenue. We evaluate our warranty obligations on a product group basis. Our standard product warranty terms generally include post-sales support and repairs or replacement of a product at no additional charge for a specified period. While we engage in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of our component suppliers, we base our estimated warranty obligation on contractual warranty terms, repair costs, product call rates, average cost per call, current period product shipments and ongoing product failure rates, as well as specific product class failure outside of our baseline experience. Warranty terms generally range from 90 days to three years for parts, labor and onsite services, depending upon the product. If actual product failure rates or repair costs differ from estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty obligation may be required.
Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefits
Our pension and other post-retirement benefit costs and obligations depend on various assumptions. Our major assumptions relate primarily to discount rates, mortality rates, expected increases in compensation levels and the expected long-term return on plan assets. The discount rate assumption is based on current investment yields of high-quality fixed-income securities with maturities similar to the expected benefits payment period. Mortality rates help predict the expected life of plan participants and are based on a historical demographic study of the plan. The expected increase in the compensation levels assumption reflects our long-term actual experience and future expectations. The expected long-term return on plan assets is determined based on asset allocations, historical portfolio results, historical asset correlations and management’s expected returns for each asset class. We evaluate our expected return assumptions annually including reviewing current capital market assumptions to assess the reasonableness of the expected long-term return on plan assets. In any fiscal year, significant differences may arise between the actual return and the expected long-term return on plan assets. Historically, differences between the actual return and expected long-term return on plan assets have resulted from changes in target or actual asset allocation, short-term performance relative to expected long-term performance, and to a lesser extent, differences between target and actual investment allocations, the timing of benefit payments compared to expectations, and the use of derivatives intended to effect asset allocation changes or hedge certain investment or liability exposures. For the recognition of net periodic benefit (credit) cost, the calculation of the expected long-term return on plan assets uses the fair value of plan assets as of the beginning of the fiscal year unless updated as a result of interim re-measurement. 
Our major assumptions vary by plan, and the weighted-average rates used are set forth in Note 4, “Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. The following table provides the impact a change of 25 basis points in each of the weighted-average assumptions of the discount
36

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

rate, expected increase in compensation levels and expected long-term return on plan assets would have had on our net periodic benefit (credit) cost for fiscal year 2021: 
Change in Net Periodic
Benefit Cost
in millions
Assumptions:
Discount rate$
Expected increase in compensation levels$
Expected long-term return on plan assets$30 
Taxes on Earnings
As a result of certain employment actions and capital investments we have undertaken, income from manufacturing activities in certain jurisdictions is subject to reduced tax rates and, in some cases, is wholly exempt from taxes for fiscal years through 2029.
Material changes in our estimates of cash, working capital and long-term investment requirements in the various jurisdictions in which we do business could impact how future earnings are repatriated to the United States, and our related future effective tax rate.
We calculate our current and deferred tax provisions based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the final positions reflected in our income tax returns. We adjust our current and deferred tax provisions based on income tax returns which are generally filed in the third or fourth quarters of the subsequent fiscal year.
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which we expect the differences to reverse. 
We record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that we are more likely than not to realize. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, we consider future market growth, forecasted earnings, future taxable income, the mix of earnings in the jurisdictions in which we operate and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. In the event we were to determine that it is more likely than not that we will be unable to realize all or part of our deferred tax assets in the future, we would increase the valuation allowance and recognize a corresponding charge to earnings or other comprehensive income in the period in which we make such a determination. Likewise, if we later determine that we are more likely than not to realize the deferred tax assets, we would reverse the applicable portion of the previously recognized valuation allowance. In order for us to realize our deferred tax assets, we must be able to generate sufficient taxable income in the jurisdictions in which the deferred tax assets are located.
We are subject to income taxes in the United States and approximately 60 other countries, and we are subject to routine corporate income tax audits in many of these jurisdictions. We believe that positions taken on our tax returns are fully supported, but tax authorities may challenge these positions, and our positions may not be fully sustained on examination by the relevant tax authorities. Accordingly, our income tax provision includes amounts intended to satisfy assessments that may result from these challenges. Our accrual for uncertain tax positions is attributable primarily to uncertainties concerning the tax treatment of our domestic operations, including the allocation of income among different jurisdictions, intercompany transactions, pension and related interest. We adjust our uncertain tax positions to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a particular audit. Determining the appropriate provision for potential deficiencies or reductions in tax benefits that could reasonably result from an audit requires management judgments and estimates, and income tax audits are inherently unpredictable. We may not accurately predict the outcomes of these audits, and the amounts ultimately paid on resolution of an audit could be materially different from the amounts previously included in our income tax provision and, therefore, could have a material impact on our provision for taxes, net earnings and cash flows. For a further discussion on taxes on earnings, refer to Note 6, “Taxes on Earnings” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. 
Inventory
We state our inventory at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis. We make adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value at the product group level for estimated excess or obsolescence considering judgments related to future demand and market conditions, along with the impact of COVID-19. Factors influencing these adjustments include changes in demand, technological changes, product life cycle and development plans, component cost trends, product pricing, physical deterioration and quality issues.
37

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Business Combinations
We allocate the fair value of purchase consideration to the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests in the acquiree generally based on their fair values at the acquisition date. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair value of these assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests in the acquiree is recorded as goodwill and may involve engaging independent third parties to perform an appraisal. When determining the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests in the acquiree, management makes significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets.
Critical estimates in valuing intangible assets include, but are not limited to, expected future cash flows, which includes consideration of future growth rates and margins, attrition rates, future changes in technology and brand awareness, loyalty and position, and discount rates. Fair value estimates are based on the cover pageassumptions management believes a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability. Amounts recorded in a business combination may change during the measurement period, which is a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, as additional information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available. 
Goodwill
We review goodwill for impairment annually during our fourth quarter and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of goodwill may not be recoverable. A qualitative assessment is first performed to determine if the fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than not to be less than its carrying amount. Judgment in the assessment of qualitative factors of impairment may include changes in business climate, market conditions, or other events impacting the reporting unit. If we determine an impairment is more likely than not based on our qualitative assessment, a quantitative assessment of impairment is performed.
Performing a quantitative goodwill impairment test includes the determination of the Original Form 10-Kfair value of a reporting unit and involves significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions include, among others, revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions, and the determination of appropriate market comparables. If we determine the carrying amount exceeds fair value, goodwill is impaired and the excess is recognized as an impairment loss.
Loss Contingencies
We are involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings including those consisting of intellectual property (“IP”), commercial, securities, employment, employee benefits and environmental matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both the probability of having incurred a liability and the estimated amount of the liability. We review these matters at least quarterly and adjust these liabilities to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other updated information and events, pertaining to a particular case. Pursuant to the incorporationseparation and distribution agreement, we share responsibility with Hewlett Packard Enterprise for certain matters, as discussed in Note 14, “Litigation and Contingencies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference, and Hewlett Packard Enterprise has agreed to indemnify us in whole or in part with respect to certain matters. Based on our experience, we believe that any damage amounts claimed in the specific litigation and contingencies matters further discussed in Note 14, “Litigation and Contingencies”, are not a meaningful indicator of portionsHP’s potential liability. Litigation is inherently unpredictable. However, we believe we have valid defenses with respect to legal matters pending against us. Nevertheless, cash flows or results of operations could be materially affected in any particular period by the resolution of one or more of these contingencies. We believe we have recorded adequate provisions for any such matters and, as of October 31, 2021, it was not reasonably possible that a material loss had been incurred in excess of the amounts recognized in our financial statements.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
For a summary of recent accounting pronouncements applicable to our consolidated financial statements see Note 1, “Overview and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Revenue from our international operations has historically represented, and we expect will continue to represent, a majority of our overall net revenue. As a result, our net revenue growth has been impacted, and we expect it will continue to be impacted, by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. In order to provide a framework for assessing performance excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, we supplement the year-over-year percentage change in net revenue with the year-over-year percentage change in net revenue on a constant currency basis, which excludes the effect of foreign currency
38

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

exchange fluctuations calculated by translating current period revenues using monthly exchange rates from the comparative period and excluding any hedging impact recognized in the current period, and does not adjust for any repricing or demand impacts from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. This information is provided so that net revenue can be viewed with and without the effect of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, which is consistent with how management evaluates our net revenue results and trends, as management does not believe that the excluded items are reflective of ongoing operating results. The constant currency measures are provided in addition to, and not as a substitute for, the year-over-year percentage change in net revenue on a GAAP basis. Other companies may calculate and define similarly labeled items differently, which may limit the usefulness of this measure for comparative purposes.
Results of operations in dollars and as a percentage of net revenue were as follows: 
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
Dollars% of Net RevenueDollars% of Net RevenueDollars% of Net Revenue
 Dollars in millions
Net revenue$63,487 100.0 %$56,639 100.0 %$58,756 100.0 %
Cost of revenue50,070 78.9 %46,202 81.6 %47,586 81.0 %
Gross profit13,417 21.1 %10,437 18.4 %11,170 19.0 %
Research and development1,907 3.0 %1,478 2.6 %1,499 2.6 %
Selling, general and administrative5,741 9.0 %4,906 8.6 %5,368 9.1 %
Restructuring and other charges245 0.4 %462 0.9 %275 0.4 %
Acquisition-related charges68 0.1 %16 — %35 0.1 %
Amortization of intangible assets154 0.2 %113 0.2 %116 0.2 %
Earnings from operations5,302 8.4 %3,462 6.1 %3,877 6.6 %
Interest and other, net2,209 3.4 %(231)(0.4)%(1,354)(2.3)%
Earnings before taxes7,511 11.8 %3,231 5.7 %2,523 4.3 %
(Provision for) benefit from taxes(1,008)(1.6)%(387)(0.7)%629 1.1 %
Net earnings$6,503 10.2 %$2,844 5.0 %$3,152 5.4 %
Net Revenue
In fiscal year 2021, total net revenue increased 12.1% (increased 10.2% on a constant currency basis) as compared to the prior-year period. Net revenue from the United States increased 11.0% to $22.4 billion, and outside of the United States increased 12.7% to $41.1 billion. The increase in net revenue was primarily driven by growth in Notebooks, Supplies, Consumer and Commercial Printing, and favorable foreign currency impacts, partially offset by decline in Desktops. The increase in net revenue is due to strong demand and higher ASPs driven by work from home and remote learning.
A detailed discussion of the factors contributing to the changes in segment net revenue is included under “Segment Information” below. 
Gross Margin
For fiscal year 2021, gross margin increased by 2.7 percentage points, primarily driven by favorable pricing including lower promotions and favorable foreign currency impacts, partially offset by higher costs including commodity costs. A detailed discussion of the factors contributing to the changes in segment gross margins is included under “Segment Information” below. 
Operating Expenses
Research and Development (“R&D”)
R&D expense increased 29.0% in fiscal year 2021, primarily due to continuing investments in innovation and key growth initiatives and higher variable compensation.
Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”)
SG&A expense increased 17.0% in fiscal year 2021, primarily driven by go-to-market initiatives and higher variable compensation.
39

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Restructuring and other Charges
Restructuring and other charges relate primarily to the Fiscal 2020 Plan. For more information, see Note 3, “Restructuring and Other Charges”, to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Acquisition-related Charges
Acquisition-related charges relate primarily to third-party professional and legal fees, and integration-related costs, as well as fair value adjustments of certain acquired assets such as inventory. Acquisition-related charges increased by $52 million in the fiscal year 2021, primarily due to recent acquisitions.
Amortization of Intangible Assets 
Amortization of intangible assets relates primarily to intangible assets resulting from acquisitions. Amortization of Intangible assets increased by $41 million in the fiscal year 2021, primarily due to recent acquisitions.
Interest and Other, Net
Interest and other, net for the fiscal year 2021 was net gain as compared to a net expense in the fiscal year 2020, primarily due to gain from one-time Oracle litigation proceeds of $2.3 billion, impact from defined benefit plan settlements, partially offset by lower Net Periodic Post-retirement Benefit Credit. For more information, see Note 7, “Supplementary Financial Information”, to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Provision for taxes
Our effective tax rate was 13.4% in fiscal year 2021. In fiscal year 2021, our effective tax rate differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% primarily due to changes in valuation allowances and favorable tax rates associated with certain earnings in lower-tax jurisdictions throughout the world. The jurisdictions with favorable tax rates that had the most significant impact on our effective tax rate in the periods presented were Puerto Rico, Singapore, and Malaysia.
For a reconciliation of our effective tax rate to the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% in fiscal year 2021, and further explanation of our provision for income taxes, see Note 6, “Taxes on Earnings” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In fiscal year 2021, we recorded $9 million of net income tax charges related to discrete items in the provision for taxes. This amount included income tax charges of $533 million related to the Oracle litigation proceeds, $15 million of uncertain tax position charges, and $9 million of other net tax charges. These charges were partially offset by income tax benefits of $393 million related to changes in valuation allowances, $89 million of tax effects related to internal reorganization, $50 million related to restructuring charges, and $16 million related to the filing of tax returns in various jurisdictions.

Segment Information
A description of the products and services for each segment can be found in Note 2, “Segment Information,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference. Future changes to this organizational structure may result in changes to the segments disclosed.
Personal Systems
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 Dollars in millions
Net revenue$43,359 $38,997$38,694
Earnings from operations$3,101$2,312$1,898
Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue7.2%5.9 %4.9%
40

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The components of net revenue and the weighted net revenue change by business unit were as follows:
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 Net Revenue
Weighted Net Revenue Change Percentage Points(1)
 20212020201920212020
 In millions 
Notebooks$30,522 $25,766 $22,928 12.2 7.3 
Desktops9,381 9,806 12,046 (1.1)(5.8)
Workstations1,669 1,816 2,389 (0.4)(1.5)
Other1,787 1,609 1,331 0.5 0.8 
Total Personal Systems$43,359 $38,997 $38,694 11.2 0.8 
(1) Weighted Net Revenue Change Percentage Points measures contribution of each business unit towards overall segment revenue growth. It is calculated by dividing the change in revenue of each business unit from the prior-year period by total segment revenue for the prior-year period.
Fiscal Year 2021 compared with Fiscal Year 2020
Personal Systems net revenue increased 11.2% (increased 8.8% on a constant currency basis) in fiscal year 2021 as compared to the prior-year period. The net revenue increase was primarily due to growth in Notebooks and favorable foreign currency impacts, partially offset by decline in Desktops. The net revenue increase was driven by 9.8% increase in unit volume and 1.3% increase in ASPs. The increase in unit volume was primarily due to growth in Notebooks resulting from strong demand driven by work from home, remote learning and gaming, partially offset by decline in Desktops. Also, industry-wide supply chain constraints limited unit growth during the fiscal year 2021. The increase in ASPs was primarily due to favorable pricing including lower promotions and favorable foreign currency impacts, partially offset by mix shifts.
Consumer PCs revenue increased 19.9% driven by unit growth in Notebooks and Desktops and higher ASPs. Commercial revenue increased 6.4% primarily driven by unit growth in Notebooks, partially offset by lower ASPs driven by higher Chromebook mix and unit declines in Desktops.
Consequently, net revenue increased 18.5% in Notebooks and decreased 4.3% in Desktops and 8.1% in Workstations.
Personal Systems earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased by 1.3 percentage points. The increase was primarily due to an increase in gross margin, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of revenue. The increase in gross margin was primarily due to favorable pricing including lower promotions and favorable foreign currency impacts, partially offset by higher commodity and logistics costs. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue increased by 0.7 percentage points primarily due to R&D investments in innovation, go-to-market initiatives and higher variable compensation.


Printing
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 Dollars in millions
Net revenue$20,128$17,641$20,066
Earnings from operations$3,636$2,495$3,202
Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue18.1%14.1%16.0%
41

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The components of the net revenue and weighted net revenue change by business unit were as follows: 
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 Net Revenue
Weighted Net Revenue Change Percentage Points(1)
 20212020201920212020
 In millions 
Supplies$12,632 $11,586 $12,921 5.9 (6.7)
Commercial4,209 3,539 4,612 3.8 (5.3)
Consumer3,287 2,516 2,533 4.4 (0.1)
Total Printing$20,128 $17,641 $20,066 14.1 (12.1)
(1) Weighted Net Revenue Change Percentage Points measures the contribution of each business unit towards overall segment revenue growth. It is calculated by dividing the change in revenue of each business unit from the prior period by total segment revenue for the prior-year period. 

Fiscal Year 2021 compared with Fiscal Year 2020
Printing net revenue increased 14.1% (increased 13.2% on a constant currency basis) for fiscal year 2021 as compared to the prior-year period. The growth in net revenue was primarily driven by a growth in Supplies, Consumer and Commercial. Net revenue for Supplies increased 9.0% as compared to the prior-year period, primarily driven by favorable pricing including lower promotions and improvement in enterprise and SMB demand. Printer ASPs increased 26.2% and printer unit volume increased 3.0% as compared to the prior-year period. Printer ASPs increased primarily due to favorable pricing including lower promotions. The increase in printer unit volume was driven by both Consumer and Commercial. While there has been unit growth compared to prior-year period, we continue to experience supply chain constraints, including component shortages, which limited growth during fiscal year 2021.
Net revenue for Commercial increased 18.9% as compared to the prior-year period, due to a 7.6% increase in printer unit volume and a 20.4% increase in ASPs. The printer unit volume increased due to improved demand as compared to prior-year period which was impacted by COVID-19. The increase in ASPs was primarily driven by favorable pricing and mix shifts.
Net revenue for Consumer increased 30.6% as compared to the prior-year period, due to a 27.4% increase in ASPs and a 2.4% increase in printer unit volume. The increase in ASPs was primarily driven by favorable pricing. The printer unit volume increased due to strong demand from remote working and learning.
Printing earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased by 4.0 percentage points for the fiscal year 2021 as compared to the prior-year period, primarily due to increase in gross margin driven by favorable pricing including lower promotions, partially offset by mix shifts. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue remained flat.

Corporate Investments
The loss from operations in Corporate Investments for the fiscal year 2021 was primarily due to expenses associated with our incubation projects and investments in digital enablement.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We use cash generated by operations as our primary source of liquidity. While the impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic were originally expected to be temporary, however, with the emergence of new variants, there remains uncertainty around the extent and duration of the pandemic and how our liquidity and working capital needs may be impacted in the future periods as a result. We believe that current cash, cash flow from operating activities, new borrowings, available commercial paper authorization and the credit facilities will be sufficient to meet HP’s operating cash requirements, planned capital expenditures, interest and principal payments on all borrowings, pension and post-retirement funding requirements, authorized share repurchases and annual dividend payments for the foreseeable future. Additionally, if suitable acquisition opportunities arise, the Company may obtain all or a portion of the required financing through additional borrowings. While our access to capital markets may be constrained and our cost of borrowing may increase under certain business, market and economic conditions, our access to a variety of funding sources to meet our liquidity needs is designed to facilitate continued access to capital resources under all such conditions. Our liquidity is subject to various risks including the risks identified in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in Item 1A and market risks identified in the section entitled “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” in Item 7A, which are incorporated herein by reference.
During the fiscal year 2021, HP completed four acquisitions with a combined purchase price of $854 million, net of cash acquired, of which $400 million was recorded as goodwill and $385 million as intangible assets related to these acquisitions. For more information, see Note 18, “Acquisitions”, to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report, which is incorporated herein by reference.
42

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Our cash and cash equivalents balances are held in numerous locations throughout the world. We utilize a variety of planning and financing strategies in an effort to ensure that our worldwide cash is available when and where it is needed. Amounts held outside of the United States are generally utilized to support non-U.S. liquidity needs and may from time to time be distributed to the United States. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) made significant changes to the U.S. tax law, including a one-time transition tax on accumulated foreign earnings. The payments associated with this one-time transition tax will be paid over eight years and began in fiscal year 2019. We expect a significant portion of the cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries will no longer be subject to U.S. income tax upon a subsequent repatriation to the United States as a result of the transition tax on accumulated foreign earnings. However, a portion of this cash may still be subject to foreign income tax or withholding tax upon repatriation. As we evaluate the future cash needs of our operations, we may revise the amount of foreign earnings considered to be permanently reinvested in our foreign subsidiaries and how to utilize such funds, including reducing our gross debt level, or other uses.
Liquidity
 Our cash and cash equivalents, marketable debt securities and total debt were as follows: 
 As of October 31
 202120202019
 In billions
Cash and cash equivalents$4.3 $4.9 $4.5 
Marketable debt securities(1)
$— $0.3 $— 
Total debt$7.5 $6.2 $5.1 
(1)Includes highly liquid U.S. treasury notes, U.S. agency securities, non-U.S. government bonds, corporate debt securities, money market and other funds. We classify these investments within Other current assets in Consolidated Balance Sheets, including those with maturity dates beyond one year, based on their highly liquid nature and availability for use in current operations.
Our key cash flow metrics were as follows:
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
  In millions
Net cash provided by operating activities$6,409 $4,316 $4,654 
Net cash used in investing activities(1,012)(1,016)(438)
Net cash used in financing activities(5,962)(2,973)(4,845)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents$(565)$327 $(629)
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $2.1 billion for fiscal year 2021 as compared to fiscal year 2020, primarily due to higher earnings from operation including net gain from the one-time Oracle litigation proceeds of $1.8 billion, partially offset by higher cash utilized in working capital activities as a result of changes in demand dynamics and supply chain constraints due to COVID-19.
Key Working Capital Metrics
Management utilizes current cash conversion cycle information to manage our working capital level. The table below presents the cash conversion cycle: 
As of October 31
202120202019
Days of sales outstanding in accounts receivable (“DSO”)30 32 35 
Days of supply in inventory (“DOS”)53 43 41 
Days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable (“DPO”)(108)(105)(107)
Cash conversion cycle(25)(30)(31)
The cash conversion cycle is the sum of days of DSO and DOS less DPO. Items which may cause the cash conversion cycle in a particular period to differ from a long-term sustainable rate include, but are not limited to, changes in business mix, changes in payment terms, extent of receivables factoring, macro-economic factors, seasonal trends and the timing of revenue recognition and inventory purchases within the period.
43

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

DSO measures the average number of days our receivables are outstanding. DSO is calculated by dividing ending accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses, by a 90-day average of net revenue. The decrease in DSO as compared to prior-year period, was due to strong collections and favorable revenue linearity.
DOS measures the average number of days from procurement to sale of our product. DOS is calculated by dividing ending inventory by a 90-day average of cost of goods sold. The increase in DOS as compared to prior-year period, was primarily due to higher strategic buys to better assure supply of commodities in Personal Systems and recovering Printing inventory from the impacts of COVID-19.
DPO measures the average number of days our accounts payable balances are outstanding. DPO is calculated by dividing ending accounts payable by a 90-day average of cost of goods sold. The decrease in DPO compared to prior-year period, was primarily due to higher commodity costs, partially offset by working capital management activities. 
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities remained flat for fiscal year 2021 as compared to fiscal year 2020, primarily due to decrease in investments of $0.6 billion and collateral related to derivative instruments of $0.3 billion, partially offset by higher net payments for acquisitions of $0.9 billion.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities increased by $3.0 billion in fiscal year 2021 compared to fiscal year 2020, primarily due to higher share repurchases of $3.1 billion and lower proceeds from debt issuance of $1.0 billion, partially offset by lower payment of debt of $0.6 billion and higher proceeds from commercial paper of $0.4 billion.
Share Repurchases and Dividends
In fiscal year 2021, HP returned $7.2 billion to the shareholders in the form of share repurchases of $6.3 billion and cash dividends of $0.9 billion. As of October 31, 2021, HP had approximately $6.4 billion remaining under the share repurchase authorizations approved by HP’s Board of Directors. HP intends to continue to repurchase shares at an elevated level of at least $4.0 billion in fiscal year 2022.
For more information on our share repurchases, see Note 12, “Stockholders’ Deficit”, to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Capital Resources
Debt Levels
 As of October 31
 202120202019
 Dollars in millions
Short-term debt$1,106$674$357
Long-term debt$6,386$5,543$4,780
Weighted-average interest rate3.1 %3.9 %4.6 %
We maintain debt levels that we establish through consideration of a number of factors, including cash flow expectations, cash requirements for operations, investment plans (including acquisitions), share repurchase activities, our cost of capital and targeted leverage ratio.
Short-term debt increased by $0.4 billion and long-term debt increased by $0.8 billion for fiscal year 2021 as compared to fiscal year 2020. The net increase in total debt was primarily due to issuance of unsecured senior debt in June 2021 amounting to $2.0 billion and commercial paper of $0.4 billion issued in September 2021, which was, partially offset by payment of $1.0 billion in July 2021, towards redemption of existing notes maturing in September and December 2021.
Our weighted-average interest rate reflects the effective interest rate on our borrowings prevailing during the period and reflects the effect of interest rate swaps. For more information on our interest rate swaps, see Note 10, “Financial Instruments” in the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”, which is incorporated herein by reference.
On May 26, 2021, we entered into a new $5.0 billion 5-year sustainability-linked senior unsecured committed revolving credit facility (the ‘New Revolving Facility”) which will be available until May 26, 2026. Commitment fees, interest rates and other terms of borrowing under the New Revolving Facility vary based on HP’s external credit ratings and certain sustainability metrics.
As of October 31, 2021, we continue to maintain the New Revolving Facility. Funds borrowed under the New Revolving Facility may be used for general corporate purposes.
44

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

On June 16, 2021, we issued $2.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of senior notes across various maturities. We used approximately $1.0 billion of the proceeds from such issuance to fund the redemption of existing notes maturing in September and December 2021. For more information on the new notes and the redemption of existing notes, see Note 11, “Borrowings”, to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Available Borrowing Resources
As of October 31, 2021, we had available borrowing resources of $579 million from uncommitted lines of credit in addition to the New Revolving Facility.
The amendment to our 2019 Shelf Registration Statement to convert to a non-automatic shelf registration statement was declared effective by the SEC on February 25, 2021 and enables us to offer for sale, from time to time, in one or more offerings, $5.0 billion, in the aggregate, of debt securities, common stock, preferred stock, depository shares and warrants.
For more information on our borrowings, see Note 11, “Borrowings”, to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Credit Ratings
Our credit risk is evaluated by major independent rating agencies based upon publicly available information as well as information they obtain during our ongoing discussions. While we currently do not have any rating downgrade triggers that would accelerate the maturity of a material amount of our debt, a downgrade from our current credit rating may increase the cost of borrowing under our credit facility, reduce market capacity for our commercial paper, require the posting of additional collateral under some of our derivative contracts and may have a negative impact on our liquidity and capital position, depending on the extent of such downgrade. We can access alternative sources of funding, including drawdowns under our credit facility, if necessary, to offset potential reductions in the market capacity for our commercial paper.
45

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Continued)


CONTRACTUAL AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS
Our contractual and other obligations as of October 31, 2021, were as follows:
 Payments Due by Period
 TotalShort-termLong-term
 In millions
Principal payments on debt(1)
$7,550 $1,099 $6,451 
Interest payments on debt(2)
2,335 239 2,096 
Purchase obligations(3)
6,940 2,642 4,298 
Operating lease obligations1,381 382 999 
Finance lease obligations24 10 14 
Total(4)(5)(6)
$18,230 $4,372 $13,858 
(1)Amounts represent the principal cash payments relating to our short-term and long-term debt and do not include any fair value adjustments, discounts or premiums.
(2)Amounts represent the expected interest payments relating to our short-term and long-term debt. We have outstanding interest rate swap agreements accounted for as fair value hedges that have the economic effect of changing fixed interest rates associated with some of our U.S. Dollar Global Notes to variable interest rates. The impact of our outstanding interest rate swaps at October 31, 2021 was factored into the calculation of the future interest payments on debt.
(3)Purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on us and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. These purchase obligations are related principally to inventory and other items. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable without penalty. Purchase obligations also exclude open purchase orders that are routine arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business as they are difficult to quantify in a meaningful way. Even though open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust terms based on our business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services.
(4)Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plan Contributions. In fiscal year 2022, we expect to contribute approximately $44 million to non-U.S. pension plans, $36 million to cover benefit payments to U.S. non-qualified plan participants and $4 million to cover benefit claims for our post-retirement benefit plans. Our policy is to fund our pension plans so that we meet at least the minimum contribution required by local government, funding and taxing authorities. Expected contributions and payments to our pension and post-retirement benefit plans are excluded from the contractual obligations table because they do not represent contractual cash outflows as they are dependent on numerous factors which may result in a wide range of outcomes. For more information on our retirement and post-retirement benefit plans, see Note 4, “Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans”, to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.
(5)Cost Savings Plans. As a result of our approved restructuring plans, we expect to make future cash payments of approximately $0.3 billion. We expect to make future cash payments of $0.2 billion in fiscal year 2022 with remaining cash payments through fiscal year 2023. These payments have been excluded from the contractual obligations table because they do not represent contractual cash outflows and there is uncertainty as to the timing of these payments. For more information on our restructuring activities that are part of our cost improvements, see Note 3, “Restructuring and Other Charges”, to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.
(6)Uncertain Tax Positions. As of October 31, 2021, we had approximately $584 million of recorded liabilities and related interest and penalties pertaining to uncertain tax positions. We are unable to make a reasonable estimate as to when cash settlement with the tax authorities might occur due to the uncertainties related to these tax matters. Payments of these obligations would result from settlements with taxing authorities. For more information on our uncertain tax positions, see Note 6, “Taxes on Earnings”, to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.


46

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Off-balance sheet arrangements
As part of our ongoing business, we have not participated in transactions that generate material relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. 
We have third-party short-term financing arrangements intended to facilitate the working capital requirements of certain customers. For more information on our third-party short-term financing arrangements, see Note 7 “Supplementary Financial Information” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.
47

Table of Contents
ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
In the normal course of business, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate and interest rate risks that could impact our financial position and results of operations. Our risk management strategy with respect to these market risks may include the use of derivative instruments. We use derivative contracts only to manage existing underlying exposures. Accordingly, we do not use derivative contracts for speculative purposes. Our risks, risk management strategy and a sensitivity analysis estimating the effects of changes in fair value for each of these exposures are outlined below.
Actual gains and losses in the future may differ materially from the sensitivity analyses based on changes in the timing and amount of foreign currency exchange rate and interest rate movements and our actual exposures and derivatives in place at the time of the change, as well as the effectiveness of the derivative to hedge the related exposure.
Foreign currency exchange rate risk
We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk inherent in our sales commitments, anticipated sales, anticipated purchases and assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We transact business in over 40 currencies worldwide, of which the most significant foreign currencies to our operations for fiscal year 2021 were the Euro, Chinese yuan renminbi, the Japanese yen and the British pound. For most currencies, we are a net receiver of the foreign currency and therefore benefit from a weaker U.S. dollar and are adversely affected by a stronger U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currency. Even where we are a net receiver of the foreign currency, a weaker U.S. dollar may adversely affect certain expense figures, if taken alone.
We use a combination of forward contracts and at times, options designated as cash flow hedges to protect against the foreign currency exchange rate risks inherent in our forecasted net revenue and, to a lesser extent in cost of sales. In addition, when debt is denominated in a foreign currency, we may use swaps to exchange the foreign currency principal and interest obligations for U.S. dollar-denominated amounts to manage the exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We also use other derivatives not designated as hedging instruments consisting primarily of forward contracts to hedge foreign currency balance sheet exposures. Alternatively, we may choose not to hedge the risk associated with our foreign currency exposures, primarily if such exposure acts as a natural hedge for offsetting amounts denominated in the same currency or if the currency is too difficult or too expensive to hedge.
We have performed sensitivity analyses as of October 31, 2021 and 2020, using a modeling technique that measures the change in the fair values arising from a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in the levels of foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar, with all other variables held constant. The analyses cover all of our foreign currency derivative contracts offset by underlying exposures. The foreign currency exchange rates we used in performing the sensitivity analysis were based on market rates in effect at October 31, 2021 and 2020. The sensitivity analyses indicated that a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in foreign currency exchange rates would result in a foreign exchange loss of $168 million and $77 million at October 31, 2021 and October 31, 2020, respectively.
Interest rate risk
We also are exposed to interest rate risk related to debt we have issued and our investment portfolio.
We issue long-term debt in either U.S. dollars or foreign currencies based on market conditions at the time of financing. We may use interest rate and/or currency swaps to modify the market risk exposures in connection with the debt to achieve a floating interest expense. The swap transactions generally involve the exchange of fixed for floating interest payments. However, we may choose not to swap fixed for floating interest payments or may terminate a previously executed swap if we believe a larger proportion of fixed-rate debt would be beneficial.
In order to hedge the fair value of certain fixed-rate investments, we may enter into interest rate swaps that convert fixed interest returns into variable interest returns. We may use cash flow hedges to hedge the variability in interest income received on certain variable-rate investments. We may also enter into interest rate swaps that convert variable rate interest returns into fixed-rate interest returns.
We have performed sensitivity analyses as of October 31, 2021 and 2020, using a modeling technique that measures the change in the fair values arising from a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in the levels of interest rates across the entire yield curve, with all other variables held constant. The analyses cover our debt, investments and interest rate swaps. The analyses use actual or approximate maturities for the debt, investments and interest rate swaps. The discount rates used were based on the market interest rates in effect at October 31, 2021 and 2020. The sensitivity analyses indicated that a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in interest rates would have resulted in a loss in the fair values of our debt and investments, net of interest rate swaps, of $73 million at October 31, 2021 and $36 million at October 31, 2020.
48

Table of Contents
ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Table of Contents
Page

49

Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of HP Inc.’s definitive proxy statement into Part III
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of the Original Form 10-K is hereby deleted. In this Form 10-K/A, unless the context indicates otherwise, the designations “HP,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to HP Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of October 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, stockholders' deficit and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at October 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated December 9, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated subsidiaries.financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

50

Table of Contents
Income Taxes
Description of the Matter
As described in Notes 1 and 6 of the consolidated financial statements,
the Company is subject to income taxes in the United States and several other countries and is subject to routine corporate income tax audits in many of those jurisdictions. Uncertainty in the Company’s tax positions may arise as tax laws are subject to interpretation and the Company’s positions are subject to examination by taxing authorities, which may result in assessments of additional amounts owed. Determining the income tax provision for these potential assessments and recording the related effects requires significant management judgment in estimating whether a tax position’s technical merits are more-likely-than-not to be sustained and measuring the amount of tax benefit that qualifies for recognition.
Additionally, the Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount which are more likely than not to be realized. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers certain subjective factors such as future market growth, forecasted earnings, future taxable income, mix of earnings in the jurisdictions in which they operate and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.
Our assessment of management’s analyses of the reserve for uncertain tax positions and the realizability of its deferred tax assets are significant to our audit because the amounts are material to the financial statements and the assessment process involves significant judgment. For example, management’s assumptions that may be affected by future market and economic conditions or interpretations of tax laws and legal rulings are challenging to audit.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
We tested controls over management’s processes relating to the recording of unrecognized tax benefits, including controls over the Company’s process to assess the technical merits of its uncertain tax positions, and the realizability of deferred tax assets, including the development of the above described assumptions and judgments.
Our audit procedures included an evaluation of the Company’s key assumptions and judgments and testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used to determine the amount of unrecognized tax benefits recognized. For example, we evaluated the measurement of the amounts recorded taking into consideration the applicable tax laws and the Company’s positions examined by taxing authorities. We also evaluated the key assumptions and judgments used by management in determining the need for a valuation allowance and testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the Company’s process. For example, we compared the projections of future taxable income with the actual results of prior periods as well as management’s consideration of current industry and economic trends. In each of these areas, we involved our tax professionals to assess the technical merits of the Company’s tax positions. This included assessing the Company’s correspondence with the relevant tax authorities and evaluating income tax opinions or other third-party advice obtained by the Company.
Revenue Recognition
51

Table of Contents
Description of the Matter
As described in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company enters into certain contracts to sell their products and services that contain non-standard terms and conditions and multiple performance obligations. For such contracts, significant interpretation may be required to determine the appropriate accounting, including the allocation of the transaction price among performance obligations in the arrangement and the timing of the transfer of control of promised goods or services for each of those performance obligations.
In addition, the Company reduces revenue for customer and distributor programs and incentive offerings including rebates, promotions, other volume-based incentives and expected returns.The Company uses significant estimates to determine the expected variable consideration for such programs based on factors like historical experience, forecasted sales, expected customer behavior and market conditions.
Our assessment of management’s evaluation of the appropriate accounting for revenue contracts and the determination of the variable consideration for sales incentives are significant to our audit because the amounts are material to the financial statements and the assessment process involves significant judgment.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
We tested relevant controls over the identified risks related to the Company’s accounting for revenue recognition, including the controls to evaluate the appropriate accounting treatment for contracts containing non-standard terms and conditions and multiple performance obligations and the controls related to the estimation process to record the variable consideration related to certain sales incentives.
Our audit procedures included, among others, inspection of contracts entered into during the period, evaluation of management’s judgments related to the interpretation of certain contract provisions including the identification of performance obligations, the method of allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations in the arrangement, and the assessment of the appropriateness of the amount of revenue recognized. We also evaluated the Company’s key assumptions and judgments and tested the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used to determine the variable consideration for sales incentives. This included analyzing data related to the historical experience of sales incentive payments as well as understanding the current market dynamics that can affect the estimate of variable consideration to assess the Company’s judgments and estimates.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP


We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2000.
San Jose, California
December 9, 2021
52

Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of HP Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited HP Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, HP Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2021, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of HP Inc. and subsidiaries as of October 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, stockholders' deficit and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2021, and the related notes and our report dated December 9, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

San Jose, California
December 9, 2021
53

Table of Contents
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
HP’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. HP’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. HP’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of HP; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of HP are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of HP; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of HP’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
HP’s management assessed the effectiveness of HP’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2021, utilizing the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 framework). Based on the assessment by HP’s management, we determined that HP’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of October 31, 2021. The effectiveness of HP’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2021 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, HP’s independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears on page 53 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 /s/ ENRIQUE LORES/s/ MARIE MYERS
Enrique Lores
President and Chief Executive Officer
December 9, 2021
Marie Myers
Chief Financial Officer
December 9, 2021

54

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Earnings
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 In millions, except per share amounts
Net revenue$63,487 $56,639 $58,756 
Costs and expenses:   
Cost of revenue50,070 46,202 47,586 
Research and development1,907 1,478 1,499 
Selling, general and administrative5,741 4,906 5,368 
Restructuring and other charges245 462 275 
Acquisition-related charges68 16 35 
Amortization of intangible assets154 113 116 
Total costs and expenses58,185 53,177 54,879 
Earnings from operations5,302 3,462 3,877 
Interest and other, net2,209 (231)(1,354)
Earnings before taxes7,511 3,231 2,523 
 (Provision for) benefit from taxes(1,008)(387)629 
Net earnings$6,503 $2,844 $3,152 
Net earnings per share:   
Basic$5.38 $2.01 $2.08 
Diluted$5.33 $2.00 $2.07 
Weighted-average shares used to compute net earnings per share:   
Basic1,208 1,413 1,515 
Diluted1,220 1,420 1,524 



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

55

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 In millions
Net earnings$6,503 $2,844 $3,152 
Other comprehensive income (loss) before taxes: 
Change in unrealized components of available-for-sale debt securities: 
Unrealized gains arising during the period
Losses reclassified into earnings— — 
Change in unrealized components of cash flow hedges: 
Unrealized (losses) gains arising during the period(132)(201)252 
Losses (gains) reclassified into earnings243 (85)(380)
 111 (286)(128)
Change in unrealized components of defined benefit plans: 
Gains (losses) arising during the period1,008 (29)(303)
Amortization of actuarial loss and prior service benefit80 83 43 
Curtailments, settlements and other(36)215 42 
 1,052 269 (218)
Change in cumulative translation adjustment28 (4)
     Other comprehensive income (loss) before taxes1,196 (19)(338)
        (Provision for) benefit from taxes(213)(42)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes983 (18)(380)
Comprehensive income$7,486 $2,826 $2,772 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

56

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 As of October 31
 20212020
 In millions, except par value
ASSETS  
Current assets:  
Cash and cash equivalents$4,299 $4,864 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $111 and $122, respectively5,511 5,381 
Inventory7,930 5,963 
Other current assets4,430 4,440 
Total current assets22,170 20,648 
Property, plant and equipment, net2,546 2,627 
Goodwill6,803 6,380 
Other non-current assets7,091 5,026 
Total assets$38,610 $34,681 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT 
Current liabilities: 
Notes payable and short-term borrowings$1,106 $674 
Accounts payable16,075 14,704 
Other current liabilities11,915 10,842 
Total current liabilities29,096 26,220 
Long-term debt6,386 5,543 
Other non-current liabilities4,778 5,146 
Commitments and contingencies00
Stockholders’ deficit:0
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value (300 shares authorized; none issued)— — 
Common stock, $0.01 par value (9,600 shares authorized; 1,092 and 1,304 shares issued and outstanding at October 31, 2021, and 2020 respectively)11 13 
Additional paid-in capital1,060 963 
Accumulated deficit(2,461)(1,961)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(260)(1,243)
Total stockholders’ deficit(1,650)(2,228)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit$38,610 $34,681 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
57

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 In millions
Cash flows from operating activities:   
Net earnings$6,503 $2,844 $3,152 
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:   
Depreciation and amortization785 789 744 
Stock-based compensation expense330 278 297 
Restructuring and other charges245 462 275 
Deferred taxes on earnings(605)70 133 
Defined benefit plan settlement (gains) charges(37)214 — 
Other, net440 325 254 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable(80)575 (761)
Inventory(2,164)(386)(68)
Accounts payable1,257 (35)(53)
Net investment in leases(111)(152)— 
Taxes on earnings64 (147)(851)
Restructuring and other(205)(489)(154)
Other assets and liabilities(13)(32)1,686 
Net cash provided by operating activities6,409 4,316 4,654 
Cash flows from investing activities:  
Investment in property, plant and equipment(582)(580)(671)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment— — 
Purchases of available-for-sale securities and other investments(28)(693)(80)
Maturities and sales of available-for-sale securities and other investments304 417 771 
Collateral posted for derivative instruments148 (163)— 
Payments made in connection with business acquisitions, net of cash acquired(854)— (458)
Net cash used in investing activities(1,012)(1,016)(438)
Cash flows from financing activities:  
Proceeds from (Payments of) short-term borrowings with original maturities less than 90 days, net
400 — (856)
Proceeds from short-term borrowings with original maturities greater than 90 days22 27 — 
Proceeds from debt, net of issuance costs2,099 3,081 127 
Payment of debt(1,245)(1,849)(680)
Stock-based award activities and others(51)(128)(61)
Repurchase of common stock(6,249)(3,107)(2,405)
Cash dividends paid(938)(997)(970)
Net cash used in financing activities(5,962)(2,973)(4,845)
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents(565)327 (629)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period4,864 4,537 5,166 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$4,299 $4,864 $4,537 
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Income taxes paid, net of refunds$1,548 $464 $89 
Interest expense paid$261 $227 $240 
Supplemental schedule of non-cash activities:
Purchase of assets under finance leases$— $19 $366 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
58

Table of Contents

HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit
 Common StockAdditional
Paid-in Capital
 Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive Loss
Total Stockholders’ Deficit
Number of SharesPar ValueAccumulated Deficit
 In millions, except number of shares in thousands
Balance October 31, 20181,560,270 $16 $663 $(473)$(845)$(639)
Net earnings3,152 3,152 
Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes(380)(380)
Comprehensive income2,772 
Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock plans and other15,047 (69)(69)
Repurchases of common stock(117,598)(1)(55)(2,340)(2,396)
Cash dividends ($0.64 per common share)(968)(968)
Stock-based compensation expense296 296 
Adjustment for adoption of accounting standards(189)(189)
Balance October 31, 20191,457,719 $15 $835 $(818)$(1,225)$(1,193)
Net earnings2,844 2,844 
Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes(18)(18)
Comprehensive income2,826 
Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock plans and other14,065 (37)(37)
Repurchases of common stock(167,857)(2)(113)(3,017)(3,132)
Cash dividends ($0.70 per common share)(997)(997)
Stock-based compensation expense278 278 
Adjustment for adoption of accounting standards27 27 
Balance October 31, 20201,303,927 $13 $963 $(1,961)$(1,243)$(2,228)
Net earnings6,503 6,503 
Other comprehensive income, net of taxes983 983 
Comprehensive income7,486 
Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock plans and other11,896 (45)(45)
Repurchases of common stock(223,618)(2)(188)(6,065)(6,255)
Cash dividends ($0.78 per common share)(938)(938)
Stock-based compensation expense330 330 
Balance October 31, 20211,092,205 $11 $1,060 $(2,461)$(260)$(1,650)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

59

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements of HP and its wholly-owned subsidiaries are prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP.
Principles of Consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of HP and its subsidiaries and affiliates in which HP has a controlling financial interest or is the primary beneficiary. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Reclassifications
HP has reclassified certain prior-year amounts to conform to the current-year presentation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in HP’s Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ materially from those estimates. As of October 31, 2021, the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will impact our business going forward depends on numerous dynamic factors which we cannot reliably predict. As a result, many of our estimates and assumptions required increased judgment and may carry a higher degree of variability and volatility. As the events continue to evolve with respect to the pandemic, our estimates may materially change in future periods.
Foreign Currency Translation
HP predominantly uses the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. Assets and liabilities denominated in non-U.S. dollars are remeasured into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates for monetary assets and liabilities and at historical exchange rates for non-monetary assets and liabilities. Net revenue, costs and expenses denominated in non-U.S. dollars are recorded in U.S. dollars at monthly average exchange rates prevailing during the period. HP includes gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement in Interest and other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Certain foreign subsidiaries designate the local currency as their functional currency, and HP records the translation of their assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at the balance sheet dates as translation adjustments and includes them as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss.
Separation Transaction
On November 1, 2015, Hewlett-Packard Company completed the separation of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company (“Hewlett Packard Enterprise”), Hewlett-Packard Company’s former enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses (the “Separation”). In connection with the Separation, HP and Hewlett Packard Enterprise entered into a separation and distribution agreement and various other agreements which remain enforceable and provide a framework for the continuing relationships between the parties. For more information on the impacts of these agreements, see Note 14, “Litigation and Contingencies”.
Oracle litigation proceeds
On October 12, 2021, Oracle paid approximately $4.65 billion, to satisfy the judgement with interest, related to the litigation in connection with Oracle’s discontinuation of software support for former Hewlett-Packard Company’s Itanium-based line of mission-critical servers. The net proceeds from the judgement are being shared equally between HP and Hewlett Packard Enterprise pursuant to the terms of the separation and distribution agreement. For the fiscal year 2021, HP has recorded a gain of $2.3 billion in Interest and other, net and corresponding tax impact of $0.5 billion in Provision for taxes on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings as HP believes that the likelihood of the reduction or reversal of the judgement is remote. For more information, see Note 14, “Litigation and Contingencies”.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2016, the FASB issued guidance, which requires credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected, not based on incurred losses. Furthermore, credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities should be recorded through an allowance for credit losses limited to the amount by which fair value is below amortized cost. HP adopted the new credit loss standard as of November 1, 2020 using a modified retrospective approach. The cumulative effect upon adoption was not material to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Revenue Recognition
General
60

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
HP recognizes revenues at a point in time or over time depicting the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which HP expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. HP follows the five-step model for revenue recognition as summarized below:
1. Identify the contract with a customer - A contract with customer exists when (i) it is approved and signed by all parties,
(ii) each party’s rights and obligations can be identified, (iii) payment terms are defined, (iv) it has commercial substance and (v) the customer has the ability and intent to pay. HP evaluates customers’ ability to pay based on various factors like historical payment experience, financial metrics and customer credit scores. While the majority of our sales contracts contain standard terms and conditions, there are certain contracts with non-standard terms and conditions.
2. Identify the performance obligations in the contract - HP evaluates each performance obligation in an arrangement to
determine whether it is distinct, such as hardware and/or service. A performance obligation constitutes distinct goods or services when the customer can benefit from such goods or services either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer and the performance obligation is distinct within the context of the contract.
3. Determine the transaction price - Transaction price is the amount of consideration to which HP expects to be entitled in
exchange for transferring goods or services to the customer. If the transaction price includes a variable amount, HP estimates the amount it expects to be entitled to using either the expected value or the most likely amount method.
HP reduces the transaction price at the time of revenue recognition for customer and distributor programs and incentive
offerings, rebates, promotions, other volume-based incentives and expected returns. HP uses estimates to determine the expected variable consideration for such programs based on factors like historical experience, expected consumer behavior and market conditions.
HP has elected the practical expedient of not accounting for significant financing components if the period between
revenue recognition and when the customer pays for the product or service is one year or less.
4. Allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract - When a sales arrangement contains multiple
performance obligations, such as hardware and/or services, HP allocates revenue to each performance obligation in proportion to their selling price. The selling price for each performance obligation is based on its Standalone Selling Price (“SSP”). HP establishes SSP using the price charged for a performance obligation when sold separately (“observable price”) and, in some instances, using the price established by management having the relevant authority. When observable price is not available, HP establishes SSP based on management judgment considering internal factors such as margin objectives, pricing practices and controls, customer segment pricing strategies and the product life cycle. Consideration is also given to market conditions such as competitor pricing strategies and technology industry life cycles.
5. Recognize revenue when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied - Revenue is recognized when, or as, a
performance obligation is satisfied by transferring control of a promised good or service to a customer. HP generally invoices the customer upon delivery of the goods or services and the payments are due as per contract terms. For fixed price support or maintenance contracts that are in the nature of stand-ready obligations, payments are generally received in advance from customers and revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the duration of the contract.
HP reports revenue net of any taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities, and the collected taxes are recorded as other current liabilities until remitted to the relevant government authority. HP includes costs related to shipping and handling in Cost of revenue.
HP records revenue on a gross basis when HP is a principal in the transaction and on a net basis when HP is acting as an agent between the customer and the vendor. HP considers several factors to determine whether it is acting as a principal or an agent, most notably whether HP is the primary obligor to the customer, has established its own pricing and has inventory and credit risks.
Hardware
HP transfers control of the products to the customer at the time the product is delivered to the customer and recognizes revenue accordingly, unless customer acceptance is uncertain or significant obligations to the customer remain unfulfilled. HP records revenue from the sale of equipment under sales-type leases as revenue at the commencement of the lease.
Services
HP recognizes revenue from fixed-price support, maintenance and other service contracts over time depicting the pattern of service delivery and recognizes the costs associated with these contracts as incurred.
Contract Assets and Liabilities
Contract assets are rights to consideration in exchange for goods or services that HP has transferred to a customer when such right is conditional on something other than the passage of time. Such contract assets are not material to HP’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
61

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Contract liabilities are recorded as deferred revenues when amounts invoiced to customers are more than the revenues recognized or when payments are received in advance for fixed-price support or maintenance contracts. The short-term and long-term deferred revenues are reported within the other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities respectively.
Cost to obtain a contract and fulfillment cost
Incremental direct costs of obtaining a contract primarily consist of sales commissions. HP has elected the practical expedient to expense as incurred the costs to obtain a contract with a benefit period equal to or less than one year. For contracts with a period of benefit greater than one year, HP capitalizes incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer and amortizes these costs over their expected period of benefit provided such costs are recoverable.
Fulfillment costs consist of set-up and transition costs related to other service contracts. These costs generate or enhance resources of HP that will be used in satisfying the performance obligation in the future and are capitalized and amortized over the expected period of the benefit, provided such costs are recoverable.
See Note 7, “Supplementary Financial Information” for details on net revenue by region, cost to obtain a contract and fulfillment cost, contract liabilities and value of remaining performance obligations.
Leases
At the inception of a contract, HP assesses whether the contract is, or contains, a lease. The assessment is based on (1) whether the contract involves the use of a distinct identified asset, (2) whether HP obtains the right to substantially all the economic benefit from the use of the asset throughout the period, and (3) whether HP has the right to direct the use of the asset.
All significant lease arrangements are recognized at lease commencement. Leases with a lease term of 12 months or less at inception are not recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are expensed on a straight-line basis over the lease term in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. HP determines the lease term by assuming the exercise of renewal options that are reasonably certain. As most of the leases do not provide an implicit interest rate, HP uses the unsecured borrowing rate and risk-adjusts that rate to approximate a collateralized rate at the commencement date to determine the present value of future payments that are reasonably certain.
Stock-Based Compensation
HP determines stock-based compensation expense based on the measurement date fair value of the award. HP recognizes compensation cost only for those awards expected to meet the service and performance vesting conditions on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. HP determines compensation costs at the aggregate grant level for service-based awards and at the individual vesting tranche level for awards with performance and/or market conditions. HP estimates the forfeiture rate based on its historical experience. 
Retirement and Post-Retirement Plans
HP has various defined benefit, other contributory and non-contributory retirement and post-retirement plans. HP generally amortizes unrecognized actuarial gains and losses on a straight-line basis over the average remaining estimated service life of participants. In limited cases, HP amortizes actuarial gains and losses using the corridor approach. See Note 4, “Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans” for a full description of these plans and the accounting and funding policies.
Advertising cost
Costs to produce advertising are expensed as incurred during production. Costs to communicate advertising are expensed when the advertising is first run. Such costs totaled approximately $829 million, $530 million and $652 million in fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Restructuring and Other Charges
HP records charges associated with management-approved restructuring plans to reorganize one or more of HP’s business segments, to remove duplicative headcount and infrastructure associated with business acquisitions or to simplify business processes and accelerate innovation. Restructuring charges can include severance costs to reduce a specified number of employees, enhanced early retirement incentives, infrastructure charges to vacate facilities and consolidate operations, and contract cancellation costs. HP records restructuring charges based on estimated employee terminations, committed early retirements and site closure and consolidation plans. HP accrues for severance and other employee separation costs under these actions when it is probable that benefits will be paid and the amount is reasonably estimable. The rates used in determining severance accruals are based on existing plans, historical experiences and negotiated settlements. Other charges include non-recurring costs, including those as a result of information technology rationalization efforts and proxy contest activities, and are distinct from ongoing operational costs.
Taxes on Earnings
62

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
HP recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year the differences are expected to reverse. HP records a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.
HP records accruals for uncertain tax positions when HP believes that it is not more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. HP makes adjustments to these accruals when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of adjustments for uncertain tax positions, as well as any related interest and penalties.
Accounts Receivable
HP records allowance for credit losses for the current expected credit losses inherent in the asset over its expected life. The allowance for credit losses is maintained based on the relevant information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount.
HP records a specific reserve for individual accounts when HP becomes aware of specific customer circumstances, such as in the case of a bankruptcy filing or deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position. If there are additional changes in circumstances related to the specific customer, HP further adjusts estimates of the recoverability of receivables. HP assesses collectability by pooling receivables where similar risk characteristics exist.
HP maintains an allowance for credit losses for all other customers based on a variety of factors, including the use of third-party credit risk models that generate quantitative measures of default probabilities based on market factors, financial condition of customers, length of time receivables are past due, trends in the weighted-average risk rating for the portfolio, macroeconomic conditions, information derived from competitive benchmarking, significant one-time events, and historical experience. The past due or delinquency status of a receivable is based on the contractual payment terms of the receivable.
HP has third-party short-term financing arrangements intended to facilitate the working capital requirements of certain customers. These financing arrangements, which in certain cases provide for partial recourse, result in the transfer of HP’s trade receivables to a third-party. HP reflects amounts transferred to, but not yet collected from the third-party in Accounts receivable in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For arrangements involving an element of recourse, the fair value of the recourse obligation is measured using market data from similar transactions and reported as a current liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Concentrations of Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject HP to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, investments, receivables from trade customers and contract manufacturers and derivatives.
HP maintains cash and cash equivalents, investments, derivatives and certain other financial instruments with various financial institutions. These financial institutions are located in many different geographic regions, and HP’s policy is designed to limit exposure from any particular institution. As part of its risk management processes, HP performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of these financial institutions. HP has not sustained material credit losses from instruments held at these financial institutions. HP utilizes derivative contracts to protect against the effects of foreign currency, interest rate and, on certain investment exposures. Such contracts involve the risk of non-performance by the counterparty, which could result in a material loss. The likelihood of which HP deems to be remote.
HP sells a significant portion of its products through third-party distributors and resellers and, as a result, maintains individually significant receivable balances with these parties. If the financial condition or operations of these distributors’ and resellers’ aggregated business deteriorates substantially, HP’s operating results could be adversely affected. The ten largest distributor and reseller receivable balances, which were concentrated primarily in North America and Europe, collectively represented approximately 43% and 47% of gross accounts receivable as of October 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. No single customer accounts for more than 10% of gross accounts receivable as of October 31, 2021 or 2020. Credit risk with respect to other accounts receivable is generally diversified due to HP’s large customer base and their dispersion across many different industries and geographic markets. HP performs ongoing credit evaluations of the financial condition of its third-party distributors, resellers and other customers and may require collateral, such as letters of credit and bank guarantees, in certain circumstances. 
HP utilizes outsourced manufacturers around the world to manufacture HP-designed products. HP may purchase product components from suppliers and sell those components to its outsourced manufacturers thereby creating receivable balances from the outsourced manufacturers. The three largest outsourced manufacturer receivable balances collectively represented 85% and 89% of HP’s supplier receivables of $1.4 billion and $1.2 billion as of October 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. HP includes the supplier receivables in Other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets on a gross basis. HP’s credit risk
63

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
associated with these receivables is mitigated wholly or in part, by the amount HP owes to these outsourced manufacturers, as HP generally has the legal right to offset its payables to the outsourced manufacturers against these receivables. HP does not reflect the sale of these components in net revenue and does not recognize any profit on these component sales until the related products are sold by HP, at which time any profit is recognized as a reduction to cost of revenue. 
HP obtains a significant number of components from single source suppliers due to technology, availability, price, quality or other considerations. The loss of a single source supplier, the deterioration of HP’s relationship with a single source supplier, or any unilateral modification to the contractual terms under which HP is supplied components by a single source supplier could adversely affect HP’s net revenue, cash flows and gross margins.
Upon completion of the Separation on November 1, 2015, HP recorded net income tax indemnification receivables from Hewlett Packard Enterprise for certain income tax liabilities that HP is jointly and severally liable for, but for which it is indemnified by Hewlett Packard Enterprise under the tax matters agreement (“TMA”). The TMA was terminated during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2019.
Inventory
HP values inventory at the lower of cost or market. Cost is computed using standard cost which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. Adjustments, if required, to reduce the cost of inventory to market (net realizable value) are made for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances after considering judgments related to future demand and market conditions, along with the impact of COVID-19.
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
HP reflects property, plant and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation. HP capitalizes additions and improvements and expenses maintenance and repairs as incurred. Depreciation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives are five to 40 years for buildings and improvements and three to 15 years for machinery and equipment. HP depreciates leasehold improvements over the life of the lease or the asset, whichever is shorter. HP depreciates equipment held for lease over the initial term of the lease to the equipment’s estimated residual value. On retirement or disposition, the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets with any gain or loss recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Internal Use Software and Cloud Computing Arrangements
HP capitalizes external costs and directly attributable internal costs to acquire or create internal use software which are incurred subsequent to the completion of the preliminary project stage. These costs relate to activities such as software design, configuration, coding, testing, and installation. Costs related to post-implementation activities such as training and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Once the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, capitalized development costs are amortized straight-line over the estimated useful life of the software, generally not to exceed five years.
HP also enters into certain cloud-based software hosting arrangements that are accounted for as service contracts. For internal-use software obtained through a hosting arrangement that is in the nature of a service contract, HP incurs certain implementation costs such as integrating, configuring, and software customization, which are consistent with costs incurred during the application development stage for on-premise software. HP applies the same guidance to determine costs that are eligible for capitalization. For these arrangements, HP amortizes the capitalized development costs straight-line over the fixed, non-cancellable term of the associated hosting arrangement plus any reasonably certain renewal periods. HP also applies the same impairment model to both internal-use software and capitalized implementation costs in a software hosting arrangement that is in the nature of a service contract.
Business Combinations
HP includes the results of operations of the acquired business in HP’s consolidated results prospectively from the acquisition date. HP allocates the purchase consideration to the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests in the acquired entity generally based on their fair values at the acquisition date. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair value of these assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests in the acquired entity is recorded as goodwill. The primary items that generate goodwill include the value of the synergies between the acquired company and HP, and the value of the acquired assembled workforce, neither of which qualify for recognition as an intangible asset. Acquisition-related charges are recognized separately from the business combination and are expensed as incurred. These charges primarily include, direct third-party professional and legal fees, and integration-related costs.
Goodwill
HP reviews goodwill for impairment annually during its fourth quarter and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of goodwill may not be recoverable. HP can elect to perform a qualitative assessment to test a
64

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
reporting unit’s goodwill for impairment or HP can directly perform the quantitative impairment test. Based on the qualitative assessment, if HP determines that the fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than not (i.e., a likelihood of more than 50 percent) to be less than its carrying amount, a quantitative impairment test will be performed.
In the quantitative impairment test, HP compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount with the fair values derived most significantly from the income approach, and to a lesser extent, the market approach. Under the income approach, HP estimates the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. HP bases cash flow projections on management’s estimates of revenue growth rates and operating margins, taking into consideration industry and market conditions. HP bases the discount rate on the weighted-average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated with business-specific characteristics and the uncertainty related to the reporting unit’s ability to execute on the projected cash flows. Under the market approach, HP estimates fair value based on market multiples of revenue and earnings derived from comparable publicly-traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit. HP weights the fair value derived from the market approach depending on the level of comparability of these publicly-traded companies to the reporting unit. When market comparables are not meaningful or not available, HP estimates the fair value of a reporting unit using only the income approach.
In order to assess the reasonableness of the estimated fair value of HP’s reporting units, HP compares the aggregate reporting unit fair value to HP’s market capitalization on an overall basis and calculates an implied control premium (the excess of the sum of the reporting units’ fair value over HP’s market capitalization on an overall basis). HP evaluates the control premium by comparing it to observable control premiums from recent comparable transactions. If the implied control premium is determined to not be reasonable in light of these recent transactions, HP re-evaluates its reporting unit fair values, which may result in an adjustment to the discount rate and/or other assumptions. This re-evaluation could result in a change to the estimated fair value for certain or all reporting units.
If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, goodwill is impaired and the excess of the reporting unit’s carrying value over the fair value is recognized as an impairment loss.
Debt and Marketable Equity Securities Investments
HP determines the appropriate classification of its investments at the time of purchase and re-evaluates the classifications at each balance sheet date. Debt and marketable equity securities are generally considered available-for-sale. All highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase are classified as cash equivalents. Marketable debt securities with maturities of twelve months or less are classified as short-term investments and marketable debt securities with maturities greater than twelve months are classified based on their availability for use in current operations. Marketable equity securities, including mutual funds, are classified as either short or long-term based on the nature of each security and its availability for use in current operations.
Available-for-sale debt securities are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable taxes, in Accumulated other comprehensive loss. Unrealized gains and losses on equity securities, credit losses and impairments on available-for-sale debt securities are recorded in Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are calculated at the individual security level and included in Interest and other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
HP monitors its investment portfolio for potential impairment and credit losses on a quarterly basis. If HP intends to sell a debt security or it is more likely than not that HP will be required to sell the security before recovery, then a decline in fair value below cost is recorded as an impairment charge in Interest and other, net and a new cost basis in the investment is established.
In other cases, if the carrying amount of an investment in debt securities exceeds its fair value and the decline in value is determined to be due to credit related reasons, HP records a credit loss allowance, limited by the amount that fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. HP recognizes the corresponding charge in Interest and other, net and the remaining unrealized loss, if any, in Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Factors that HP considers while determining the credit loss allowance includes, but is not limited to, severity and the reason for the decline in value, interest rate changes and counterparty long-term ratings.
Derivatives
HP uses derivative instruments, primarily forward contracts, interest rate swaps, total return swaps, treasury rate locks, forward starting swaps and, at times, option contracts to hedge certain foreign currency, interest rate and, return on certain investment exposures. HP also may use other derivative instruments not designated as hedges, such as forwards used to hedge foreign currency balance sheet exposures. HP does not use derivative instruments for speculative purposes. See Note 10, “Financial Instruments” for a full description of HP’s derivative instrument activities and related accounting policies.
65

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Loss Contingencies
HP is involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. HP records a liability for contingencies when it believes it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. See Note 14, “Litigation and Contingencies” for a full description of HP’s loss contingencies and related accounting policies.
66

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 2: Segment Information
HP is a leading global provider of personal computing and other access devices, imaging and printing products, and related technologies, solutions and services. HP sells to individual consumers, small- and medium-sized businesses (“SMBs”) and large enterprises, including customers in the government, health and education sectors. HP goes to market through its extensive channel network and direct sales.
HP’s operations are organized into 3 reportable segments: Personal Systems, Printing and Corporate Investments. HP’s organizational structure is based on many factors that the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) uses to evaluate, view and run the business operations, which include, but are not limited to, customer base and homogeneity of products and technology. The segments are based on this organizational structure and information reviewed by HP’s CODM to evaluate segment results. The CODM uses several metrics to evaluate the performance of the overall business, including earnings from operations, and uses these results to allocate resources to each of the segments.
A summary description of each segment is as follows:
Personal Systems offers commercial and consumer desktop and notebook personal computers (“PCs”), workstations, thin clients, commercial mobility devices, retail point-of-sale (“POS”) systems, displays and peripherals, software, support and services. HP groups commercial notebooks, commercial desktops, commercial services, commercial mobility devices, commercial detachables and convertibles, workstations, retail POS systems and thin clients into commercial PCs and consumer notebooks, consumer desktops, consumer services and consumer detachables into consumer PCs when describing performance in these markets. Described below are HP’s global business capabilities within Personal Systems:
Commercial PCs are optimized for use by enterprise, public sector which includes education, and SMB customers, with a focus on robust designs, security, serviceability, connectivity, reliability and manageability in the customer’s environment. Additionally, HP offers a range of services and solutions to enterprise, public sector which includes education, and SMB customers to help them manage the lifecycle of their PC and mobility installed base. 
Consumer PCs are optimized for consumer usage, focusing on gaming, learning and working remotely, consuming multi-media for entertainment, managing personal life activities, staying connected, sharing information, getting things done for work including creating content, and staying informed and secure.
Personal Systems groups its global business capabilities into the following business units when reporting business performance:
Notebooks consists of consumer notebooks, commercial notebooks, mobile workstations, peripherals, and commercial mobility devices;
Desktops includes consumer desktops, commercial desktops, thin clients, displays, peripherals, and retail POS systems;
•     Workstations consists of desktop workstations, displays, and peripherals; and
•     Other consists of consumer and commercial services as well as other Personal Systems capabilities.
Printing provides consumer and commercial printer hardware, supplies, services and solutions. Printing is also focused on imaging solutions in the commercial and industrial markets. Described below are HP’s global business capabilities within Printing.
Office Printing Solutions delivers HP’s office printers, supplies, services and solutions to SMBs and large enterprises. It also includes OEM hardware and solutions, and some Samsung-branded supplies.
Home Printing Solutions delivers innovative printing products, supplies, services and solutions for the home, home business and micro business customers utilizing both HP’s Ink and Laser technologies. It also includes some Samsung-branded supplies.
Graphics Solutions delivers large-format, commercial and industrial solutions and supplies to print service providers and packaging converters through a wide portfolio of printers and presses (HP DesignJet, HP Latex, HP Indigo and HP PageWide Web Presses).
3D Printing & Digital Manufacturing offers a portfolio of additive manufacturing solutions and supplies to help customers succeed in their additive and digital manufacturing journey. HP offers complete solutions in collaboration with an ecosystem of partners.
67

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 2: Segment Information (Continued)

Printing groups its global business capabilities into the following business units when reporting business performance:
Commercial consists of office printing solutions, graphics solutions and 3D printing & digital manufacturing, excluding supplies;
Consumer consists of home printing solutions, excluding supplies; and
Supplies comprises a set of highly innovative consumable products, ranging from ink and laser cartridges to media, graphics supplies and 3D printing & digital manufacturing supplies, for recurring use in consumer and commercial hardware.
Corporate Investments includes HP Labs and certain business incubation and investment projects.
The accounting policies HP uses to derive segment results are substantially the same as those used by HP in preparing these financial statements. HP derives the results of the business segments directly from its internal management reporting system.
HP does not allocate certain operating expenses, which it manages at the corporate level, to its segments. These unallocated amounts include certain corporate governance costs and infrastructure investments, stock-based compensation expense, restructuring and other charges, acquisition-related charges and amortization of intangible assets.
68

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 2: Segment Information (Continued)

Segment Operating Results from Operations and the reconciliation to HP consolidated results were as follows:
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 In millions
Net revenue:   
Notebooks$30,522 $25,766 $22,928 
Desktops9,381 9,806 12,046 
Workstations1,669 1,816 2,389 
Other1,787 1,609 1,331 
Personal Systems43,359 38,997 38,694 
Supplies12,632 11,586 12,921 
Commercial4,209 3,539 4,612 
Consumer3,287 2,516 2,533 
Printing20,128 17,641 20,066 
Corporate Investments
Total segment net revenue63,490 56,640 58,762 
Other(3)(1)(6)
Total net revenue$63,487 $56,639 $58,756 
Earnings before taxes:  
Personal Systems$3,101 $2,312 $1,898 
Printing3,636 2,495 3,202 
Corporate Investments(96)(69)(96)
Total segment earnings from operations$6,641 $4,738 $5,004 
Corporate and unallocated costs and other(542)(407)(404)
Stock-based compensation expense(330)(278)(297)
Restructuring and other charges(245)(462)(275)
Acquisition-related charges(68)(16)(35)
Amortization of intangible assets(154)(113)(116)
Interest and other, net2,209 (231)(1,354)
Total earnings before taxes$7,511 $3,231 $2,523 

Segment Assets
HP allocates assets to its business segments based on the segments primarily benefiting from the assets. Total assets by segment and the reconciliation of segment assets to HP consolidated assets were as follows:
 As of October 31
 20212020
 In millions
Personal Systems$18,126 $14,697 
Printing14,744 14,170 
Corporate Investments171 
Corporate and unallocated assets5,569 5,811 
Total assets$38,610 $34,681 
69

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 2: Segment Information (Continued)

Major Customers
No single customer represented 10% or more of HP’s net revenue in any fiscal year presented.
Geographic Information
Net revenue by country is based upon the sales location that predominately represents the customer location. For each of the fiscal years of 2021, 2020 and 2019, other than the United States, no country represented more than 10% of HP net revenue.
Net revenue by country was as follows:
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
  In millions 
United States$22,447 $20,227 $20,605 
Other countries41,040 36,412 38,151 
Total net revenue$63,487 $56,639 $58,756 

Net property, plant and equipment by country in which HP operates was as follows:
 As of October 31
 20212020
 In millions
United States$1,178 $1,262 
Singapore305 326 
South Korea285 142 
Other countries778 897 
Total property, plant and equipment, net$2,546 $2,627 
No single country other than those represented above exceeds 10% or more of HP’s total net property, plant and equipment in any fiscal year presented.

70

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 3: Restructuring and Other Charges

Summary of Restructuring Plans

HP’s restructuring activities in fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019 summarized by plan were as follows:
Fiscal 2020 Plan
Other prior year plans(1)
Total
Severance and EERNon-labor
In millions
Accrued balance as of October 31, 2018$— $— $59 $59 
Charges82 — 165 247 
Cash payments— — (140)(140)
Non-cash and other adjustments(6)— (18)(24)
Accrued balance as of October 31, 201976 — 66 142 
Charges346 10 357 
Cash payments(319)(10)(52)(381)
Non-cash and other adjustments(48)(2)— (3)(51)
Accrued balance as of October 31, 202055 — 12 67 
Charges181 38 223 
Cash payments(159)(7)(16)(182)
Non-cash and other adjustments(2)(31)— (33)
Accrued balance as of October 31, 2021$75 $— $— $75 
Total costs incurred to date as of October 31, 2021$609 $48 $1,821 $2,478 
Reflected in Consolidated Balance Sheets:
Other current liabilities$75 $— $— $75 
(1)    Includes prior-year plans which are substantially complete. HP does not expect any further material activity associated
with these plans.
(2)    Includes reclassification of liability related to the Enhanced Early Retirement (“EER”) plan of $44 million for certain healthcare and medical savings account benefits to pension and post retirement plans. See Note 4 “Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans” for further information.
Fiscal 2020 Plan
On September 30, 2019, HP’s Board of Directors approved the Fiscal 2020 Plan intended to optimize and simplify its operating model and cost structure that HP expects will be implemented through fiscal 2022. HP expects to reduce global headcount by approximately 7,000 to 9,000 employees through a combination of employee exits and voluntary EER. HP estimates that it will incur pre-tax charges of approximately $1.0 billion relating to labor and non-labor actions. HP expects to incur approximately $0.8 billion primarily in labor costs related to workforce reductions and the remaining costs will relate to non-labor actions and other charges.
Other charges
Other charges include non-recurring costs, including those as a result of information technology rationalization efforts and proxy contest activities, and are distinct from ongoing operational costs. These costs primarily relate to third-party legal, professional services and other non-recurring costs. HP incurred $22 million, $105 million and $28 million of other charges in fiscal year 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

71

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 4: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
Defined Benefit Plans
HP sponsors a number of defined benefit pension plans worldwide. The most significant defined benefit plan, the HP Inc. Pension Plan (“Pension Plan”) is a frozen plan in the United States.
HP reduces the benefit payable to certain U.S. employees under the Pension Plan for service before 1993, if any, by any amounts due to the employee under HP’s frozen defined contribution Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan (“DPSP”). At October 31, 2021 and 2020, the fair value of plan assets of the DPSP was $482 million and $463 million, respectively. The DPSP obligations are equal to the plan assets and are recognized as an offset to the Pension Plan when HP calculates its defined benefit pension cost and obligations.
In August 2021, HP entered into an agreement with The Prudential Insurance Company of America (“Prudential”) to purchase an irrevocable group annuity contract and transfer approximately $5.2 billion of the Pension Plan obligations. Under the agreement, Prudential assumed responsibility for pension benefits and annuity administration for approximately 41,000 retirees and beneficiaries, with no changes to the amount or timing of monthly retirement benefit payments. This transaction closed in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021 and was funded by the assets of the Pension Plan. HP recorded a settlement gain of approximately $39 million in Interest and other, net on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, with no cash flow impact.
Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
HP sponsors retiree health and welfare benefit plans, of which the most significant are in the United States. Under the HP Inc. Retiree Welfare Benefits Plan, certain pre-2003 retirees and grandfathered participants with continuous service to HP since 2002 are eligible to receive partially subsidized medical coverage based on years of service at retirement. HP’s share of the premium cost is capped for all subsidized medical coverage provided under the HP Inc. Retiree Welfare Benefits Plan. HP currently leverages the employer group waiver plan process to provide HP Inc. Retiree Welfare Benefits Plan post-65 prescription drug coverage under Medicare Part D, thereby giving HP access to federal subsidies to help pay for retiree benefits. 
Certain employees not grandfathered for partially subsidized medical coverage under the above programs, and employees hired after 2002 but before August 2008, are eligible for credits under the HP Inc. Retiree Welfare Benefits Plan. Credits offered after September 2008 are provided in the form of matching credits on employee contributions made to a voluntary employee beneficiary association upon attaining age 45 or as part of early retirement programs. On retirement, former employees may use these credits for the reimbursement of certain eligible medical expenses, including premiums required for coverage.
Defined Contribution Plans
HP offers various defined contribution plans for U.S. and non-U.S. employees. Total defined contribution expense was $112 million in fiscal year 2021, $108 million in fiscal year 2020 and $107 million in fiscal year 2019.
U.S. employees are automatically enrolled in the HP Inc. 401(k) Plan when they meet eligibility requirements, unless they decline participation. The employer matching contributions in the HP Inc. 401(k) Plan is 100% of the first 4% of eligible compensation contributed by employees, and the employer match is vested after three years of employee service. Generally, an employee must be employed by HP Inc. on the last day of the calendar year to receive a match.
72

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 4: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued)

Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Expense
The components of HP’s pension and post-retirement benefit (credit) cost recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings were as follows:
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019202120202019202120202019
 U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
 In millions
Service cost$— $— $— $67 $64 $57 $$$
Interest cost281 412 491 18 17 24 11 17 
Expected return on plan assets(475)(700)(581)(49)(43)(37)(24)(23)(22)
Amortization and deferrals:      
Actuarial loss (gain)50 64 59 52 43 31 (16)(10)(31)
Prior service cost (credit)— — — (2)(3)(11)(12)(13)
Net periodic benefit (credit) cost(144)(224)(31)93 79 72 (41)(33)(48)
Curtailment gain— — — — — (22)— — — 
Settlement (gain) loss(37)217 — — — 
Special termination benefit cost— — — — — — — 44 
Total periodic benefit (credit) cost$(181)$(7)$(29)$94 $80 $51 $(41)$11 $(42)
The components of net periodic benefit (credit) cost other than the service cost component are included in Interest and other, net in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
The weighted-average assumptions used to calculate the total periodic benefit (credit) cost were as follows: 
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019202120202019202120202019
 U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
Discount rate2.8 %3.2 %4.5 %1.1 %1.3 %2.0 %2.3 %2.9 %4.4 %
Expected increase in compensation levels2.0 %2.0 %2.0 %2.4 %2.5 %2.5 %— %— %— %
Expected long-term return on plan assets5.0 %6.0 %6.0 %4.4 %4.4 %4.4 %5.0 %5.9 %6.0 %
Guaranteed interest crediting rate5.0 %5.0 %5.0 %2.6 %2.6 %2.7 %2.9 %3.5 %3.5 %

73

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 4: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued)

Funded Status
The funded status of the defined benefit and post-retirement benefit plans was as follows:
 As of October 31
 202120202021202020212020
 U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
 In millions
Change in fair value of plan assets:      
Fair value of assets — beginning of year$10,463 $12,017 $1,064 $969 $481 $404 
Actual return on plan assets1,403 1,260 117 22 11 107 
Employer contributions28 34 71 45 
Participant contributions— — 21 18 49 45 
Benefits paid(427)(422)(45)(33)(86)(79)
Settlement(5,407)(2,426)(5)(7)— — 
Currency impact— — (12)50 — — 
Fair value of assets — end of year$6,060 $10,463 $1,211 $1,064 $457 $481 
Change in benefits obligation      
Projected benefit obligation — beginning of year$11,344 $13,191 $1,664 $1,457 $394 $390 
Acquisition of plan— — — — — 
Service cost— — 67 64 
Interest cost281 412 18 17 11 
Participant contributions— — 21 18 49 45 
Actuarial (gain) loss(51)589 (23)78 (13)(10)
Benefits paid(427)(422)(45)(33)(86)(79)
Plan amendments— — 62 — — (8)
Curtailment— — (3)— — — 
Settlement(5,407)(2,426)(5)(7)— — 
Special termination benefit cost— — — — — 44 
Currency impact— — (9)67 — — 
Projected benefit obligation — end of year$5,740 $11,344 $1,747 $1,664 $354 $394 
Funded status at end of year$320 $(881)$(536)$(600)$103 $87 
Accumulated benefit obligation$5,740 $11,344 $1,602 $1,515 00
The cumulative net actuarial losses for our defined pension plans and retiree welfare plans decreased year over year. The decrease in losses is primarily due to the higher than expected returns on assets, increases in discount rates, partially offset by
74

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 4: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued)

increases in the cost of living assumptions and the recognition of gains as a result of the U.S. settlement. This has also resulted in improvement in the funded status of HP’s defined benefit and post-retirement benefit plans.

The weighted-average assumptions used to calculate the projected benefit obligations for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows:
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202021202020212020
 U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
Discount rate2.9 %2.8 %1.3 %1.1 %2.5 %2.3 %
Expected increase in compensation levels2.0 %2.0 %2.6 %2.4 %— %— %
Guaranteed interest crediting rate5.0 %5.0 %2.6 %2.6 %2.9 %2.9 %
The net amounts of non-current assets and current and non-current liabilities for HP’s defined benefit and post-retirement benefit plans recognized on HP’s Consolidated Balance Sheet were as follows:
 As of October 31
 202120202021202020212020
 U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
 In millions
Other non-current assets$732 $— $34 $20 $108 $93 
Other current liabilities(36)(35)(8)(8)(4)(5)
Other non-current liabilities(376)(846)(562)(612)(1)(1)
Funded status at end of year$320 $(881)$(536)$(600)$103 $87 
The following table summarizes the pre-tax net actuarial loss (gain) and prior service cost (credit) recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss for the defined benefit and post-retirement benefit plans.
 As of October 31, 2021
 U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
 In millions
Net actuarial loss (gain)$128 $331 $(202)
Prior service cost (credit)— 44 (79)
Total recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss$128 $375 $(281)
Defined benefit plans with projected benefit obligations exceeding the fair value of plan assets were as follows:
 As of October 31
 2021202020212020
 U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
 In millions
Aggregate fair value of plan assets$— $10,463 $988 $998 
Aggregate projected benefit obligation$412 $11,344 $1,562 $1,620 
75

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 4: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued)

Defined benefit plans with accumulated benefit obligations exceeding the fair value of plan assets were as follows:
 As of October 31
 2021202020212020
 U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
 In millions
Aggregate fair value of plan assets$— $10,463 $983 $920 
Aggregate accumulated benefit obligation$412 $11,344 $1,437 $1,419 

Fair Value of Plan Assets
The table below sets forth the fair value of plan assets by asset category within the fair value hierarchy as of October 31, 2021. Refer to Note 9, “Fair Value” for details on fair value hierarchy. Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) per share as a practical expedient have not been categorized in the fair value hierarchy.  The fair value amounts presented in this table provide a reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the total value of plan assets.
 As of October 31, 2021
 U.S. Defined Benefit PlansNon-U.S. Defined Benefit PlansPost-Retirement Benefit Plans
 Level 1Level 2Level 3TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
 In millions
Asset Category:   
Equity securities(1)
$11 $50 $— $61 $$102 $— $110 $— $— 0$— 
Debt securities(2)
Corporate— 2,620 — 2,620 — 132 — 132 — 256 — 256 
Government— 1,931 — 1,931 — — — 122 — 122 
Real Estate Funds— — — — 41 — 42 — — — — 
Insurance Contracts— — — — — 94 — 94 — — — — 
Common Collective Trusts and 103-12 Investment Entities(3)
— — — — — — — — — — 
Investment Funds(4)
53 — — 53 — 388 — 388 64 0— 64 
Cash and Cash Equivalents(5)
34 34 — 68 21 — — 21 — 10 
Other(6)
(456)(515)— (971)40 — 41 (2)0— (2)
Net plan assets subject to leveling$(358)$4,120 $— $3,762 $31 $811 $— $842 $71 $379 $— $450 
Investments using NAV as a Practical Expedient(7)
2,298 369 
Investments at Fair Value$6,060 $1,211 $457 
76

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 4: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued)

     The table below sets forth the fair value of plan assets by asset category within the fair value hierarchy as of October 31, 2020.
 As of October 31, 2020
 U.S. Defined Benefit PlansNon-U.S. Defined Benefit PlansPost-Retirement Benefit Plans
 Level 1Level 2Level 3TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
 In millions
Asset Category:   
Equity securities(1)
$283 $51 $— $334 $$75 $— $82 $$$— $
Debt securities(2)
Corporate— 5,891 — 5,891 — 124 — 124 — 53 — 53 
Government— 1,758 — 1,758 — — — 136 — 136 
Real Estate Funds— — — — 28 — 29 — — — — 
Insurance Contracts— — — — — 90 — 90 — — — — 
Common Collective Trusts and 103-12 Investment Entities(3)
— — — — — — — — — — 
Investment Funds(4)
348 — — 348 — 329 — 329 63 0— 63 
Cash and Cash Equivalents(5)
11 61 — 72 25 — — 25 — — 
Other(6)
(466)(19)— (485)19 — 20 (16)0— (16)
Net plan assets subject to leveling$176 $7,742 $— $7,918 $34 $676 $— $710 $48 $191 $— $239 
Investments using NAV as a Practical Expedient(7)
2,545 354 242 
Investments at Fair Value$10,463 $1,064 $481 
(1)Investments in publicly traded equity securities are valued using the closing price on the measurement date as reported on the stock exchange on which the individual securities are traded.
(2)The fair value of corporate, government and asset-backed debt securities is based on observable inputs of comparable market transactions. Also included in this category is debt issued by national, state and local governments and agencies.
(3)Department of Labor 103-12 IE (Investment Entity) designation is for plan assets held by two or more unrelated employee benefit plans which includes limited partnerships and venture capital partnerships. Certain common collective trusts and interests in 103-12 entities are valued using NAV as a practical expedient.
(4)Includes publicly traded funds of investment companies that are registered with the SEC, funds that are not publicly traded and a non-U.S. fund-of-fund arrangement.
(5)Includes cash and cash equivalents such as short-term marketable securities. Cash and cash equivalents include money market funds, which are valued based on NAV. Other assets were classified in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input (e.g., quoted prices and observable inputs) that is significant to the fair value measure in its entirety.
(6)Includes primarily reverse repurchase agreements, unsettled transactions, and derivative instruments.
(7)These investments include alternative investments, which primarily consist of private equities and hedge funds. The valuation of alternative investments, such as limited partnerships and joint ventures, may require significant management judgment. For alternative investments, valuation is based on NAV as reported by the asset manager or investment company and adjusted for cash flows, if necessary. In making such an assessment, a variety of factors are reviewed by management, including but not limited to the timeliness of NAV as reported by the asset manager and changes in general economic and market conditions subsequent to the last NAV reported by the asset manager.
Private equities include limited partnerships such as equity, buyout, venture capital, real estate and other similar funds that invest in the United States and internationally where foreign currencies are hedged.
Hedge funds include limited partnerships that invest both long and short primarily in common stocks and credit, relative value, event-driven equity, distressed debt and macro strategies. Management of the hedge funds has the ability to shift investments from value to growth strategies, from small to large capitalization stocks and bonds, and from a net long position to a net short position.
These investments also include Common Collective Trusts and 103-12 Investment Entities as defined in note (3) above and Investment Funds as defined in note (4) above.
77

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 4: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued)

Plan Asset Allocations
Refer to the fair value hierarchy table above for actual assets allocations across the benefit plans. The weighted-average target asset allocations across the benefit plans represented in the fair value tables above were as follows:
2021 Target Allocation
Asset CategoryU.S. Defined Benefit PlansNon-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
Equity-related investments24.0 %36.4 %— %
Debt securities76.0 %34.8 %98.3 %
Real estate— %10.1 %— %
Cash and cash equivalents— %2.7 %1.7 %
Other— %16.0 %— %
Total100.0 %100.0 %100.0 %
Investment Policy
HP’s investment strategy is to seek a competitive rate of return relative to an appropriate level of risk depending on the funded status of each plan and the timing of expected benefit payments. The majority of the plans’ investment managers employ active investment management strategies with the goal of outperforming the broad markets in which they invest. Risk management practices include diversification across asset classes and investment styles and periodic rebalancing toward asset allocation targets. A number of the plans’ investment managers are authorized to utilize derivatives for investment or liability exposures, and HP may utilize derivatives to affect asset allocation changes or to hedge certain investment or liability exposures.
The target asset allocation selected for each U.S. plan (pension and post-retirement) reflects a risk/return profile HP believes is appropriate relative to each plan’s liability structure and return goals. HP conducts periodic asset-liability studies for U.S. plans to model various potential asset allocations in comparison to each plan’s forecasted liabilities and liquidity needs and to develop a policy glide path which adjusts the asset allocation with funded status. Due to the strong funded status for the U.S. Pension Plan, consistent with our policy, steps have been taken to de-risk the portfolio by reallocation of assets to liability hedging fixed-income investments. HP also invests a portion of the U.S. defined benefit plan assets in private market securities such as private equity funds to provide diversification and a higher expected return on assets. 
Outside the United States, asset allocation decisions are typically made by an independent board of trustees for the specific plan. As in the United States, investment objectives are designed to generate returns that will enable the plan to meet its future obligations. In some countries, local regulations may restrict asset allocations, typically leading to a higher percentage of investment in fixed-income securities than would otherwise be deployed. HP reviews the investment strategy and where appropriate, can offer some assistance in the selection of investment managers, with final decisions on asset allocation and investment managers made by the board of trustees for the specific plan.
Basis for Expected Long-Term Rate of Return on Plan Assets
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects the expected returns for each major asset class in which the plan invests and the weight of each asset class in the target mix. Expected asset returns reflect the current yield on government bonds, risk premiums for each asset class and expected real returns which considers each country’s specific inflation outlook. Because HP’s investment policy is to employ primarily active investment managers who seek to outperform the broader market, the expected returns are adjusted to reflect the expected additional returns net of fees.
Retirement Incentive Program
As part of the Fiscal 2020 Plan, HP announced the voluntary EER program for its U.S. employees in October 2019. Voluntary participation in the EER program was limited to those employees who were at least50 years old with 20 or more years of service at HP. Employees accepted into the EER program left HP on dates ranging from December 31, 2019 to September 30, 2020. The EER benefit was a cash lump sum payment which was calculated based on years of service at HP at the time of the retirement and ranging from 13 to 52 weeks of pay.
All employees participating in the EER program were offered the opportunity to continue health care coverage at the active employee contribution rates for up to 36 months following retirement. In addition, HP provided up to $12,000 in employer credits under the Retirement Medical Savings Account (“RMSA”) program. In relation to the continued health care
78

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 4: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (Continued)

coverage and employer credits under the RMSA program, HP recognized special termination benefit costs of $44 million as restructuring and other charges for the twelve months ended October 31, 2020.
Lump Sum Program
HP offered a lump sum program during the third quarter of fiscal year 2020. Certain terminated vested participants in the HP Inc. Pension Plan (“Pension Plan”) could elect to take a one-time voluntary lump sum payment equal to the present value of future benefits. Approximately 12,000 participants elected the lump sum option. Payments of $2.2 billion were made from plan assets to the participants in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2020. A non-cash settlement expense of $214 million arising from the accelerated recognition of previously deferred actuarial losses was recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2020.
Future Contributions and Funding Policy
In fiscal year 2022, HP expects to contribute approximately $44 million to its non-U.S. pension plans, $36 million to cover benefit payments to U.S. non-qualified plan participants and $4 million to cover benefit claims for HP’s post-retirement benefit plans. HP’s policy is to fund its pension plans so that it makes at least the minimum contribution required by Rule 12b-15local government, funding and taxing authorities.
Estimated Future Benefits Payments
As of October 31, 2021, HP estimates that the future benefits payments for the retirement and post-retirement plans are as follows:
Fiscal yearU.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
Non-U.S.
Defined
Benefit Plans
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
 In millions
2022$341 $63 $43 
2023346 46 33 
2024356 53 27 
2025365 56 27 
2026371 59 26 
Next five fiscal years to October 31, 20311,735 357 128 

79

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 5: Stock-Based Compensation
HP’s stock-based compensation plans include incentive compensation plans and an employee stock purchase plan.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense and Related Income Tax Benefits for Operations
Stock-based compensation expense and the resulting tax benefits for operations were as follows:
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 In millions
Stock-based compensation expense$330 $278 $297 
Income tax benefit(52)(48)(47)
Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax$278 $230 $250 
Cash received from option exercises under the HP Inc 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, and ESPP purchases under the HP Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2011 ESPP”) and HP Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2021 ESPP”) was $55 million in fiscal year 2021, $56 million in fiscal year 2020 and $59 million in fiscal year 2019. The benefit realized for the tax deduction from option exercises in fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $3 million, $2 million and $3 million, respectively.
Stock-Based Incentive Compensation Plans
HP’s stock-based incentive compensation plan includes equity plan adopted in 2004, as amended and restated (“principal equity plan”). Stock-based awards granted under the equity plan includes restricted stock awards, stock options and performance-based awards. Employees meeting certain employment qualifications are eligible to receive stock-based awards. The aggregate number of shares of HP’s stock authorized for issuance under the principal equity plan is 593.1 million.
Restricted stock awards are non-vested stock awards that may include grants of restricted stock or restricted stock units. Restricted stock awards and cash-settled awards are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to the lapse of the restrictions. Such awards generally vest one to three years from the date of grant. During the vesting period, ownership of the restricted stock cannot be transferred. Restricted stock has the same dividend and voting rights as common stock and is considered to be issued and outstanding upon grant. The dividends paid on restricted stock are non-forfeitable. Restricted stock units do not have the voting rights of common stock, and the shares underlying restricted stock units are not considered issued and outstanding upon grant. However, shares underlying restricted stock units are included in the calculation of diluted net EPS. Restricted stock units have forfeitable dividend equivalent rights equal to the dividend paid on common stock. HP expenses the fair value of restricted stock awards ratably over the period during which the restrictions lapse. The majority of restricted stock units issued by HP contain only service vesting conditions. HP also grants performance-adjusted restricted stock units which vest only on the satisfaction of both service and the achievement of certain performance goals including market conditions prior to the expiration of the awards.
Stock options granted under the principal equity plan are generally non-qualified stock options, but the principal equity plan permits some options granted to qualify as incentive stock options under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Stock options generally vest over three to four years from the date of grant. The exercise price of a stock option is equal to the closing price of HP’s stock on the option grant date. The majority of stock options issued by HP contain only service vesting conditions. HP grants performance-contingent stock options that vest only on the satisfaction of both service and market conditions prior to the expiration of the awards.
RSU and stock option grants provide for accelerated vesting in certain circumstances as defined in the plans and related grant agreements, including termination in connection with a change in control.
Restricted Stock Units
HP uses the closing stock price on the grant date to estimate the fair value of service-based restricted stock units. HP estimates the fair value of restricted stock units subject to performance-adjusted vesting conditions using a combination of the closing stock price on the grant date and a Monte Carlo simulation model. The assumptions used to measure the fair value of restricted stock units subject to performance-adjusted vesting conditions in the Monte Carlo simulation model were as follows:
80

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 5: Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
Expected volatility(1)
41.0 %27.6 %26.5 %
Risk-free interest rate(2)
0.2 %1.6 %2.7 %
Expected performance period in years(3)
2.92.92.9
(1)The expected volatility was estimated using the historical volatility derived from HP’s common stock.
(2)The risk-free interest rate was estimated based on the yield on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues.
(3)The expected performance period was estimated based on the length of the remaining performance period from the grant date.

A summary of restricted stock units activity is as follows:
 As of October 31
 202120202019
 SharesWeighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
SharesWeighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
SharesWeighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
 In thousands In thousands In thousands 
Outstanding at beginning of year29,831 $21 29,960 $21 30,784 $18 
Granted15,517 $25 18,109 $20 17,216 $22 
Vested(13,374)$21 (14,929)$20 (16,934)$16 
Forfeited(1,777)$22 (3,309)$21 (1,106)$20 
Outstanding at end of year30,197 $23 29,831 $21 29,960 $21 
The total grant date fair value of restricted stock units vested in fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $278 million, $297 million and $273 million, respectively. As of October 31, 2021, total unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock units was $297 million, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.4 years.
Stock Options
HP utilizes the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing formula to estimate the fair value of stock options subject to service-based vesting conditions. HP estimates the fair value of stock options subject to performance-contingent vesting conditions using a combination of a Monte Carlo simulation model and a lattice model as these awards contain market conditions. The weighted-average fair value and the assumptions used to measure fair value were as follows:
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
Weighted-average fair value(1)
$$$
Expected volatility(2)
35.9 %29.8 %29.8 %
Risk-free interest rate(3)
1.0 %1.6 %1.7 %
Expected dividend yield(4)
3.2 %4.0 %3.7 %
Expected term in years(5)
5.56.06.0
(1)The weighted-average fair value was based on stock options granted during the period.
(2)Expected volatility was estimated based on a blended volatility (50% historical volatility and 50% implied volatility from traded options on HP’s common stock).
(3)The risk-free interest rate was estimated based on the yield on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues.
(4)The expected dividend yield represents a constant dividend yield applied for the duration of the expected term of the award.
81

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 5: Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)
(5)For awards subject to service-based vesting, the expected term was estimated using a simplified method; and for performance-contingent awards, the expected term represents an output from the lattice model.
A summary of stock options activity is as follows:
 As of October 31
 202120202019
 SharesWeighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
SharesWeighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
SharesWeighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 In
thousands
 In yearsIn
millions
In
thousands
 In yearsIn
millions
In
thousands
 In yearsIn
millions
Outstanding at beginning of year5,637 $17   7,093 $16   7,086 $14   
Granted2,691 $24   996 $18   2,451 $17   
Exercised(1,843)$15   (2,213)$14   (2,429)$13   
Forfeited/cancelled/expired(118)$18   (239)$19   (15)$10   
Outstanding at end of year6,367 $21 7.4$68 5,637 $17 6.4$10 7,093 $16 5.7$15 
Vested and expected to vest6,367 $21 7.4$68 5,637 $17 6.4$10 7,093 $16 5.7$15 
Exercisable2,392 $16 5.3$34 3,196 $15 4.4$4,707 $14 3.6$15 
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value that option holders would have realized had all option holders exercised their options on the last trading day of fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019. The aggregate intrinsic value is the difference between HP’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the fiscal year and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options. The total intrinsic value of options exercised in fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $18 million, $12 million and $20 million, respectively. The total grant date fair value of options vested in fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $3 million, $3 million and $9 million, respectively.
As of October 31, 2021, total unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense related to stock options was $10 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average vesting period of 1.4 years.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
HP sponsors the 2021 ESPP, pursuant to which eligible employees may contribute up to 10% of base compensation, subject to certain income limits, to purchase shares of HP’s common stock. 
Pursuant to the terms of the 2021 ESPP, employees purchase stock under the 2021 ESPP at a price equal to 95% of HP’s closing stock price on the purchase date. No stock-based compensation expense was recorded in connection with those purchases because the criteria of a non-compensatory plan were met. The aggregate number of shares of HP’s stock authorized for issuance under the 2021 ESPP was 50 million. The 2021 ESPP came into effect on May 1, 2021 upon expiry of the 2011 ESPP. The 2021 ESPP terms are similar to the previous ESPP.
Shares Reserved
Shares available for future grant and shares reserved for future issuance under the stock-based incentive compensation plans and the 2021 ESPP were as follows:
 As of October 31
 202120202019
 In thousands
Shares available for future grant(1)
170,123 229,334 265,135 
Shares reserved for future issuance(1)
205,968 264,110 301,608 
(1) For years 2020 and 2019, shares authorized under the 2011 ESPP were included in the shares available for future grant         and shares reserved for future issuance.
82

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 6: Taxes on Earnings
Provision for Taxes

The domestic and foreign components of earnings before taxes were as follows:
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 In millions
U.S.$4,662 $884 $(1,021)
Non-U.S.2,849 2,347 3,544 
 $7,511 $3,231 $2,523 
The provision for (benefit from) taxes on earnings was as follows:
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 In millions
U.S. federal taxes:   
Current$1,118 $(24)$(987)
Deferred(458)(68)149 
Non-U.S. taxes:   
Current420 319 386 
Deferred(197)164 (3)
State taxes:   
Current77 23 (160)
Deferred48 (27)(14)
 $1,008 $387 $(629)
The differences between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and HP’s effective tax rate were as follows:
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate from continuing operations21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit0.9 %1.4 %1.5 %
Impact of foreign earnings including GILTI and FDII, net(3.6)%(6.1)%(4.4)%
U.S. Tax Reform enactment— %— %(2.6)%
Research and development (“R&D”) credit(0.4)%(0.7)%(1.1)%
Valuation allowances(3.8)%2.3 %(3.7)%
Uncertain tax positions and audit settlements0.8 %(4.1)%(41.1)%
Indemnification related items— %— %6.8 %
Impact of internal reorganization(1.2)%— %— %
Other, net(0.3)%(1.8)%(1.3)%
 13.4 %12.0 %(24.9)%
The jurisdictions with favorable tax rates that have the most significant effective tax rate impact in the periods presented include Puerto Rico, Singapore, and Malaysia. HP has elected to treat GILTI inclusions as period costs.
In fiscal year 2021, HP recorded $9 million of net income tax charges related to discrete items in the provision for taxes. This amount included income tax charges of $533 million related to the Oracle litigation proceeds, $15 million of uncertain tax
83

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 6: Taxes on Earnings (Continued)
position charges, and $9 million of other net tax charges. These charges were partially offset by income tax benefits of $393 million related to changes in valuation allowances, $89 million of tax effects related to internal reorganization, $50 million related to restructuring charges, and $16 million related to the filing of tax returns in various jurisdictions. In fiscal year 2021, excess tax benefits associated with stock options, restricted stock units and performance-adjusted restricted stock units were immaterial.
In fiscal year 2020, HP recorded $244 million of net income tax benefits related to discrete items in the provision for taxes. This amount included tax benefits related to audit settlements of $124 million in various jurisdictions and $82 million related to restructuring benefits. Additionally, HP recorded benefits of $20 million related to proxy contest costs and $17 million of other net tax benefits. In fiscal year 2020, excess tax benefits associated with stock options, restricted stock units and performance-adjusted restricted stock units were immaterial.
In fiscal year 2019, HP recorded $1.3 billion of net income tax benefits related to discrete items in the provision for taxes. This amount included tax benefits related to audit settlements of $1.0 billion, $75 million due to ability to utilize tax attributes, $57 million of restructuring benefits and net valuation allowance releases of $94 million. HP also recorded benefits of $78 million related to U.S. tax reform as a result of new guidance issued by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). These benefits were partially offset by uncertain tax position charges of $51 million. In fiscal year 2019, in addition to the discrete items mentioned above, HP recorded excess tax benefits of $20 million associated with stock options, restricted stock units and performance-adjusted restricted stock units.
As a result of certain employment actions and capital investments HP has undertaken, income from manufacturing and services in certain countries is subject to reduced tax rates, and in some cases is wholly exempt from taxes, through 2029. The gross income tax benefits attributable to these actions and investments were estimated to be $385 million ($0.32 diluted net EPS) in fiscal year 2021, $344 million ($0.24 diluted net EPS) in fiscal year 2020 and $386 million ($0.25 diluted net EPS) in fiscal year 2019.
Uncertain Tax Positions
A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 In millions
Balance at beginning of year$820 $929 $7,771 
Increases:  
For current year’s tax positions63 59 79 
For prior years’ tax positions92 71 172 
Decreases:  
For prior years’ tax positions(92)(89)(37)
Statute of limitations expirations(9)(2)(15)
Settlements with taxing authorities(54)(148)(7,041)
Balance at end of year$820 $820 $929 
As of October 31, 2021, the amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits was $820 million, of which up to $660 million would affect HP’s effective tax rate if realized. As of October 31, 2020, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $820 million of which up to $657 million would affect HP’s effective tax rate if realized. The amount of unrecognized tax benefit changed by a net immaterial amount. HP recognizes interest income from favorable settlements and interest expense and penalties accrued on unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. As of October 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, HP had accrued $70 million, $34 million and $56 million, respectively, for interest and penalties.
HP engages in continuous discussions and negotiations with taxing authorities regarding tax matters in various jurisdictions. HP expects complete resolution of certain tax years with various tax authorities within the next 12 months. HP believes it is reasonably possible that its existing gross unrecognized tax benefits may be reduced by up to $72 million within the next 12 months, affecting HP’s effective tax rate if realized.
84

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 6: Taxes on Earnings (Continued)
HP is subject to income tax in the United States and approximately 60 other countries and is subject to routine corporate income tax audits in many of these jurisdictions. In addition, HP is subject to numerous ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. The IRS is conducting an audit of HP’s 2018 and 2019 income tax returns.
With respect to major state and foreign tax jurisdictions, HP is no longer subject to tax authority examinations for years prior to 2002. No material tax deficiencies have been assessed in major state or foreign tax jurisdictions related to ongoing audits as of October 31, 2021.
HP believes it has provided adequate reserves for all tax deficiencies or reductions in tax benefits that could result from federal, state and foreign tax audits. HP regularly assesses the likely outcomes of these audits in order to determine the appropriateness of HP’s tax provision. HP adjusts its uncertain tax positions to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a particular audit. However, income tax audits are inherently unpredictable and there can be no assurance that HP will accurately predict the outcome of these audits. The amounts ultimately paid on resolution of an audit could be materially different from the amounts previously included in the Provision for taxes and therefore the resolution of one or more of these uncertainties in any particular period could have a material impact on net income or cash flows.
HP has not provided for U.S. federal income and foreign withholding taxes on $5.7 billion of undistributed earnings from non-U.S. operations as of October 31, 2021 because HP intends to reinvest such earnings indefinitely outside of the United States. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability related to these earnings is not practicable. The TCJA taxed HP’s historic earnings and profits of its non-U.S. subsidiaries. HP will remit these taxed reinvested earnings for which deferred U.S. federal and withholding taxes have been provided where excess cash has accumulated and HP determines that it is advantageous for business operations, tax or cash management reasons.
85

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 6: Taxes on Earnings (Continued)
Deferred Income Taxes
The significant components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows:
 As of October 31
 20212020
 In millions
Deferred tax assets:
Loss and credit carryforwards$7,630 $7,857 
Intercompany transactions—excluding inventory791 517 
Fixed assets136 135 
Warranty207 193 
Employee and retiree benefits287 441 
Deferred revenue192 195 
Capitalized research and development454 214 
Intangible assets474 470 
Operating lease liabilities227 218 
Investment in partnership95 108 
Other452 413 
Gross deferred tax assets10,945 10,761 
Valuation allowances(7,749)(7,976)
Total deferred tax assets3,196 2,785 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries(42)(60)
Right-of-use assets from operating leases(215)(203)
Other(79)(32)
Total deferred tax liabilities(336)(295)
Net deferred tax assets$2,860 $2,490 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:
 As of October 31
 20212020
 In millions
Deferred tax assets$2,917 $2,515 
Deferred tax liabilities(57)(25)
Total$2,860 $2,490 
 As of October 31, 2021, HP had recorded deferred tax assets for net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards as follows:
 Gross NOLsDeferred Taxes on NOLsValuation allowanceInitial Year of Expiration
 In millions
Federal$210 $44 $(11)2023
State2,407 164 (44)2022
Foreign25,672 7,223 (6,757)2033
Balance at end of year$28,289 $7,431 $(6,812)
86

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 6: Taxes on Earnings (Continued)



As of October 31, 2021, HP had recorded deferred tax assets for various tax credit carryforwards as follows:
 CarryforwardValuation
Allowance
Initial
Year of
Expiration
 In millions
Tax credits in state and foreign jurisdictions$309 $(52)2022
Balance at end of year$309 $(52) 
Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance
The deferred tax asset valuation allowance and changes were as follows:
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 In millions
Balance at beginning of year$7,976 $7,930 $7,906 
Income tax (benefit) expense(193)74 (339)
Other comprehensive loss (income), currency translation and charges to other accounts(34)(28)363 
Balance at end of year$7,749 $7,976 $7,930 
Gross deferred tax assets as of October 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 were reduced by valuation allowances of $7.7 billion,$8.0 billion and $7.9 billion, respectively. In fiscal year 2021, the deferred tax asset valuation allowance decreased by $227 million primarily due to the expected utilization of foreign net operating losses and U.S. deferred tax assets that are anticipated to be realized at a lower effective rate than the federal statutory tax rate. In fiscal year 2020, the deferred tax asset valuation allowance increased by $46 million primarily associated with foreign net operating losses and U.S. deferred tax assets that are anticipated to be realized at a lower effective rate than the federal statutory tax rate due to certain future U.S. international tax reform implications. In fiscal year 2019, the deferred tax asset valuation allowance increased by $24 million primarily associated with the recognition of the income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers other than inventory. This increase was partially offset by the impact of tax rate changes in foreign jurisdictions and state valuation allowance releases. See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for detailed information.
87

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 7: Supplementary Financial Information
Accounts Receivable
The allowance for credit losses related to accounts receivable and changes were as follows:
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 In millions
Balance at beginning of period$122 $111 $129 
Current-period allowance for credit losses62 60 
Deductions, net of recoveries(16)(51)(78)
Balance at end of period$111 $122 $111 
HP has third-party arrangements, consisting of revolving short-term financing, which provide liquidity to certain partners to facilitate their working capital requirements. These financing arrangements, which in certain circumstances may contain partial recourse, result in a transfer of HP’s receivables and risk to the third-party. As these transfers qualify as true sales under the applicable accounting guidance, the receivables are de-recognized from the Consolidated Balance Sheets upon transfer, and HP receives a payment for the receivables from the third-party within a mutually agreed upon time period. For arrangements involving an element of recourse, the recourse obligation is measured using market data from the similar transactions and reported as a current liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The recourse obligations as of October 31, 2021 and 2020 were not material. The costs associated with the sales of trade receivables for fiscal year 2021, 2020 and 2019 were not material.
The following is a summary of the activity under these arrangements:
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 In millions
Balance at beginning of year (1)
$188 $235 $165 
Trade receivables sold11,976 10,474 10,257 
Cash receipts(12,035)(10,526)(10,186)
Foreign currency and other(1)
Balance at end of year (1)
$131 $188 $235 
(1) Amounts outstanding from third parties reported in Accounts Receivable in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Inventory
 As of October 31
 20212020
 In millions
Finished goods$4,532 $3,662 
Purchased parts and fabricated assemblies3,398 2,301 
$7,930 $5,963 

88

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 7: Supplementary Financial Information (Continued)
Other Current Assets
As of October 31
 20212020
 In millions
Supplier and other receivables$2,333 $2,092 
Prepaid and other current assets1,087 1,104 
Value-added taxes receivable1,005 970 
Available-for-sale investments274 
$4,430 $4,440 

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
 As of October 31
 20212020
 In millions
Land, buildings and leasehold improvements$2,166 $2,066 
Machinery and equipment, including equipment held for lease5,307 5,275 
7,473 7,341 
Accumulated depreciation(4,927)(4,714)
$2,546 $2,627 
 Depreciation expense was $627 million, $673 million and $623 million in fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Other Non-Current Assets
 As of October 31
 20212020
 In millions
Deferred tax assets(1)
$2,917 $2,515 
Right-of-use assets from operating leases(2)
1,192 1,107 
Intangible assets(3)
784 540 
Prepaid pension asset(4)
766 20 
Deposits and prepaid734 337 
Other698 507 
 $7,091 $5,026 
(1)See Note 6, “Taxes on Earnings” for detailed information.
(2)See Note 17, “Leases” for detailed information.
(3)See Note 8, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for detailed information.
(4)See Note 4, “Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans” for detailed information.

89

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 7: Supplementary Financial Information (Continued)
Other Current Liabilities
 As of October 31
 20212020
 In millions
Sales and marketing programs$3,179 $3,185 
Employee compensation and benefit1,627 1,194 
Deferred revenue1,277 1,208 
Other accrued taxes1,227 1,051 
Warranty731 746 
Operating lease liabilities(1)
350 275 
Tax liability296 223 
Other3,228 2,960 
 $11,915 $10,842 
(1)See Note 17, “Leases” for detailed information.

Other Non-Current Liabilities
 As of October 31
 20212020
 In millions
Deferred revenue$1,099 $1,072 
Pension, post-retirement, and post-employment liabilities(1)
1,041 1,576 
Operating lease liabilities(2)
936 904 
Tax liability830 746 
Deferred tax liability(3)
57 25 
Other815 823 
 $4,778 $5,146 
(1)See Note 4, “Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans” for detailed information.
(2)See Note 17, “Leases” for detailed information.
(3)See Note 6, “Taxes on Earnings” for detailed information.

Interest and other, net
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 In millions
Oracle litigation proceeds(1)
$2,304 $— $— 
Non-operating retirement-related credits160 240 85 
Interest expense on borrowings(254)(239)(242)
Defined benefit plan settlement gains (charges)37 (214)— 
Loss on extinguishment of debt(16)(40)— 
Tax indemnifications(2)
— (1,186)
Other, net(22)21 (11)
 $2,209 $(231)$(1,354)
90

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 7: Supplementary Financial Information (Continued)
(1)See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 14, “Litigation and Contingencies” for detailed information.
(2)Fiscal year ended October 31, 2019, includes an adjustment of $764 million, of indemnification receivables, primarily related to resolution of various income tax audits settlements and an adjustment of $417 million pursuant to the termination of the TMA with Hewlett Packard Enterprise.
Net Revenue by Region
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 In millions
Americas$27,518 $24,414 $25,244 
Europe, Middle East and Africa22,216 19,624 20,275 
Asia-Pacific and Japan13,753 12,601 13,237 
Total net revenue$63,487 $56,639 $58,756 

Value of Remaining Performance Obligations
    As of October 31, 2021, the estimated value of transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations was $3.7 billion. HP expects to recognize approximately $1.7 billion of the unearned amount in next 12 months and $2.0 billion thereafter.
    HP has elected the practical expedients and accordingly does not disclose the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations if:
the contract has an original expected duration of one year or less; or
the revenue from the performance obligation is recognized over time on an as-invoiced basis when the amount corresponds directly with the value to the customer; or
the portion of the transaction price that is variable in nature is allocated entirely to a wholly unsatisfied performance obligation.
The remaining performance obligations are subject to change and may be affected by various factors, such as termination of contracts, contract modifications and adjustment for currency.
Costs of Obtaining Contracts and Fulfillment Cost
As of October 31, 2021, deferred contract fulfillment and acquisition costs balances were $65 million and $36 million, respectively, included in Other Current Assets and Other Non-Current Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2021, the Company amortized $79 million of these costs.
As of October 31, 2020, deferred contract fulfillment and acquisition costs balances were $65 million and $34 million, respectively, included in Other Current Assets and Other Non-Current Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, the Company amortized $98 million of these costs.
Contract Liabilities
As of October 31, 2021 and 2020, HP’s contract liabilities balances were $2.3 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, included in Other Current Liabilities and Other Non-Current Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The increase in the contract liabilities balance for the fiscal year 2021 was primarily driven by sales of fixed-price support and maintenance services, partially offset by $1.1 billion of revenue recognized that were included in the opening contract liabilities balance as of October 31, 2020.
As of October 31, 2020 and 2019, HP’s contract liabilities balances were $2.2 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, included in Other Current Liabilities and Other Non-Current Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The increase in the contract liabilities balance for the fiscal year 2020 was primarily driven by sales of fixed-price support and maintenance services, partially offset by $1.1 billion of revenue recognized that were included in the opening contract liabilities balance as of October 31, 2019.
91

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 8: Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill allocated to HP’s reportable segments and changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows:  
 Personal SystemsPrintingCorporate InvestmentsTotal
In millions
Balance at October 31, 2019(1)
$2,613 $3,759 $— $6,372 
Acquisitions/adjustments— — 
Foreign currency translation— — — — 
Balance at October 31, 2020(1)
2,621 3,759 — 6,380 
Acquisitions/adjustments284 14 102 400 
Foreign currency translation— 23 — 23 
Balance at October 31, 2021(1)
$2,905 $3,796 $102 $6,803 
(1)Goodwill is net of accumulated impairment losses of $0.8 billion related to Corporate Investments.
Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. As of October 31, 2021, our reporting units are consistent with the reportable segments identified in Note 2, “Segment Information”. There were no goodwill impairments in fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019. Personal Systems had a negative carrying amount of net assets as of October 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 primarily as a result of a favorable cash conversion cycle.
Intangible Assets
HP’s acquired intangible assets were composed of:
As of October 31, 2021As of October 31, 2020
GrossAccumulated AmortizationNetGrossAccumulated AmortizationNet
In millions
Customer contracts, customer lists and distribution agreements$526 $212 $314 $382 $149 $233 
Technology and patents814 425 389 621 332 289 
Trade name and trademarks95 14 81 26 18 
Total intangible assets$1,435 $651 $784 $1,029 $489 $540 

For the fiscal year 2021, the increase in gross intangible assets was primarily due to intangible assets resulting from acquisitions. The intangibles acquired during the year were based on preliminary fair value estimates.
The weighted-average useful lives of intangible assets acquired during the period are as follows:
Weighted-Average Useful Life (in years)
Customer contracts and customer lists5
Technology and patents7
Trade name and trademarks15



Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 8: Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

As of October 31, 2021, estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets was as follows:
Fiscal yearIn millions
2022$196 
2023152 
2024118 
202576 
202665 
Thereafter177 
Total$784 

Note 9: Fair Value
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. 
Fair Value Hierarchy
HP uses valuation techniques that are based upon observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs are developed using market data such as publicly available information and reflect the assumptions market participants would use, while unobservable inputs are developed using the best information available about the assumptions market participants would use. Assets and liabilities are classified in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement:
Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2—Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability and market-corroborated inputs.
Level 3—Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.
The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to observable inputs and lowest priority to unobservable inputs.
93

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 9: Fair Value (Continued)
The following table presents HP’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
 As of October 31, 2021As of October 31, 2020
 Fair Value Measured Using Fair Value Measured Using 
 Level 1Level 2Level 3TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
 In millions
Assets:
Cash Equivalents
Corporate debt$— $1,112 $— $1,112 $— $1,700 $— $1,700 
Financial institution instruments— — — — — 59 — 59 
Government debt(1)
1,931 — — 1,931 1,992 181 — 2,173 
Available-for-Sale Investments
Corporate debt— — — — — 169 — 169 
Financial institution instruments— — — 32 — 32 
Government debt(1)
— — — — — 73 — 73 
Marketable equity securities and mutual funds15 56 — 71 53 — 58 
Derivative Instruments
Interest rate contracts— — — — — — 
Foreign currency contracts— 277 — 277 — 191 — 191 
Other derivatives— — — — — — 
Total assets$1,946 $1,455 $— $3,401 $1,997 $2,462 $— $4,459 
Liabilities:
Derivative Instruments
Interest rate contracts$— $24 $— $24 $— $$— $
Foreign currency contracts— 203 — 203 — 256 — 256 
Other derivatives— — — — — — 
Total liabilities$— $227 $— $227 $— $262 $— $262 
(1) Government debt includes instruments such as U.S. treasury notes, U.S. agency securities and non-U.S. government bonds. Money market funds invested in government debt and traded in active markets are included in Level 1.
Valuation Techniques
Cash Equivalents and Investments: HP holds time deposits, money market funds, mutual funds, other debt securities primarily consisting of corporate and foreign government notes and bonds, and common stock and equivalents. HP values cash equivalents and equity investments using quoted market prices, alternative pricing sources, including net asset value, or models utilizing market observable inputs. The fair value of debt investments is based on quoted market prices or model-driven valuations using inputs primarily derived from or corroborated by observable market data, and, in certain instances, valuation models that utilize assumptions which cannot be corroborated with observable market data. 
Derivative Instruments: HP uses industry standard valuation models to measure fair value. Where applicable, these models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to present value using market-based observable inputs, including interest rate curves, HP and counterparty credit risk, foreign exchange rates, and forward and spot prices for currencies and interest rates. See Note 10, “Financial Instruments” for a further discussion of HP’s use of derivative instruments. 
Other Fair Value Disclosures
Short- and Long-Term Debt: HP estimates the fair value of its debt primarily using an expected present value technique, which is based on observable market inputs using interest rates currently available to companies of similar credit standing for similar terms and remaining maturities and considering its own credit risk. The portion of HP’s debt that is hedged is reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as an amount equal to the debt’s carrying amount and a fair value adjustment representing
94

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 9: Fair Value (Continued)
changes in the fair value of the hedged debt obligations arising from movements in benchmark interest rates. The fair value of HP’s short- and long-term debt was $8.0 billion as compared to its carrying amount of $7.5 billion at October 31, 2021. The fair value of HP’s short- and long-term debt was $6.7 billion as compared to its carrying value of $6.2 billion at October 31, 2020. If measured at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, short- and long-term debt would be classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Other Financial Instruments: For the balance of HP’s financial instruments, primarily accounts receivable, accounts payable and financial liabilities included in Other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to their short maturities. If measured at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, these other financial instruments would be classified as Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
Non-Marketable Equity Investments and Non-Financial Assets: HP’s non-marketable equity investments are measured at cost less impairment, adjusted for observable price changes.HP’s non-financial assets, such as intangible assets, goodwill and property, plant and equipment, are recorded at fair value in the period an impairment charge is recognized. If measured at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets these would generally be classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
95

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


Note 10: Financial Instruments
Cash Equivalents and Available-for-Sale Investments
 As of October 31, 2021As of October 31, 2020
 CostGross
Unrealized
Gain
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
CostGross
Unrealized
Gain
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
 In millions
Cash Equivalents:        
Corporate debt$1,112 $— $— $1,112 $1,700 $— $— $1,700 
Financial institution instruments— — — — 59 — — 59 
Government debt1,931 — — 1,931 2,173 — — 2,173 
Total cash equivalents3,043 — — 3,043 3,932 — — 3,932 
Available-for-Sale Investments:
Corporate debt(1)
— — — — 169 — — 169 
Financial institution instruments(1)
— — 32 — — 32 
Government debt(1)
— — — — 73 — — 73 
Marketable equity securities and mutual funds42 29 — 71 42 16 — 58 
Total available-for-sale investments47 29 — 76 316 16 — 332 
Total cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments$3,090 $29 $— $3,119 $4,248 $16 $— $4,264 
(1)HP classifies its marketable debt securities as available-for-sale investments within Other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, including those with maturity dates beyond one year, based on their highly liquid nature and availability for use in current operations.
All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition are considered cash equivalents. As of October 31, 2021 and 2020, the carrying amount of cash equivalents approximated fair value due to the short period of time to maturity. Interest income related to cash, cash equivalents and debt securities was approximately $31 million in fiscal year 2021, $40 million in fiscal year 2020, and $80 million in fiscal year 2019. The estimated fair value of the available-for-sale investments may not be representative of values that will be realized in the future.
Contractual maturities of investments in available-for-sale debt securities were as follows:
 As of October 31, 2021
 Amortized
Cost
Fair Value
 In millions
Due in one year$$

Non-marketable equity securities in privately held companies are included in Other non-current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These amounted to $59 million and $44 million as of October 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
HP determines credit losses on cash equivalents and available-for-sale debt securities at the individual security level. All instruments are considered investment grade. No credit-related or noncredit-related impairment losses were recorded in the fiscal year 2021.
96

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 10: Financial Instruments (Continued)

Derivative Instruments
HP uses derivatives to offset business exposure to foreign currency and interest rate risk on expected future cash flows and on certain existing assets and liabilities. As part of its risk management strategy, HP uses derivative instruments, primarily forward contracts, interest rate swaps, total return swaps, treasury rate locks, forward starting swaps and, at times, option contracts to hedge certain foreign currency, interest rate and, return on certain investment exposures. HP may designate its derivative contracts as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges and classifies the cash flows with the activities that correspond to the underlying hedged items. Additionally, for derivatives not designated as hedging instruments, HP categorizes those economic hedges as other derivatives. HP recognizes all derivative instruments at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
As a result of its use of derivative instruments, HP is exposed to the risk that its counterparties will fail to meet their contractual obligations. Master netting agreements mitigate credit exposure to counterparties by permitting HP to net amounts due from HP to counterparty against amounts due to HP from the same counterparty under certain conditions. To further limit credit risk, HP has collateral security agreements that allow HP’s custodian to hold collateral from, or require HP to post collateral to, counterparties when aggregate derivative fair values exceed contractually established thresholds which are generally based on the credit ratings of HP and its counterparties. If HP’s or the counterparty’s credit rating falls below a specified credit rating, either party has the right to request full collateralization of the derivatives’ net liability position. The fair value of derivatives with credit contingent features in a net liability position was $64 million and $90 million as of October 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, all of which were fully collateralized within two business days. 
Under HP’s derivative contracts, the counterparty can terminate all outstanding trades following a covered change of control event affecting HP that results in the surviving entity being rated below a specified credit rating. This credit contingent provision did not affect HP’s financial position or cash flows as of October 31, 2021 and 2020.
Fair Value Hedges
HP enters into fair value hedges, such as interest rate swaps, to reduce the exposure of its debt portfolio to changes in fair value resulting from changes in benchmark interest rates on HP’s future interest payments.
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges, HP recognizes the change in fair value of the derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting change in the fair value of the hedged item, in Interest and other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings in the period of change.
During the fiscal year 2021, HP entered into interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $375 million that were designated as fair value hedges, to convert a portion of its fixed-rate debt to floating. HP terminated interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $500 million that were de-designated as fair value hedges, including $250 million notional amount related to certain fixed-rate debt securities that were extinguished, resulting in an immaterial loss.
Cash Flow Hedges
HP uses forward contracts, treasury rate locks, forward starting swaps and, at times, option contracts designated as cash flow hedges to protect against the foreign currency exchange and interest rate risks inherent in its forecasted net revenue, cost of revenue, operating expenses and debt issuance. HP’s foreign currency cash flow hedges mature predominantly within twelve months; however, hedges related to long-term procurement arrangements extend several years.
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, HP initially records changes in fair value of the derivative instrument in Accumulated other comprehensive loss as a separate component of Stockholders’ deficit in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and subsequently reclassifies these amounts into earnings in the period during which the hedged transaction is recognized in earnings. HP reports the changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument in the same financial statement line item as changes in the fair value of the hedged item.
During the fiscal year 2021, HP entered into a series of forward starting swap agreements with notional amounts totaling $2.25 billion to hedge the exposure to variability in future cash flows resulting from changes in interest rate related to anticipated issuance of long-term debt. These agreements were designated as cash flow hedges. In June 2021, a series of these forward starting swaps totaling $750 million notional amount were settled upon the issuance of the senior notes resulting in an immaterial loss recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss. The loss will be reclassified to Interest and other, net over the life of the related debt.
Other Derivatives
Other derivatives not designated as hedging instruments consist primarily of forward contracts used to hedge foreign currency-denominated balance sheet exposures. HP also uses total return swaps to hedge its executive deferred compensation plan liability.
97

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 10: Financial Instruments (Continued)

For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, HP recognizes changes in fair value of the derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting change in the fair value of the hedged item, in Interest and other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings in the period of change.
Hedge Effectiveness
For interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges, HP measures hedge effectiveness by offsetting the change in fair value of the hedged item with the change in fair value of the derivative. For foreign currency options, forward contracts and forward starting swaps designated as cash flow hedges, HP measures hedge effectiveness by comparing the cumulative change in fair value of the hedge contract with the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item, both of which are based on forward rates.
During the fiscal 2021 and 2020, no portion of the hedging instruments’ gain or loss was excluded from the assessment of effectiveness for fair value and cash flow hedges.
Fair Value of Derivative Instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
The gross notional and fair value of derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:
 As of October 31, 2021As of October 31, 2020
 Outstanding
Gross
Notional
Other
Current
Assets
Other
Non-Current
Assets
Other
Current
Liabilities
Other
Non-Current
Liabilities
Outstanding
Gross
Notional
Other
Current
Assets
Other
Non-Current
Assets
Other
Current
Liabilities
Other
Non-Current
Liabilities
 In millions
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments          
Fair value hedges:          
Interest rate contracts$750 $— $— $— $16 $875 $$— $— $
Cash flow hedges:         
Foreign currency contracts17,137 198 69 148 42 15,661 148 30 199 37 
Interest rate contracts1,500 — — — — — — — — 
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments19,387 198 69 148 66 16,536 152 30 199 40 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments          
Foreign currency contracts6,293 10 — 13 — 5,319 13 — 20 — 
Other derivatives103 — — — 142 — — — 
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments6,396 15 — 13 — 5,461 13 — 23 — 
Total derivatives$25,783 $213 $69 $161 $66 $21,997 $165 $30 $222 $40 

Offsetting of Derivative Instruments
HP recognizes all derivative instruments on a gross basis in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. HP does not offset the fair value of its derivative instruments against the fair value of cash collateral posted under its collateral security agreements. As of
98

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 10: Financial Instruments (Continued)

October 31, 2021 and 2020, information related to the potential effect of HP’s master netting agreements and collateral security agreements was as follows:
 In the Consolidated Balance Sheets  
 (i)(ii)(iii) = (i)–(ii)(iv)(v) (vi) = (iii)–(iv)–(v)
 Gross Amount
Recognized
Gross Amount
Offset
Net Amount
Presented
Gross Amounts
Not Offset
  
 DerivativesFinancial
Collateral
 Net Amount
 In millions
As of October 31, 2021       
Derivative assets$282 $— $282 $160 $65 (1)$57 
Derivative liabilities$227 $— $227 $160 $64 (2)$
As of October 31, 2020       
Derivative assets$195 $— $195 $156 $(1)$35 
Derivative liabilities$262 $— $262 $156 $130 (2)$(24)
(1)Represents the cash collateral posted by counterparties as of the respective reporting date for HP’s asset position, net of derivative amounts that could be offset, as of, generally, two business days prior to the respective reporting date.
(2)Represents the collateral posted by HP including any re-use of counterparty cash collateral as of the respective reporting date for HP’s liability position, net of derivative amounts that could be offset, as of, generally, two business days prior to the respective reporting date.
Effect of Derivative Instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings
The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments and related hedged items in a fair value hedging relationship were as follows:
Derivative InstrumentHedged ItemLocationFor the fiscal years ended October 31Total amounts of income/(expense) line items in the statement of financial performance in which the effects of fair value hedges are recordedGain/(loss) recognized in earnings on derivative instrumentsGain/(loss) recognized in earnings on hedged item
    In millions
Interest rate contractsFixed-rate debtInterest and other, net2021$2,209 $(17)$17 
2020$(231)$$(6)
2019$(1,354)$27 $(27)
The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationships included in Accumulated other comprehensive loss was as follows:
For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 In millions
Gain/(loss) recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss on derivatives:
Foreign currency contracts$(117)$(197)$252 
Interest rate contracts$(15)$(4)$— 
99

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 10: Financial Instruments (Continued)

The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationships included in earnings were as follows:
Total amounts of income/ (expense) line items in the statement of financial performance in which the effects of cash flow hedges are recordedGain/ (loss) reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings
For the fiscal years ended October 31For the fiscal years ended October 31
202120202019202120202019
In millionsIn millions
Net revenue$63,487 $56,639 $58,756 $(214)$108 $425 
Cost of revenue(50,070)(46,202)(47,586)(30)(25)(43)
Operating expenses(8,115)(6,975)(7,293)(2)
Interest and other, net2,209 (231)(1,354)— — — 
Total$7,511 $3,231 $2,523 $(243)$85 $380 
As of October 31, 2021, HP expects to reclassify an estimated Accumulated other comprehensive gain of approximately $10 million, net of taxes, to earnings within the next twelve months associated with cash flow hedges along with the earnings effects of the related forecasted transactions. The amounts ultimately reclassified into earnings could be different from the amounts previously included in Accumulated other comprehensive loss based on the change of market rate, and therefore could have different impact on earnings.
The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments recognized in Interest and other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings for fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019 was as follows:
 Gain/(loss) recognized in earnings on derivative instrument
 Location202120202019
  In millions
Foreign currency contractsInterest and other, net$(65)$40 $(119)
Other derivativesInterest and other, net(9)14 
Total $(57)$31 $(105)
100

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


Note 11: Borrowings
Notes Payable and Short-Term Borrowings
 As of October 31
 20212020
 Amount
Outstanding
Weighted-Average
Interest Rate
Amount
Outstanding
Weighted-Average
Interest Rate
 In millions
Commercial paper$400 0.2 %$— — %
Current portion of long-term debt672 3.8 %633 4.0 %
Notes payable to banks, lines of credit and other34 1.2 %41 1.6 %
 $1,106  $674  
Long-Term Debt
 As of October 31
 20212020
 In millions
U.S. Dollar Global Notes(1)
  
2009 Shelf Registration Statement:  
$1,000 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.816% in September 2011 at 4.375%, due September 2021— 412 
$1,500 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.707% in December 2011 at 4.65%, due December 2021— 586 
$500 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.771% in March 2012 at 4.05%, due September 2022499 499 
$1,200 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.863% in September 2011 at 6.0%, due September 20411,199 1,199 
2019 Shelf Registration Statement:  
$1,150 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.769% in June 2020 at 2.2%, due June 20251,148 1,148 
$1,000 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.718% in June 2020 at 3.0%, due June 2027997 997 
$850 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.790% in June 2020 at 3.4%, due June 2030848 848 
Private Placement:
$1,000 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.808% in June 2021 at 1.45%, due June 2026999 — 
$1,000 issued at discount to par at a price of 99.573% in June 2021 at 2.65%, due June 2031996 — 
 6,686 5,689 
Other borrowings at 0.51%-9.00%, due in fiscal years 2022-2028439 522 
Fair value adjustment related to hedged debt(16)
Unamortized debt issuance cost(51)(37)
Current portion of long-term debt(672)(633)
Total long-term debt$6,386 $5,543 
(1)HP may redeem some or all of the fixed-rate U.S. Dollar Global Notes at any time in accordance with the terms thereof. The U.S. Dollar Global Notes are senior unsecured debt.
In June 2021, HP completed its offering of $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes, consisting of $1.0 billion of 1.450% notes due June 2026 (the “2026 Notes”), and $1.0 billion of 2.650% notes due June 2031 (the “2031 Notes”). HP incurred issuance costs of $17 million. HP will pay interest semi-annually on the notes on June 17 and December 17, beginning December 17, 2021. In June 2021, HP terminated a series of forward starting swap agreements with notional amounts totaling $750 million that were executed to mitigate the treasury rate volatility associated with this debt issuance. The net proceeds from the 2026 Notes were used for general corporate purposes, including redemption of existing notes maturing in 2021, as described below. HP intends to allocate an amount equal to the net proceeds of the 2031 Notes to finance or refinance, in whole or in part, environmentally and socially responsible eligible projects in the following eight areas: renewable energy; green buildings; energy efficiency; clean transportation; pollution prevention and control; eco-efficient and/or circular economy products, production technologies and processes; environmentally sustainable management of living natural resources and land use; and socioeconomic advancement and empowerment.
101

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 11: Borrowings (Continued)


As disclosed in Note 10, “Financial Instruments”, HP uses interest rate swaps to mitigate some of the exposure of its debt portfolio to changes in fair value resulting from changes in benchmark interest rates. Interest rates shown in the table of long-term debt have not been adjusted to reflect the impact of any interest rate swaps.
As of October 31, 2021, aggregate future maturities of debt at face value (excluding unamortized debt issuance cost of $51 million, discounts on debt issuance of $14 million, and fair value adjustment related to hedged debt of $16 million), including other borrowings were as follows:
Fiscal yearIn millions
2022$1,108 
2023131 
202479 
20251,191 
20261,013 
Thereafter4,051 
Total$7,573 
Extinguishment of Debt
In July 2021, HP redeemed the remaining aggregate principal amounts of $0.4 billion in outstanding U.S. Dollar 4.375% Global Notes due September 15, 2021 and $0.6 billion in outstanding U.S. Dollar 4.650% Global Notes due December 9, 2021. This extinguishment of debt resulted in a net loss of $16 million, which was recorded as Interest and other, net on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
As part of the above transactions, HP terminated and settled interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $250 million that were de-designated as fair value hedges.
Commercial Paper
As of October 31, 2021, HP maintained 2 commercial paper programs. HP’s U.S. program provides for the issuance of U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $6.0 billion. HP’s euro commercial paper program provides for the issuance of commercial paper outside of the United States denominated in U.S. dollars, euros or British pounds up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $6.0 billion or the equivalent in those alternative currencies. The combined aggregate principal amount of commercial paper outstanding under those programs at any one time cannot exceed the $6.0 billion authorized by HP’s Board of Directors.
Credit Facilities
As of October 31, 2021, HP maintained a $5.0 billion sustainability-linked senior unsecured committed revolving credit facility (the “New Revolving Facility”), which HP entered into on May 26, 2021. Commitments under the New Revolving Facility will be available until May 26, 2026. As of October 31, 2020, HP had maintained a $4.0 billion senior unsecured committed revolving credit facility and a $1.0 billion 364-day revolving credit facility to support the issuance of commercial paper or for general corporate purposes. Commitments under the $4.0 billion and $1.0 billion revolving credit facilities were terminated concurrently with the execution of the New Revolving Facility.
Commitment fees, interest rates and other terms of borrowing under the New Revolving Facility vary based on HP’s external credit ratings and certain sustainability metrics. Funds borrowed under the New Revolving Facility may be used for general corporate purposes.
As of October 31, 2021, HP was in compliance with the covenants in the New Revolving Facility.
Available Borrowing Resources
As of October 31, 2021, HP had available borrowing resources of $579 million from uncommitted lines of credit in addition to the New Revolving Facility.
102

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 12: Stockholders’ Deficit
Share Repurchase Program
HP’s share repurchase program authorizes both open market and private repurchase transactions. In fiscal year 2021, HP executed share repurchases of 224 million shares and settled total shares for $6.3 billion. In fiscal year 2020, HP executed share repurchases of 168 million shares and settled total shares for $3.1 billion. In fiscal year 2019, HP executed share repurchases of 118 million shares and settled total shares for $2.4 billion. Share repurchases executed during fiscal years 2021, 2020, and 2019 included 1.6 million shares, 2.3 million shares, and 0.9 million shares settled in November 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
The shares repurchased in fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019 were all open market repurchase transactions. On February 22, 2020, HP’s Board of Directors increased HP’s share repurchase authorization to $15.0 billion in total. As of October 31, 2021, HP had approximately $6.4 billion remaining under the share repurchase authorizations approved by HP’s Board of Directors.
Taxes related to Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 In millions
Tax effect on change in unrealized components of available-for-sale debt securities:   
Tax provision on unrealized gains arising during the period$(1)$— $— 
 
Tax effect on change in unrealized components of cash flow hedges:  
Tax (provision) benefit on unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period(9)20 (37)
Tax (benefit) provision on losses (gains) reclassified into earnings(17)28 46 
 (26)48 
Tax effect on change in unrealized components of defined benefit plans:  
Tax (provision) benefit on gains (losses) arising during the period(177)11 64 
Tax benefit on amortization of actuarial loss and prior service benefit(17)(19)(11)
Tax benefit (provision) on curtailments, settlements and other(41)(104)
 (185)(49)(51)
Tax effect on change in cumulative translation adjustment(1)— 
Tax (provision) benefit on other comprehensive income (loss)$(213)$$(42)
103

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 12: Stockholders’ Deficit (Continued)

Changes and reclassifications related to Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of taxes
 For the year ended October 31
 202120202019
 In millions
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:   
Change in unrealized components of available-for-sale debt securities:   
Unrealized gains arising during the period$$$
Losses reclassified into earnings— — 
 
Change in unrealized components of cash flow hedges:   
Unrealized (losses) gains arising during the period(141)(181)215 
Losses (gains) reclassified into earnings226 (57)(334)
 85 (238)(119)
Change in unrealized components of defined benefit plans:   
Gains (losses) arising during the period831 (18)(239)
Amortization of actuarial loss and prior service benefit(1)
63 64 32 
Curtailments, settlements and other(27)174 (62)
 867 220 (269)
Change in cumulative translation adjustment27 (2)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes$983 $(18)$(380)
(1)These components are included in the computation of net pension and post-retirement benefit (credit) charges in Note 4,
    “Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans”.
The components of Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes as of October 31, 2021 and changes during fiscal year 2021 were as follows:
 Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securitiesNet unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedgesUnrealized components of defined benefit plansChange in cumulative translation adjustmentAccumulated other comprehensive loss
 In millions
Balance at beginning of period$11 $(66)$(1,190)$$(1,243)
Other comprehensive gains (losses) before reclassifications(141)831 27 721 
Reclassifications of losses into earnings— 226 63 — 289 
Reclassifications of curtailments, settlements and other into earnings— — (27)— (27)
Balance at end of period$15 $19 $(323)$29 $(260)

104

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 13: Earnings Per Share
HP calculates basic net EPS using net earnings and the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted net EPS includes any dilutive effect of restricted stock units, stock options, performance-based awards and shares purchased under the 2021 employee stock purchase plan.
A reconciliation of the number of shares used for basic and diluted net EPS calculations is as follows:
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 202120202019
 In millions, except per share amounts
Numerator:   
Net earnings$6,503 $2,844 $3,152 
Denominator:   
Weighted-average shares used to compute basic net EPS1,208 1,413 1,515 
Dilutive effect of employee stock plans12 
Weighted-average shares used to compute diluted net EPS1,220 1,420 1,524 
Net earnings per share:   
Basic$5.38 $2.01 $2.08 
Diluted$5.33 $2.00 $2.07 
Anti-dilutive weighted-average stock-based compensation awards(1)
13 

(1)HP excludes from the calculation of diluted net EPS stock options and restricted stock units where the assumed proceeds exceed the average market price, because their effect would be anti-dilutive. The assumed proceeds of a stock option include the sum of its exercise price, and average unrecognized compensation cost. The assumed proceeds of a restricted stock unit represent unrecognized compensation cost.
105

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


Note 14: Litigation and Contingencies
    ��HP is involved in lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings, including those identified below, consisting of IP, commercial, securities, employment, employee benefits and environmental matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. HP accrues a liability when management believes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. HP believes it has recorded adequate provisions for any such matters and, as of October 31, 2021, it was not reasonably possible that a material loss had been incurred in excess of the amounts recognized in HP’s financial statements. HP reviews these matters at least quarterly and adjusts its accruals to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a particular case. Pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement, HP shares responsibility with Hewlett Packard Enterprise for certain matters, as indicated below, and Hewlett Packard Enterprise has agreed to indemnify HP in whole or in part with respect to certain matters. Based on its experience, HP believes that any damage amounts claimed in the specific matters discussed below are not a meaningful indicator of HP’s potential liability. Litigation is inherently unpredictable. However, HP believes it has valid defenses with respect to legal matters pending against it. Nevertheless, cash flows or results of operations could be materially affected in any particular period by the resolution of one or more of these contingencies.
Litigation, Proceedings and Investigations
Copyright Levies. Proceedings are ongoing or have been concluded involving HP in certain European countries, challenging the imposition or the modification of levies regimes upon IT equipment (such as PCs or printers) or the restrictions to exonerate the application of private copying levies on devices purchased by business users. The levies are generally based upon the number of products sold and the per-product amounts of the levies, which vary. Some European countries are expected to implement legislation to introduce or extend existing levy schemes to digital devices. HP, other companies and various industry associations have opposed the extension of levies to the digital environment and certain requirements for business sales exemptions, and have advocated alternative models of compensation to rights holders.
Based on industry opposition to the extension of levies to digital products, HP’s assessments of the merits of various proceedings and HP’s estimates of the number of units impacted and the amounts of the levies, HP has accrued amounts that it believes are adequate to address the ongoing disputes.
Hewlett-Packard Company v. Oracle Corporation. On June 15, 2011, HP filed suit against Oracle Corporation (“Oracle”) in California Superior Court in Santa Clara County in connection with Oracle’s March 2011 announcement that it was discontinuing software support for HP’s Itanium-based line of mission-critical servers. HP asserted, among other things, that Oracle’s actions breached the contract that was signed by the parties as part of the settlement of the litigation relating to Oracle’s hiring of Mark Hurd. In the first phase of the bifurcated trial, the court ruled that the contract at issue required Oracle to continue to offer its software products on HP’s Itanium-based servers for as long as HP decided to sell such servers. In the second phase, the jury returned a verdict in favor of HP, awarding HP approximately $3.0 billion in damages, which included approximately $1.7 billion for past lost profits and $1.3 billion for future lost profits. The court entered judgment for HP for this amount with interest accruing until the judgment is paid. Oracle appealed the trial court’s judgment and HP filed a cross-appeal challenging the trial court’s denial of prejudgment interest. The Court of Appeals affirmed both the trial court’s judgment and its denial of prejudgment interest to HP. Oracle filed a petition with the California Supreme Court for review, which was denied on September 29, 2021. On October 12, 2021, Oracle paid approximately $4.65 billion to satisfy the judgment with interest. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, HP recorded approximately $2.3 billion as a gain (Interest and other, net) in relation to the damages awarded, representing HP’s interest in the amount recovered, which is being shared equally between HP and Hewlett Packard Enterprise, less $47.4 million reimbursed to Hewlett Packard Enterprise for certain costs incurred in the prosecution of the action prior to the Separation. Oracle has until December 28, 2021 to file a petition for certiorari asking the United States Supreme Court for review. Review by the United States Supreme Court is discretionary, and HP believes the likelihood the award of damages will be reduced or reversed is remote.
Forsyth, et al. v. HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise. This is a purported class and collective action filed on August 18, 2016 in the United States District Court, Northern District of California, against HP and Hewlett Packard Enterprise (“HPE”) alleging the defendants violated federal and state law by terminating older workers and replacing them with younger workers. In their most recent complaint, plaintiffs seek to represent (1) a putative nationwide federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (ADEA) collective comprised of all former HP Inc. employees 40 years of age and older who had their employment terminated under a WFR plan in or after 2014 or 2015, depending on state law; and (2) a putative Rule 23 class under California law comprised of all former HP Inc. employees 40 years of age and older who had their employment terminated in California under a WFR plan in or after 2012. Excluded from the putative collective and class are employees who (a) signed a Waiver and General Release Agreement at termination, or (b) signed an Agreement to Arbitrate Claims. Similar
106

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 14: Litigation and Contingencies (Continued)

claims are pending against HPE. Because the court granted plaintiffs’ motion for preliminary certification of the putative nationwide ADEA collectives, a third-party administrator has notified eligible former employees of their right to opt into the ADEA collective. Former employees must opt in by February 15, 2022. Plaintiffs seek monetary damages, punitive damages, and other relief.
India Directorate of Revenue Intelligence Proceedings. On April 30 and May 10, 2010, the India Directorate of Revenue Intelligence (the “DRI”) issued show cause notices to Hewlett-Packard India Sales Private Limited (“HP India”), a subsidiary of HP, 7 HP India employees and 1 former HP India employee alleging that HP India underpaid customs duties while importing products and spare parts into India and seeking to recover an aggregate of approximately $370 million, plus penalties and interest. Prior to the issuance of the notices, HP India deposited approximately $16 million with the DRI and agreed to post a provisional bond in exchange for the DRI’s agreement to not seize HP India products and spare parts or interrupt business by HP India.
On April 11, 2012, the Bangalore Commissioner of Customs issued an order on the products-related notice affirming certain duties and penalties against HP India and the named individuals of approximately $386 million, of which HP India had already deposited $9 million. On December 11, 2012, HP India voluntarily deposited an additional $10 million in connection with the products-related notice. The differential duty demand is subject to interest. On April 20, 2012, the Commissioner issued an order on the parts-related notice affirming certain duties and penalties against HP India and certain of the named individuals of approximately $17 million, of which HP India had already deposited $7 million. After the order, HP India deposited an additional $3 million in connection with the parts-related notice so as to avoid certain penalties.
HP India filed appeals of the Commissioner’s orders before the Customs, Excise and Service Tax Appellate Tribunal (the “Customs Tribunal”) along with applications for waiver of the pre-deposit of remaining demand amounts as a condition for hearing the appeals. The Customs Department has also filed cross-appeals before the Customs Tribunal. On January 24, 2013, the Customs Tribunal ordered HP India to deposit an additional $24 million against the products order, which HP India deposited in March 2013. On February 7, 2014, the Customs Tribunal granted HP India’s application for extension of the stay of deposit until disposal of the appeals. On October 27, 2014, the Customs Tribunal commenced hearings on the cross-appeals of the Commissioner’s orders and rejected HP India’s request to remand the matter to the Commissioner on procedural grounds. The Customs Tribunal cancelled hearings to reconvene in 2015, 2016, and January 2019. On January 20, 2021, the Customs Tribunal held a virtual hearing during which the judge allowed HP’s application for a physical hearing on the merits as soon as practicable, which will be scheduled when physical hearings resume at court. Pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement, Hewlett Packard Enterprise has agreed to indemnify HP in part, based on the extent to which any liability arises from the products and spare parts of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s businesses.
Philips Patent Litigation. In September 2020, Koninklijke Philips N.V. and Philips North America LLC (collectively, “Philips”) filed a complaint against HP for patent infringement in federal court for the District of Delaware and filed a companion complaint with the U.S. International Trade Commission (“ITC”) pursuant to Section 337 of the Tariff Act against HP and 8 other sets of respondents. Both complaints allege that certain digital video-capable devices and components thereof infringe 4 of Philips patents. In October 2020, the ITC instituted an investigation, and Philips later withdrew 2 of the 4 patents. On October 21, 2021, the ITC rendered an initial determination that there is no violation of Section 337. The ITC is expected to render a final decision by February 22, 2022. In the ITC proceeding, Philips seeks an order enjoining respondents from importing, or selling after importation, the accused products. In the district court case, Philips seeks unspecified damages and an injunction against HP, and the case has been stayed pending resolution of the ITC proceeding.
Caltech Patent Litigation. On November 11, 2020, the California Institute of Technology (“Caltech”) filed a complaint against HP for patent infringement in the federal court for the Western District of Texas. On March 19, 2021, Caltech filed an amendment to this same complaint. The complaint as amended alleges infringement of 5 of Caltech’s patents, U.S. Patent Nos. 7,116,710; 7,421,032; 7,716,552; 7,916,781; and 8,284,833. The accused products are HP commercial and consumer PCs as well as wireless printers that comply with the IEEE 802.11n, 802.11ac, and/or 802.11ax standards. Caltech seeks unspecified damages and other relief. The court has stayed the case pending the decision by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit in The California Inst. of Tech. v. Broadcom Ltd et al., Case No. 2020-2222.
In re HP Inc. Securities Litigation (Electrical Workers Pension Fund, Local 103, I.B.E.W. v. HP Inc., et al.). On February 19, 2020, Electrical Workers Pension Fund, Local 103, I.B.E.W. filed a putative class action complaint against HP, Dion Weisler, Catherine Lesjak, and Steven Fieler in U.S. District Court in the Northern District of California. The court appointed the State of Rhode Island, Office of the General Treasurer, on behalf of the Employees’ Retirement System of Rhode Island and Iron Workers Local 580 Joint Funds as Lead Plaintiffs. Lead Plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, which
107

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 14: Litigation and Contingencies (Continued)

additionally named as defendants Enrique Lores and Christoph Schell. HP and the named officers filed a motion to dismiss the complaint for failure to state a claim upon which relief can be granted. The court granted HP’s motion to dismiss and granted plaintiffs leave to amend the complaint. Plaintiffs’ second amended complaint, which no longer names Christoph Schell as a defendant, alleges, among other things, that from February 23, 2017 to October 3, 2019, HP and the named officers violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act by making false or misleading statements about HP’s printing supplies business. It further alleges that Dion Weisler and Enrique Lores violated Sections 10(b) and 20A of 1934,the Exchange Act by allegedly selling shares of HP common stock during this period while in possession of material, non-public adverse information about HP’s printing supplies business. Plaintiffs seek compensatory damages and other relief. HP and the named officers filed a motion to dismiss the second amended complaint for failure to state a claim upon which relief can be granted. On September 15, 2021, the court granted HP’s motion. Plaintiffs are appealing the decision.
York County on behalf of the County of York Retirement Fund v. HP Inc., et al., and related proceedings. On November 5, 2020, York County, on behalf of the County of York Retirement Fund, filed a putative class action complaint against HP, Dion Weisler, and Catherine Lesjak in federal court in the Northern District of California. The court appointed Maryland Electrical Industry Pension Fund as amendedLead Plaintiff. Lead Plaintiff filed a consolidated complaint, which additionally names as defendants Enrique Lores and Richard Bailey. The complaint alleges, among other things, that from November 5, 2015 to June 21, 2016, HP and the named current and former officers violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act by concealing material information and making false statements about HP’s printing supplies business. Plaintiff seeks compensatory damages and other relief. HP and the named officers filed a motion to dismiss the complaint for failure to state a claim upon which relief can be granted. That motion is fully briefed. On May 17, 2021, stockholder Scott Franklin filed a derivative complaint against certain current and former officers and directors in federal court in the District of Delaware. Plaintiff purports to bring the action on behalf of HP, which he has named as a nominal defendant, and it makes substantially the same factual allegations as in the York County securities complaint, bringing claims for breach of fiduciary duty and violations of securities laws. The derivative plaintiff seeks compensatory damages, governance reforms, and other relief. By court order following stipulations by the parties, the case was transferred to the Northern District of California, and the case was stayed pending a ruling on the motion to dismiss in York County.
Legal Proceedings re Authentication of Supplies. Civil litigation or government investigations involving supplies authentication protocols used in certain HP printers are pending, have concluded, or may be filed or opened in multiple geographies, including but not limited to the United States, Italy, Israel, and the Netherlands. The supplies authentication protocols are often referred to as Dynamic Security. The core allegations in these proceedings claim misleading or inadequate consumer notifications and permissions pertaining to the use of Dynamic Security, the impact of firmware updates, or the potential inability of cartridges with clone chips or circuitry to work in HP printers with Dynamic Security.
123Inkt Foundation litigation (Netherlands). On November 23, 2016, a foundation known as Stichting 123Inkt-Huismerk Klanten (the “Exchange Act”“Foundation”) filed a complaint in district court in Amsterdam against HP Nederland B.V. and HP Inc. arising out of the use of Dynamic Security in certain OfficeJet printers. Digital Revolution B.V. (trading as 123Inkt) established the Foundation to pursue the interests of approximately 960 of its customers who transferred their claims to it. The complaint alleges that HP’s use of Dynamic Security was unlawful, asserts a variety of claims, and seeks injunctive relief to prohibit use of Dynamic Security, damages, and attorneys’ fees. In December 2019, the Amsterdam Court of Appeal rejected the Foundation’s argument that Dynamic Security is unlawful but ruled that error messages displayed on HP printers in September 2016 without providing prior warning regarding Dynamic Security were misleading. Both parties appealed to the Supreme Court of the Netherlands. In July 2021, the Attorney General issued a non-binding opinion concluding that both parties’ appeals should be rejected. The Supreme Court has scheduled its final decision to be delivered on January 7, 2022.
Gensin v. HP Inc. (Israel). HP is named in a consolidated, consumer class action pending in the District Court in Jerusalem relating to HP’s use of Dynamic Security in certain OfficeJet printers, which was initially filed on October 25,2017. Plaintiff asserts consumer protection, tort and other statutory claims primarily on the basis that no information on Dynamic Security was available in Hebrew, and plaintiff seeks class relief, injunctive relief, damages, and attorneys’ fees. HP has reached an agreement to settle this case, which has been submitted to the Court for approval. The Court has scheduled a hearing for January 13, 2022 to address any issues that may arise with the settlement.
Parziale v. HP Inc. (United States). In August 2019, HP was named in this purported nationwide consumer class action in federal court in the Northern District of California arising out of the use of Dynamic Security in certain OfficeJet printers. Plaintiff’s Second Amended Complaint alleged claims under Florida Consumer Protection statutes, the federal Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, and for trespass to chattels. Plaintiff sought class relief, injunctive relief, damages, including punitive damages, and attorneys’ fees. On September 29, 2020, the court granted HP’s motion to dismiss, dismissing the case in
108

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 14: Litigation and Contingencies (Continued)

full with prejudice. The plaintiff appealed, and the parties subsequently reached a settlement. On August 2, 2021, the plaintiff dismissed the appeal with prejudice.
Consumer Protection Investigation (Italy). In December 2020, the Italian Competition Authority (Autorità Garante della Concorrenza e del Mercato) (“AGCM”) notified HP of its decision that HP engaged in unfair commercial practices with respect to its disclosures to consumers about Dynamic Security and alleged use of certain warranty and data collection practices regarding the use of third-party cartridges in HP printers. The AGCM decision (i) ordered HP to end the allegedly unfair commercial practices; (ii) fined HP €5 million for each alleged unfair practice (total €10 million); (iii) required HP to file a compliance report within 60 days; (iv) ordered HP to publicly publish a corrective statement within 120 days; and (v) ordered HP to amend the packaging of its printers within 120 days. On December 21, 2020, HP paid the imposed fines. On February 5, 2021, HP filed an appeal. On April 6, 2021, HP filed its compliance report, which it subsequently supplemented, and, on June 23, 2021 the AGCM accepted the compliance plan as sufficient. HP’s appeal is pending in front of the Regional Administrative Court of Lazio.
Digital Revolution B.V. v. HP Nederland B.V., et al. (Netherlands). On March 30, 2020, Digital Revolution B.V. (trading as 123Inkt) served a complaint filed in Amsterdam District Court. The complaint generally alleges that HP’s use of Dynamic Security in certain HP printers constituted a violation of competition law and unfair and misleading commercial practices and advertising. The complaint asserts a variety of claims and seeks injunctive relief, including prohibition of Dynamic Security and disclosure of cartridge authentication protocols, damages, and attorneys’ fees. On September 9, 2020, HP filed its defense and a counterclaim for unfair commercial practices and misleading and unlawful comparative advertising. The Court held an oral hearing on September 13, 2021. The Court’s decision has not yet issued and is subject to appeal.
Mobile Emergency Housing Corp., et al. v. HP, Inc. (United States). In December 2020, HP was named in a putative nationwide consumer class action pending in federal court in California arising out of the use of Dynamic Security firmware updates in certain LaserJet printers. The complaint alleges a variety of claims, including state consumer protection and unfair business claims and state and federal computer access and data collection claims. Plaintiffs seek compensatory damages, restitution, injunctive relief against alleged unfair business practices, and other relief. The case is in its early stages and discovery has commenced.
Autonomy-Related Legal Matters
Investigations. As a result of the findings of an internal investigation, HP provided information to government authorities, including the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) related to accounting improprieties, disclosure failures and misrepresentations at Autonomy that occurred before and in connection with HP’s 2011 acquisition of Autonomy. In November 2016, a federal grand jury indicted Sushovan Hussain, former CFO of Autonomy on charges of conspiracy to commit wire fraud, securities fraud, and multiple counts of wire fraud. The indictment alleged that Mr. Hussain engaged in a scheme to defraud purchasers and sellers of securities of Autonomy and HP about Autonomy’s true financial performance and condition. On April 30, 2018, a jury found Mr. Hussain guilty of all charges against him, and that judgment was affirmed on appeal in August 2020. In November 2018, a federal grand jury indicted Michael Lynch, former CEO of Autonomy, and Stephen Chamberlain, former VP of Finance of Autonomy. The indictment charged Dr. Lynch and Mr. Chamberlain with conspiracy to commit wire fraud and multiple counts of wire fraud. HP is continuing to cooperate with the ongoing enforcement actions.

Autonomy Corporation Limited v. Michael Lynch and Sushovan Hussain. On April 17, 2015, 4 former HP subsidiaries that became subsidiaries of Hewlett Packard Enterprise at the time of the Separation (Autonomy Corporation Limited, Hewlett Packard Vision BV, Autonomy Systems, Limited, and Autonomy, Inc.) initiated civil proceedings in the U.K. High Court of Justice against 2 members of Autonomy’s former management, Michael Lynch and Sushovan Hussain. The Particulars of Claim seek damages in excess of $5 billion from Messrs. Lynch and Hussain for breach of their fiduciary duties by causing Autonomy group companies to engage in improper transactions and accounting practices. On October 1, 2015, Messrs. Lynch and Hussain filed their defenses. Mr. Lynch also filed a counterclaim against Autonomy Corporation Limited seeking $160 million in damages, among other things, for alleged misstatements regarding Lynch. The Hewlett Packard Enterprise subsidiary claimants filed their replies to the defenses and the asserted counter-claim on March 11, 2016. Trial began on March 25, 2019 and was completed in January 2020. The parties are awaiting a ruling from the Court.
Environmental
HP is party to, or otherwise involved in, proceedings brought by U.S. or state environmental agencies under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), certificationsknown as “Superfund,” or state laws similar to CERCLA, and may become a party to, or otherwise involved in, proceedings brought by private parties for
109

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 14: Litigation and Contingencies (Continued)

contribution towards clean-up costs. HP is also conducting environmental investigations or remediations at several current or former operating sites pursuant to administrative orders or consent agreements with state environmental agencies.

Note 15: Guarantees, Indemnifications and Warranties
Guarantees
In the ordinary course of business, HP may issue performance guarantees to certain of its clients, customers and other parties pursuant to which HP has guaranteed the performance obligations of third parties. Some of those guarantees may be backed by standby letters of credit or surety bonds. In general, HP would be obligated to perform over the term of the guarantee in the event a specified triggering event occurs as defined by the guarantee. HP believes the likelihood of having to perform under a material guarantee is remote.
Cross-Indemnifications with Hewlett Packard Enterprise
The separation and distribution agreement provides for cross-indemnities between HP and Hewlett Packard Enterprise for liabilities allocated to the respective party pursuant to the terms of such agreement. For information on cross-indemnifications with Hewlett Packard Enterprise for litigation matters, see Note 14, “Litigation and Contingencies”.
Indemnifications
In the ordinary course of business, HP enters into contractual arrangements under which HP may agree to indemnify a third party to such arrangement from any losses incurred relating to the services they perform on behalf of HP or for losses arising from certain events as defined within the particular contract, which may include, for example, litigation or claims relating to past performance. HP also provides indemnifications to certain vendors and customers against claims of intellectual property infringement made by third parties arising from the vendors’ and customers’ use of HP’s software products and services and certain other matters. Some indemnifications may not be subject to maximum loss clauses. Historically, payments made related to these indemnifications have been immaterial.
HP records tax indemnification receivables from various third parties for certain tax liabilities that HP is jointly and severally liable for, but for which it is indemnified by those same third parties under existing legal agreements. HP records a tax indemnification payable to various third parties under these agreements when management believes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. The actual amount that the third parties pay or may be obligated to pay HP could vary depending on the outcome of certain unresolved tax matters, which may not be resolved for several years.
Warranties
HP accrues the estimated cost of product warranties at the time it recognizes revenue. HP engages in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of its component suppliers; however, contractual warranty terms, repair costs, product call rates, average cost per call, current period product shipments and ongoing product failure rates, as well as specific product class failures outside of HP’s baseline experience, affect the estimated warranty obligation.
HP’s aggregate product warranty liabilities and changes were as follows:
 For the fiscal years ended October 31
 20212020
 In millions
Balance at beginning of year$993 $922 
Accruals for warranties issued1,003 977 
Adjustments related to pre-existing warranties (including changes in estimates)28 38 
Settlements made (in cash or in kind)(1,065)(944)
Balance at end of year$959 $993 

110

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 16: Commitments
Unconditional Purchase Obligations
As of October 31, 2021, HP had unconditional purchase obligations of $6.9 billion. These unconditional purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on HP and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions and the approximate timing of the transaction. These unconditional purchase obligations are primarily related to inventory and service support. Unconditional purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancellable without penalty. 
As of October 31, 2021, unconditional purchase obligations were as follows:
Fiscal yearIn millions
2022$2,642 
20232,505 
20241,663 
2025110 
2026
Thereafter15 
Total$6,940 

111

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 17: Leases
HP determines, at lease inception, whether or not an arrangement contains a lease. A significant portion of the operating lease portfolio includes real estate leases. Additionally, HP has identified embedded operating leases within certain outsourced supply chain contracts. Leasing arrangements typically range in terms from 1 to 12 years with varying renewal and termination options. Substantially all of HP’s leases are considered operating leases. Finance leases, short-term leases and sub-lease income were not material as of October 31, 2021 and 2020 or for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Lease terms include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that HP will exercise such options. HP generally considers the economic life of the ROU assets to be comparable to the useful life of similar owned assets. HP’s leases generally do not provide a residual guarantee.
Operating leases are included in Other non-current assets, Other current liabilities and Other non-current liabilities. Finance leases are included in Property, plant and equipment, net, Notes payable and short-term borrowings and Long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
As most of the leases do not provide an implicit interest rate, HP uses the incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date of a lease in determining the present value of lease payments. The incremental borrowing rate is determined based on the rate of interest that HP would have to pay to borrow an amount equal to the lease payments on a collateralized basis over a similar term. HP uses the unsecured borrowing rate and risk-adjusts that rate to approximate a collateralized rate.
HP has elected the practical expedient to combine lease and non-lease components as a single lease element for its real estate leases and certain outsourced supply chain contracts in calculating the ROU assets and lease liabilities. Where HP chooses not to combine the lease and non-lease components, HP allocates contract consideration to the lease and non-lease components based on relative standalone prices.
HP reviews the impairment of the ROU assets consistent with the approach applied for other long-lived assets.
The components of lease expense are as follows:
For the fiscal years ended October 31
 20212020
 In millions
Operating lease cost$235 $236 
Variable cost101 108 
Total lease expense$336 $344 
All lease expenses, including variable lease costs, are primarily included in Cost of revenue and Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings based on the use of the facilities.
Variable lease expense relates primarily to leased real estate utilized for office space and outsourced warehousing. These costs primarily include adjustments for inflation, payments dependent on a rate or index or usage of asset and common area maintenance charges. These costs are not included in the lease liability and are recognized in the period in which they are incurred.
The following table presents supplemental information relating to the cash flows arising from lease transactions. Cash payments made from variable lease costs and short-term leases are not included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities, and, as such, are excluded from the amounts below:
For the fiscal years ended October 31
 20212020
 In millions
Cash paid for amount included in the measurement of lease liabilities$238 $236 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange of lease liabilities(1)
$385 $226 
(1) Includes the impact of new leases as well as remeasurements and modifications to existing leases.



112

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 17: Leases (Continued)

Weighted-average information associated with the measurement of our remaining operating lease liabilities is as follows:
As of October 31
20212020
Weighted-average remaining lease term in years56
Weighted-average discount rate3.4 %3.1 %
The following maturity analysis presents expected undiscounted cash outflows for operating leases on an annual basis for the next five years:
 Fiscal yearIn millions
2022$382 
2023296 
2024194 
2025138 
2026109 
Thereafter262 
Total lease payments1,381
Less: Imputed interest95 
     Total lease liabilities$1,286 
There were no material operating leases that HP had entered into and that were yet to commence as of October 31, 2021.

113

Table of Contents
HP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 18: Acquisitions
Acquisitions in fiscal 2021
In fiscal 2021, HP completed 4 acquisitions. The estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date for all 4 acquisitions, as set forth in the table below, reflects various preliminary fair value estimates and analyses, including preliminary work performed by third-party valuation specialists, which are subject to change within the measurement period as valuations are finalized. The fair values of certain tangible assets and liabilities acquired, the valuation of intangible assets acquired, certain legal matters, income and non income-based taxes, and residual goodwill are not yet finalized and subject to change. HP expects to continue to obtain information to assist in the calculation of the fair value of the net assets acquired at the acquisition date during the measurement period.
Pro forma results of operations for these acquisitions have not been presented because they are not material to HP’s consolidated results of operations, either individually or in the aggregate. Goodwill, which represents the excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, is not deductible for tax purposes.

The following table presents the aggregate estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including those items that are still preliminary allocations, for all of HP's acquisitions in fiscal 2021:
In millions
Goodwill$400 
Amortizable intangible assets385 
Net assets acquired120 
Total fair value of consideration$905 
Acquisition of HyperX, the gaming division of Kingston Technology Company
HP’s largest acquisition in fiscal 2021 was its acquisition of HyperX, the gaming division of Kingston Technology Company which was completed in June 2021 with a total fair value purchase consideration of $412 million. The acquisition supports HP’s strategy to drive growth in gaming and peripherals within the Personal Systems segment. In connection with this acquisition, HP recorded approximately $112 million of goodwill and $197 million of amortizable purchased intangible assets.



114

Table of Contents
ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, are filed as exhibits to this Form 10-K/A under Item 15 of Part IV hereof. Because no financial statements have been included in this Form 10-K/A and this Form 10-K/A does not contain or amend any disclosure with respect to Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K, paragraphs 3, 4 and 5we conducted an evaluation of the certifications have been omitted. We are not including the certifications under Section 906effectiveness of the Sarbanes-Oxleydesign and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act of 2002 as no financial statements are being filed with this Form 10-K/A.

Except as described above, this Form 10-K/A does not modify or update disclosure in, or exhibits to, the Original Form 10-K. Furthermore, this Form 10-K/A does not change any previously reported financial results, nor does it reflect events occurring after the date of the Original Form 10-K. Information not affectedend of the period covered by this Form 10-K/A remains unchangedreport (the “Evaluation Date”). Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and reflectsprincipal financial officer concluded as of the disclosures made atEvaluation Date that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective such that the information required to be disclosed by us in our SEC reports (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to HP’s management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Under the Original Form 10-K was filed. Accordingly, this Form 10-K/A should be read in conjunctionsupervision and with the Original Form 10-Kparticipation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of any changes in our other filings withinternal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the SecuritiesExchange Act) that occurred during our most recently completed fiscal quarter. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Website Information

This document includes several website references. The informationprincipal financial officer concluded that there has not been any change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

See Management’s Report on these websites is not partInternal Control over Financial Reporting and the Report of this Form 10-K/A.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on our internal control over financial reporting in Item 8, which are incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 9B. Other Information.
None.
ITEM 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.
Not Applicable.
115

Table of Contents

HP Inc. and Subsidiaries
Form 10-K/A
For the Fiscal Year ended October 31, 2019
Table of Contents

Page
PART III1
Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance1
Item 11.Executive Compensation9
Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters37
Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence39
Item 14.Principal Accounting Fees and Services41
PART IV42
Item 15.Exhibits42
Signatures43

i


Table of Contents

PART III

Item

ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Executive Officers

The names of the executive officers of HP and their ages, titles and biographies as of the date hereof are incorporated by reference from Part I, Item 1, above.
The following information is included in HP’s Proxy Statement related to its 2022 Annual Meeting of the Original Form 10-K.

Director Nominees

The biographies describe each Director nominee’s qualificationsStockholders to be filed within 120 days after HP’s fiscal year end of October 31, 2021 (the “Proxy Statement”) and relevant experience. The biographies include key qualifications, skills, and attributes most relevant to the decision to nominate candidates to serve on the board at the upcoming annual meetingis incorporated herein by reference:

Information regarding directors of HP’s stockholders.

Aida M. Alvarez

Most Recent Role

Former Administrator, U.S. Small Business Administration & Cabinet Member

Current Public Company Boards

HP
K12 Inc.
Fastly, Inc.
Oportun, Inc.

Prior Public Company Boards

MUFG Americas Holdings Corporation
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
PacifiCare Health Systems Inc.
Independent Director
Age:
70
Director since:
2016
HP Board Committees:
HRC, NGSR

Qualifications:

Prior Business and Other Experience

Founding Chair, Latino Community Foundation (since 2003)
Administrator, U.S. Small Business Administration (1997–2001)
Director, Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (1993–1997)
Vice President, First Boston Corporation and Bear Stearns & Co. (prior to 1993)

Other Key Qualifications

The Honorable Aida Alvarez brings to the Board a wealth of expertise in media, public affairs, finance, and government. She led important financial and government agencies and served in the Cabinet of U.S. President William J. Clinton where she provided strategic feedback to the President. She has also been a public finance executive, has chaired a prominent philanthropic organization and was an award-winning journalist. The Board also benefits from Ms. Alvarez’s knowledge of investment banking and finance.


GOVERNMENT


STRATEGY


FINANCE


ROBUST BUSINESS
EXPERIENCE

2019 Form 10-K½   1

Table of Contents

Shumeet Banerji

Current Role

Co-founder and Partner of Condorcet, LP, an advisory and investment firm that specializes in developing early stage companies (since 2013)

Current Public Company Boards

HP
Reliance Industries Limited

Prior Public Company Boards

Innocoll AG
Independent Director
Age:
60
Director since:
2011
HP Board Committees:
HRC, NGSR (Chair)

Qualifications:

Prior Business and Other Experience

Senior Partner, Booz & Company, a consulting company (May 2012–March 2013)
Chief Executive Officer, Booz & Company (July 2008–May 2012)
President of the Worldwide Commercial Business, Booz Allen Hamilton (February 2008–July 2008)
Managing Director, Europe, Booz Allen Hamilton (2007–2008)
Managing Director, United Kingdom, Booz Allen Hamilton (2003–2007)
Faculty, University of Chicago Graduate School of Business

Other Key Qualifications

Mr. Banerji brings to the Board a robust understanding of the issues facing companies and governments in both mature and emerging markets around the world through his two decades of work with Booz & Company. In particular, Mr. Banerji has valuable experience in addressing a variety of complex issues ranging from corporate strategy, organizational structure, governance, transformational change, operational performance improvement, and merger integration. As CEO of Booz & Company, Mr. Banerji oversaw the separation of Booz & Company from Booz Allen Hamilton. During his career at Booz Allen Hamilton and Booz & Company, he has advised numerous companies on restructuring and M&A, particularly in mature industries. He is the co-author of Cut Costs, Grow Stronger, published by Harvard Business Press in 2009.


CAPITAL
ALLOCATION


FINANCE


ROBUST BUSINESS
EXPERIENCE


 
 


INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS


STRATEGIC
TRANSACTIONS; M&A


STRATEGY

Robert R. Bennett

Current Role

Managing Director, Hilltop Investments, LLC, a private investment company (since 2005)

Current Public Company Boards

HP
Discovery Communications, Inc.
Liberty Media Corporation

Prior Public Company Boards

Sprint Corporation
Demand Media, Inc.
Discovery Holding Company
Liberty Interactive Corporation
Sprint Nextel Corporation
Independent Director
Age:
61
Director since:
2013
HP Board Committees:
Audit, FIT (Chair)

Qualifications:

Prior Business and Other Experience

President, Discovery Holding Company (2005–2008)
President and Chief Executive Officer, Liberty Media Corporation (prior to 2005)

Other Key Qualifications

Mr. Bennett brings to the Board in-depth knowledge of the media and telecommunications industry and his knowledge of the capital markets and other financial and operational matters from his experience as the president and chief executive officer of another public company. Additionally, as a result of his positions at Liberty Media, Mr. Bennett brings experience leading organizations through significant strategic transactions, including acquisitions, divestitures and integration. Mr. Bennett also has an in-depth understanding of finance and has held various financial management positions during his career including serving as CFO of a public company. He also contributes valuable insight to the Board due to his experience serving on the boards of both public and private companies.


CAPITAL
ALLOCATION


FINANCE


ROBUST BUSINESS
EXPERIENCE


INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS


OPERATIONS


STRATEGIC
TRANSACTIONS; M&A


STRATEGY

2   ½2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

Charles “Chip” V. Bergh

Current Role

President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director of Levi Strauss & Co., an apparel/retail company (since September 2011)

Current Public Company Boards

HP
Levi Strauss & Co.

Prior Public Company Boards

VF Corporation
Independent Chairman of
the Board

Age:
62
Director since:
2015
Chairman since:
2017
HP Board Committees:
HRC, NGSR

Qualifications:

Prior Business and Other Experience

Group President, Global Male Grooming, Procter & Gamble Co. (2009–September 2011)
In 28 years at Procter & Gamble, Mr. Bergh served in a variety of executive roles, including managing business in multiple regions worldwide

Other Key Qualifications

Mr. Bergh brings to the Board extensive experience in executive leadership at large global companies and international business management. From his more than 30 years at Levi Strauss and Procter & Gamble, Mr. Bergh has a strong operational and strategic background with significant experience in brand management. He also brings public company governance experience as a board member and chair of boards and board committees of other public and private companies.


CAPITAL
ALLOCATION


CUSTOMER
EXPERIENCE


OPERATIONS


STRATEGY


INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS


ROBUST BUSINESS
EXPERIENCE


STRATEGIC
TRANSACTIONS; M&A

Stacy Brown-Philpot

Current Role

Chief Executive Officer, TaskRabbit, an online labor interface company (since April 2016)

Current Public Company Boards

HP
Nordstrom, Inc.

Prior Public Company Boards

None
Independent Director
Age:
44
Director since:
2015
HP Board Committees:
Audit, NGSR

Qualifications:

Prior Business and Other Experience

Chief Operating Officer, TaskRabbit (January 2013–April 2016)
Entrepreneur-in-Residence, Google Ventures, the venture capital investment arm of Google, Inc., a technology company (“Google”) (May 2012–December 2012)
Senior Director of Global Consumer Operations, Google (2010–May 2012)
Prior to 2010, Ms. Brown-Philpot served in a variety of Director-level positions at Google
Prior to joining Google in 2003, Ms. Brown-Philpot served as a senior analyst and senior associate at the financial firms Goldman Sachs and PwC

Other Key Qualifications

Ms. Brown-Philpot brings to the Board extensive operational, analytical, financial, and strategic experience. In addition to her current role as CEO of TaskRabbit, Ms. Brown-Philpot’s decade of experience leading various operations at Google and her prior financial experience from her roles at Goldman Sachs and PwC provide unique operational and financial expertise to the Board.


CUSTOMER
EXPERIENCE


DISRUPTIVE
INNOVATION


INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS


ROBUST BUSINESS
EXPERIENCE


FINANCE


OPERATIONS


STRATEGY


TECHNOLOGY

2019 Form 10-K½   3

Table of Contents

Stephanie A. Burns

Current Role

Director

Current Public Company Boards

HP
Corning Incorporated
Kellogg Company

Prior Public Company Boards

Dow Corning Corporation
GlaxoSmithKline plc
Manpower, Inc.
Independent Director
Age:
65
Director since:
2015
HP Board Committees:
FIT, HRC(Chair)

Qualifications:

Prior Business and Other Experience

Chief Executive Officer, Dow Corning Corp., a silicon-based manufacturing company (2004–May 2011)
President, Dow Corning (2003–November 2010)
Executive Vice President, Dow Corning (2000–2003)

Other Key Qualifications

Dr. Burns has more than 30 years of global innovation and business leadership experience and brings significant expertise in scientific research, product development, issues management, science and technology leadership, and business management to the Board. Her leadership experience includes steering Dow Corning Corporation during an extended bankruptcy and restructuring process. Dr. Burns also brings public company governance experience to the Board as a member of boards and board committees of other public companies.


CAPITAL
ALLOCATION


CUSTOMER
EXPERIENCE


OPERATIONS


SCIENCE


STRATEGY


FINANCE


INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS


ROBUST BUSINESS
EXPERIENCE


STRATEGIC
TRANSACTIONS; M&A


TECHNOLOGY

Mary Anne Citrino

Current Role

Senior Advisor and former Senior Managing Director, Blackstone, an investment firm (since 2004)

Current Public Company Boards

HP
Royal Ahold Delhaize
Alcoa Corporation
Barclays

Prior Public Company Boards

Health Net, Inc.
Dollar Tree Inc.
Independent Director
Age:
60
Director since:
2015
HP Board Committees:
AUDIT(Chair), FIT

Qualifications:

Prior Business and Other Experience

Managing Director, Global Head of Consumer Products Investment Banking Group, and Co-head of Health Care Services Investment Banking, Morgan Stanley (1986–2004)

Other Key Qualifications

Ms. Citrino’s more than 30-year career as an investment banker provides the Board with substantial knowledge regarding business operations strategy, as well as valuable financial and investment expertise. She also brings public company governance experience as a member of boards and board committees of other public companies.


CAPITAL
ALLOCATION


FINANCE


ROBUST BUSINESS
EXPERIENCE


INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS


STRATEGIC
TRANSACTIONS; M&A


STRATEGY

4   ½2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

Richard L. Clemmer

Current Role

Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director of NXP Semiconductors N. V., a semiconductor company (since January 2009)

Current Public Company Boards

HP
NCR Corporation
NXP Semiconductors N. V.

Prior Public Company Boards

i2 Technologies, Inc.
Independent Director
Age:
68
Director since:
2020
HP Board Committees:
N/A

Qualifications:

Prior Business and Other Experience

Senior Advisor, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. (May 2007-December 2008)
President and Chief Executive Officer, Agere Systems Inc. (October 2005–April 2007)

Other Key Qualifications

Mr. Clemmer brings to the Board significant leadership experience in the high tech industry, including experience with semiconductor, storage, e-Commerce, and software companies, and brings valuable experience leading organizations through strategic transactions. In his roles at NXP Semiconductors and Agere Systems, Mr. Clemmer has overseen the successful execution of a number of key strategic transactions, including the acquisition and integration of several companies and business units.


CAPITAL
ALLOCATION


FINANCE


INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS


OPERATIONS


ROBUST BUSINESS
EXPERIENCE


STRATEGIC
TRANSACTIONS; M&A


STRATEGY


TECHNOLOGY

Enrique Lores

Current Role

President and Chief Executive Officer, HP (since November 2019)

Current Public Company Boards

HP

Prior Public Company Boards

None
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Age:
54
Director since:
2019
HP Board Committees:
N/A

Qualifications:

Prior Business and Other Experience

President, Imaging and Printing Solutions, HP Inc. (November 2015–October 2019)
Separation Leader, Hewlett-Packard Company (2014–October 2015)
Senior Vice President & General Manager, Business Personal Systems, Hewlett-Packard Company (2013–2014)
Senior Vice President, Worldwide Customer Support & Services, Hewlett-Packard Company (2011–2013)
Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Solutions Partner Organization, Hewlett-Packard Company (2008–2011)
Vice President & General Manager, Large Format Printing, Hewlett-Packard Company (2003–2008)
Vice President, Imaging & Printing Group, EMEA, Hewlett-Packard Company (2001–2003)
Experience in a variety of roles at Hewlett-Packard Company (1989–2003)

Other Key Qualifications

Mr. Lores’s international business and leadership experience, and his service in multiple facets of the HP business worldwide, provide the Board with an enhanced global perspective. Mr. Lores’s more than 25 years of experience in the information and technology industry with HP, and his position as HP’s Chief Executive Officer, provide the Board with valuable industry insight and expertise.


CUSTOMER
EXPERIENCE


OPERATIONS


TECHNOLOGY


STRATEGY


DISRUPTIVE
INNOVATION


INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS


ROBUST BUSINESS
EXPERIENCE


STRATEGIC
TRANSACTIONS; M&A

2019 Form 10-K½   5

Table of Contents

Yoky Matsuoka

Current Role

Division CEO, Panasonic Corporation (since October 2019)

Current Public Company Boards

HP

Prior Public Company Boards

None
Independent Director
Age:
47
Director since:
2019
HP Board Committees:
AUDIT, FIT

Qualifications:

Prior Business and Other Experience

Vice President, Healthcare at Google, a subsidiary of Alphabet Inc. (“Alphabet”), a technology company (2018–October 2019)
Chief Technology Officer, Nest, Alphabet (2010–2015; 2017–2018)
Executive experience in healthcare, Apple Inc., a technology company (May 2016–December 2016)
Chief Executive Officer, Quanttus, a technology company (2015–2016)
Head of Innovation and Co-Founder, Google [X], Alphabet (2009–2010)
Academic experience including professorships at Carnegie Mellon University and the University of Washington (2000–2011)
MacArthur Fellow (2007)

Other Key Qualifications

Ms. Matsuoka is an accomplished executive and technologist who brings more than two decades of leadership experience to the HP Board. Throughout her career, she has held innovation-centric roles in both Silicon Valley and in academia and brings her strong background in management, strategy and research & development to the Board.


ACADEMICS


DISRUPTIVE
INNOVATION


SCIENCE


STRATEGY


CUSTOMER
EXPERIENCE


ROBUST BUSINESS
EXPERIENCE


TECHNOLOGY

Stacey Mobley

Current Role

Director

Current Public Company Boards

HP

Prior Public Company Boards

International Paper Company
Hewitt Associates, Inc.
Independent Director
Age:
74
Director since:
2015
HP Board Committees:
HRC, NGSR

Qualifications:

Prior Business and Other Experience

Senior Counsel and Advisor, Dickstein Shapiro, LLP, a law firm (2008–2016)
Senior Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel, E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company (“DuPont”), a chemical company (1999–2008)
35 years of experience at DuPont (1973–2008) serving in a variety of leadership roles

Other Key Qualifications

Mr. Mobley’s more than 35 years of legal and senior management experience at DuPont brings a deep understanding of governance, regulations and risk management including the government relations strategies of public companies. He also brings public company governance experience as a member of boards and board committees of other public and private companies.


INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS


ROBUST BUSINESS
EXPERIENCE


OPERATIONS

6   ½2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

Subra Suresh

Current Role

President, Nanyang Technological University, autonomous global research university in Singapore (since January 2018)

Current Public Company Boards

HP
Singapore Exchange Limited

Prior Public Company Boards

None
Independent Director
Age:
63
Director since:
2015
HP Board Committees:
AUDIT, FIT

Qualifications:

Prior Business and Other Experience

Senior Advisor, Temasek International Private Ltd., an investment company headquartered in Singapore (since September 2017)
President, Carnegie Mellon University, a global research university (July 2013–June 2017)
Independent Director of the Board, Battelle Memorial Institute, Ohio, an international nonprofit that develops and commercializes technology and manages laboratories for government customers (2014–2017)
Director, National Science Foundation, a federal agency charged with advancing science and engineering research and education (October 2010–March 2013)
Dean and the Vannevar Bush Professor of Engineering, School of Engineering (2007-2010), and Professor (1993–2013), Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Other Key Qualifications

Mr. Suresh is one of the few Americans to have been elected to all three branches of the U.S. National Academies (Engineering, Sciences and Medicine) in recognition of his considerable scientific and technical accomplishments. Mr. Suresh’s experience as the president of two prominent research universities and his experience leading new entrepreneurship and innovation bring the Board valuable insights with respect to strategic opportunities and a robust understanding of the organizational, scientific, and technological requirements of ongoing innovation.


ACADEMICS


FINANCE


SCIENCE


TECHNOLOGY






DISRUPTIVE INNOVATION


GOVERNMENT


STRATEGY

Other Director(s)

In addition, Dion J. Weisler, 52, who has served as Senior Executive Advisor at HP, a non-executive officer role, since November 1, 2019, is not currentlyare standing for re-election at our upcoming annual meeting. Mr. Weisler previously served as our Presidentreelection and Chief Executive Officer between November 2015 and November 2019. Previously, Mr. Weisler served in various roles at our predecessor, Hewlett-Packard Company, including as Executive Vice President, the Printing and Personal Systems Group, Hewlett-Packard Company (June 2013–November 2015), Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Printing and Personal Systems, Asia Pacific and Japan, Hewlett-Packard Company (January 2012–June 2013) and Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, the Product and Mobile Internet Digital Home Groups, Lenovo Group Ltd. (January 2008–December 2011). Mr. Weisler also serves on the board ofany persons nominated to become directors of Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc.

2019 Form 10-K½   7

TableHP is set forth under “Corporate Governance and Board of Contents

CodeDirectors—Management Proposal No. 1 Election of ConductDirectors.”

Information regarding HP’s Audit Committee and designated “audit committee financial experts” is set forth under “Corporate Governance and Board of Directors—Management Proposal No. 1 Election of Directors—How We maintain aAre Organized—Audit Committee.”

Information on HP’s code of business conduct and ethics for Directors,directors, officers and employees, also known as Integrity“Integrity at HP, whichHP”, is availableset forth under “Corporate Governance and Board of Directors—Management Proposal No. 1 Election of Directors—How We Govern and Are Governed—Code of Conduct” and information on our website at HP’s Corporate Governance Guidelines is set forth under “—How We Are Selected—Director Nominees and Director Nominees’ Experience and Qualifications” and “—How We Govern and Are Governed—Director Independence.”
ITEM 11. Executive Compensation.
The following information is included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference:
https://investor.hp.com/governance/integrity-at-hp/default.aspx. If the Board grants any waivers from our StandardsInformation regarding HP’s compensation of Business Conduct to any of our Directors orits named executive officers or if we amend our Standardsis set forth under “Executive Compensation.”
Information regarding HP’s compensation of Business Conduct, we will, if required, disclose these matters via updatesits directors is set forth under “Corporate Governance and Board of Directors—Management Proposal No. 1 Election of Directors—How We Are Compensated—Director Compensation and Stock Ownership Guidelines.”
The report of HP’s HR and Compensation Committee is set forth under “Executive Compensation—Management Proposal No. 3 Advisory Vote to our websiteApprove Executive Compensation—HR and Compensation Committee Report on a timely basis.Executive Compensation.”

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The following information is included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference:
Information aboutregarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners, directors and executive officers is set forth under “Ownership of Our Stock—Common Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”
Information regarding HP’s equity compensation plans, including both stockholder approved plans and non-stockholder approved plans, is set forth in the Audit Committeesection entitled “Equity Compensation Plan Information.”
ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The following information is included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference:

Information regarding transactions with related persons is set forth under “Corporate Governance and Board of Directors—Management Proposal No. 1 Election of Directors—Related-Person Transactions Policies and Procedures—Fiscal 2021 Related-Person Transactions.”

Information regarding director independence is set forth under “Corporate Governance and Board of Directors—Management Proposal No. 1 Election of Directors—How We have an Audit Committee establishedGovern and Are Governed—Director Independence.”
116

Table of Contents
ITEM 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
Information regarding principal accounting fees and services is set forth under “Audit Matters—Management Proposal No. 2 Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Principal Accounting Fees and Services” in accordance with the requirementsProxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.
117

Table of the Exchange Act. Contents
PART IV

ITEM 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)The Audit Committee representsfollowing documents are filed as part of this report:
1.All Financial Statements:
The following financial statements are filed as part of this report under Item 8—“Financial Statements and assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities for overseeing our financial reporting processes and the audit of our financial statements. Specific duties and responsibilities of the Audit Committee include, among other things:

Supplementary Data.”

appointing, overseeing the work of, evaluating, compensating and retaining the independent registered public accounting firm;

discussing with the independent registered public accounting firm its relationships with HP and its independence, and periodically considering whether there should be a regular rotation of the accounting firm in order to assure continuing independence;

overseeing the rotation of the independent registered public accounting firm’s lead audit and concurring partners at least once every five years and the rotation of other audit partners at least once every seven years in accordance with SEC regulations, with the Audit Committee directly involved in the selection of the accounting firm’s lead partner; and

determining whether to retain or, if appropriate, terminate the independent registered public accounting firm.
 
50

reviewing and approving the scope of the annual independent audit, the audit fee, and other audit services;

preparing the Audit Committee report for inclusion in the annual proxy statement; and

overseeing our financial reporting processes and the audit of our financial statements, including the integrity of our financial statements.
 
54

Disclosure Controls; Internal Controls & Procedures; Legal ComplianceConsolidated Statements of Earnings

reviewing our disclosure controls and procedures, internal controls, information and technology security policies, internal audit function, and corporate policies with respect to financial information and earnings guidance; and

overseeing compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.
 
55

reviewing risks facing HP and management’s approach to addressing these risks, including significant risks or exposures relating to litigation and other proceedings and regulatory matters that may have a significant impact on our financial statements; and

discussing policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management.
 
56

Related Party TransactionsConsolidated Balance Sheets

overseeing relevant related party transactions governed by applicable accounting standards (other than related-person transactions addressed by the Nominating, Governance and Social Responsibility (“NGSR”) Committee).
 
57
Annual Review/Evaluation58
2.Financial Statement Schedules:
All schedules are omitted as the required information is not applicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto in Item 8 above.
3.Exhibits:
118

Table of Contents
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
Number
Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit DescriptionFormFile No.Exhibit(s)Filing Date
2(a)
8   ½8-K2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

The Board determined that Ms. Citrino, Chair of the Audit Committee, and each of the other Audit Committee members (Mr. Bennett, Ms. Brown-Philpot, Ms. Matsuoka and Mr. Suresh) are independent within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and SEC standards of independence for directors and audit committee members, and has satisfied the NYSE financial literacy requirements. The Board also determined that each of Mr. Bennett, Ms. Brown-Philpot, Ms. Citrino and Mr. Suresh is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC rules.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Introduction

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes our executive compensation philosophy and program, the compensation decisions the HR and Compensation (“HRC”) Committee has made under the program, and the considerations in making those decisions in fiscal 2019.

Named Executive Officers
Our NEOs for fiscal 2019 are:

001-04423Dion J. Weisler, former President and CEO;
 
2.1
November 5, 2015
2(b)8-K001-044232.2November 5, 2015
2(c)8-K001-044232.4November 5, 2015
3(a)
Kim M. Rivera, President, Strategy and Business Management and Chief Legal Officer; and
 
Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation
.
10-Q001-044233(a)June 12, 1998
3(b)10-Q001-044233(b)March 16, 2001

Following the end
119

Table of fiscal 2019, Mr. Weisler stepped down as our President and CEO on November 1, 2019, and Mr. Lores was appointed to the role. Upon stepping down from such positions, Mr. Weisler continues to be employed by the Company as Senior Executive Advisor, a non-executive officer role, through our 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Mr. Weisler will also continue to serve as a member of the Board of Directors until the Company’s 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.Contents

Executive Summary

The HRC Committee continues to review and refine our compensation programs to support our evolving business strategy and attract high caliber executive talent. The HRC Committee’s assessment includes regular stockholder engagement and consideration of stockholder feedback. HP’s fiscal 2019 executive compensation structure remained the same as its fiscal 2018 program.

Below are brief highlights of key compensation decisions with respect to NEOs:

We provided competitive target pay opportunities, where amounts and mix were consistent with peers and stable year over year.

Target total direct compensation (“TDC”) consists of base salary, percent-of-salary target annual incentives that would be earned for achieving 100% of goals, and long-term incentive grant-date value. NEO base salaries were unchanged for fiscal 2019, except a 7.4% promotional increase for Ms. Rivera upon being appointed President, Strategy and Business Management in addition to her ongoing role as Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, plus a 3.6% market adjustment for Mr. Weisler, HP’s President and CEO. Target annual incentives were unchanged at 200% of salary for Mr. Weisler and 125% of salary for each of the other NEOs. Regular long-term incentive grant values increased moderately consistent with the market.

We aligned real pay delivery with performance through rigorous goal setting and performance measurement.

While our target TDC opportunities reflect market practice, our real pay delivery reflects performance. Annual incentives reward short-term performance measured against applicable enterprise-wide, business unit, and individual goals. Goals were set for the overall Company and businesses against internal budgets for revenues, net earnings/profit, and free cash flow as a percent of revenue. Non-financial individual performance goals under the Management by Objectives (“MBO”) program were set for each NEO. Meanwhile, regular annual long-term incentive grants were approximately 60% in PARSUs that reward strategic performance measured by relative TSR compared to the S&P 500 and EPS measured in two and three year overlapping segments as explained on pages 16-18; the remaining 40% is in RSUs that are primarily for ownership and retention with the delivered value tied to stock price and reinvested dividend equivalents.

NEOs earned annual incentives averaging 117.2% of target for fiscal 2019.Individual bonuses varied from 93.2% to 150.7% of target and HP’s President & CEO was at 111.5%. The Company achieved above-target results with respect to HP net earnings/profit and free cash flow margin. Revenue results were below target. Further, NEOs successfully delivered against their MBOs as detailed on pages 15-16.

2019 Form 10-KExhibit
Number
½   9Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit DescriptionFormFile No.Exhibit(s)Filing Date
3(c)8-K001-044233.2October 22, 2015
3(d)8-K001-044233.1April 7, 2016
3(e)8-K001-044233.1February 13, 2019
3(f)8-K001-044233.1February 20, 2020
4(a)S-3333-215164.1December 15, 2016
4(b)S-3333-215164.2December 15, 2016
4(c)Form of Registrant’s 4.375% Global Note due September 15, 2021 and 6.000% Global Note due September 15, 2041 and form of related Officers’ Certificate.8-K001-04423
4.4, 4.5 and 4.6
September 19, 2011
4(d)Form of Registrant’s 4.650% Global Note due December 9, 2021 and related Officers’ Certificate.8-K001-04423
4.3 and 4.4
December 12, 2011
4(e)Form of Registrant’s 4.050% Global Note due September 15, 2022 and related Officers’ Certificate.8-K001-04423
4.2 and 4.3
March 12, 2012
4(f)8-A/A001-044234.1June 23, 2006
4(g)10-Q001-044234(j)June 5, 2018
4(h)10-K001-044234(j)December 12, 2019
4(i)8-K001-044234.1June 17, 2020
4(j)Form of 2.200% notes due 2025 and related Officers’ Certificate.8-K001-04423June 17, 2020
4(k)Form of 3.000% notes due 2027 and related Officers’ Certificate.8-K001-04423
4.3 and 4.5
June 17, 2020
4(l)Form of 3.400% notes due 2030 and related Officers’ Certificate.8-K001-04423
4.4 and 4.5
June 17, 2020
4(m)8-K001-044234.2June 21, 2021
4(n)8-K001-044234.3June 21, 2021
120

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
 Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit DescriptionFormFile No.Exhibit(s)Filing Date
10(a)S-8333-1142534.1April 7, 2004
10(b)8-K001-0442310.2September 21, 2006
10(c)8-K001-0442399.3November 23, 2005
10(d)8-K001-0442310.2January 24, 2008
10(e)10-Q001-0442310(o)(o)March 10, 2008
10(f)10-Q001-0442310(p)(p)March 10, 2008
10(g)10-Q001-0442310(u)(u)June 6, 2008
10(h)10-Q001-0442310(b)(b)(b)March 10, 2009
10(i)10-K001-0442310(i)(i)(i)December 15, 2010
10(j)10-K001-0442310(j)(j)(j)December 15, 2010
10(k)10-K001-0442310(k)(k)(k)December 15, 2010
10(1)8-K001-0442310.2March 21, 2013
10(m)10-Q001-0442310(v)(v)March 11, 2014
10(n)10-Q001-0442310(w)(w)March 11, 2014
10(o)10-Q001-0442310(x)(x)March 11, 2014
10(p)10-Q001-0442310(a)(a)(a)March 11, 2014
10(q)10-Q001-0442310(b)(b)(b)March 11, 2014
10(r)10-Q001-0442310(e)(e)(e)March 11, 2015
10(s)10-Q001-0442310(f)(f)(f)March 11, 2015
10(t)10-Q001-0442310(i)(i)(i)March 11, 2015
10(u) 10-K 001-04423 10(e)(e)(e) December 16, 2015
10(v) 10-K 001-04423 10(f)(f)(f) December 16, 2015
10(w) 10-K 001-04423 10(g)(g)(g) December 16, 2015

121

NEOs received payout for Segment 1 FY18 and Segment 2 FY17 PARSUs (measurement periods ending in fiscal 2019). EPS FY18 and EPS FY19 were above target. Fiscal 2017-2019 relative TSR approximated the 35th percentileTable of the S&P 500. Fiscal 2018-2019 relative TSR approximated the 15th percentile of the S&P 500.Contents

We regularly engaged with and listened to stockholders, practiced strong governance, and mitigated potential compensation-related risks.

Our executive compensation program is continuously reviewed for peer group alignment and strategic relevance as part of a process that includes ongoing stockholder engagement. At the annual meeting in 2019, our say-on-pay proposal was approved by over 93% of the voted shares, indicating strong stockholder support. Consequently, changes have not been extensive. To ensure alignment with our three-year financial plan, we have moved our long-term performance-based incentives (PARSUs) to a single three-year performance period with full vesting only after three years of service and achievement of financial goals for that timeframe. We are also changing relative TSR from a standalone measure to a “modifier” on earnouts determined based on the three-year performance period. We feel that this will increase focus on line-of-sight strategic performance while continuing close alignment between stockholder value creation and real pay delivery.

We transitioned to a new HP President & CEO at the start of fiscal 2020, successfully executing the Board’s succession-planning process.

After a robust, in-depth succession planning assessment, Mr. Lores was appointed as President and CEO effective November 1, 2019. Mr. Lores’s initial target TDC was set moderately below the peer group median and the HRC Committee’s intent is to move him to the median or above median over the period of the next two-or-three years based on Company and individual performance. Mr. Lores did not receive a promotion grant or any special rewards in connection to his appointment as President and CEO.

Executive Compensation Program Oversight and Authority

Role of the HRC Committee and its Advisor


The HRC Committee continued to retain FW Cook as its independent consultant during fiscal 2019, and to work with them and management on all aspects of our pay program for senior executives. The HRC Committee makes recommendations regarding the CEO’s compensation to the independent members of the Board for approval, and reviews and approves the compensation of the remaining Section 16 officers, including our NEOs. Each HRC Committee member is an independent non-employee Director with significant experience in executive compensation matters.

The HRC Committee continually considers feedback from stockholders and the potential executive compensation implications of evolving business and strategic objectives. Based on these considerations, the HRC determined that it would be appropriate to make some fine-tuning changes in the program structure for 2020 (described further on page 19) that we believe are in our stockholders’ interests. We believe that our current compensation structure and proposed changes incent and reward achievement of specific goals, reinforce year-over-year results and provide an attractive pay-for-performance opportunity that encourages retention and leadership engagement.

FW Cook provides analyses and recommendations that inform the HRC Committee’s decisions; identifies peer group companies for competitive market comparisons; evaluates market pay data and competitive-position benchmarking; provides analyses and inputs on program structure, performance measures, and goals; provides updates on market trends and the regulatory environment as it relates to executive compensation; reviews various management proposals presented to the HRC Committee related to executive and Director compensation; and works with the HRC Committee to validate and strengthen the pay-for-performance relationship and alignment with stockholder interests. FW Cook does not perform other services for HP and will not do so without the prior consent of the HRC Committee chair. FW Cook meets with the HRC Committee chair and the HRC Committee outside the presence of management while in executive session.

The HRC Committee met six times in fiscal 2019, and all six of these meetings included an executive session. FW Cook participated in five of the meetings and, when requested by the HRC Committee chair, in the preparatory meetings and the executive sessions.

Role of Management and the CEO in Setting Executive Compensation
The CEO recommends compensation for Section 16 officers, including NEOs other than himself, for approval by the HRC Committee. The Board considered market competitiveness, business results, experience, and individual performance when evaluating fiscal 2019 NEO compensation and the overall compensation structure. The Chief Human Resources Officer and other members of our executive compensation team, together with members of our finance and legal organizations, work with the CEO to design and develop the compensation program, to recommend changes to existing program provisions applicable to NEOs and other senior executives, as well as financial and other targets to be achieved under those programs, prepare analyses of financial data, peer comparisons and other briefing materials to assist the HRC Committee in making its decisions, and implement the decisions of the HRC Committee.

During fiscal 2019, management continued to engage Meridian Compensation Partners, LLC (“Meridian”) as its compensation consultant. The HRC Committee took into consideration that Meridian provided executive compensation-related services to management when it evaluated any information and analyses provided by Meridian, all of which were also independently reviewed by FW Cook, as applicable, on the HRC Committee’s behalf.

10   ½Exhibit
Number
2019 Form 10-KIncorporated by Reference
Exhibit DescriptionFormFile No.Exhibit(s)Filing Date
10(x)10-K/A001-0442310(n)(n)December 15, 2017
10(y)10-Q001-0442310(p)(p)March 5, 2020
10(z)10-Q001-0442310(p)(p)March 3, 2016
10(a)(a)10-Q001-0442310(w)(w)March 2, 2017
10(b)(b)10-Q001-0442310(x)(x)
March 2, 2017
10(c)(c)10-Q001-0442310(y)(y)
March 2, 2017
10(d)(d)10-Q001-0442310(b)(b)(b)March 1, 2018
10(e)(e)10-Q001-0442310(c)(c)(c)March 1, 2018
10(f)(f)10-Q001-0442310(e)(e)(e)March 1, 2018
10(g)(g)10-Q001-0442310(f)(f)(f)March 1, 2018
10(h)(h)10-K001-0442310(g)(g)(g)December 13, 2018
10(i)(i)10-K001-0442310(h)(h)(h)December 13, 2018
10(j)(j)10-Q001-0442310(j)(j)(j)March 5, 2019
10(k)(k)10-Q001-0442310(k)(k)(k)March 5, 2019
10(l)(l)10-Q001-0442310(l)(l)(l)August 29, 2019
10(m)(m)10-K001-0442310(m)(m)(m)December 12, 2019
10(n)(n)10-K001-0442310(n)(n)(n)December 12, 2019
122

Table of Contents

During fiscal 2019, Mr. Weisler provided input to the HRC Committee regarding performance metrics and the setting of appropriate performance targets for his direct reports. Mr. Weisler also recommended MBOs for the NEOs (other than himself) and the other senior executives who report directly to him. Mr. Weisler is subject to the same financial performance goals as the executives who lead global functions, and Mr. Weisler’s MBOs and compensation are established by the HRC Committee and recommended to the independent members of the Board for approval.

Use of Comparative Compensation Data and Compensation Philosophy

The HRC Committee reviews the compensation of our Section 16 officers in comparison to that of executives in similar positions at our peer group companies. Our peer group includes companies we compete with for executive talent due to our geographical proximity and technology industry overlap. The HRC Committee takes size differentiations into consideration when reviewing the results of market data analysis. The HRC Committee uses this information to evaluate how our pay levels and practices compare to market practices.

When determining the peer group, the following characteristics were considered:

Direct talent market peers.
 

Exhibit
Number
US-based companiesIncorporated by Reference
Exhibit DescriptionFormFile No.Exhibit(s)Filing Date
10(o)(o)10-Q001-0442310(m)(m)(m)March 5, 2020
10(p)(p)10-Q001-0442310(n)(n)(n)March 5, 2020
10(q)(q)10-Q001-0442310(o)(o)(o)March 5, 2020
10(r)(r)10-Q001-0442310(p)(p)(p)March 5, 2020
10(s)(s)10-Q001-0442310(q)(q)(q)March 5, 2020
10(t)(t)10-Q001-0442310(r)(r)(r)June 5, 2020
10(u)(u)10-Q001-0442310(s)(s)(s)June 5, 2020
10(v)(v)10-Q001-0442310(t)(t)(t)June 5, 2020
10(w)(w)10-K001-0442310(x)(x)(x)December 10, 2020
10(x)(x)10-K001-0442310(y)(y)(y)December 10, 2020
10(y)(y)10-Q001-0442310(x)(x)(x)March 5, 2021
10(z)(z)10-Q001-0442310(y)(y)(y)March 5, 2021
10(a)(a)(a)10-Q001-0442310(z)(z)(z)March 5, 2021
10(b)(b)(b)10-Q001-0442310(a)(a)(a)(a)March 5, 2021
10(c)(c)(c)10-Q001-0442310(b)(b)(b)(b)March 5, 2021
10(d)(d)(d)10-Q001-0442310(c)(c)(c)(c)March 5, 2021
10(e)(e)(e)10-Q001-0442310(d)(d)(d)(d)March 5, 2021
10(f)(f)(f)10-Q001-0442310(e)(e)(e)(e)March 5, 2021

123

Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit DescriptionFormFile No.Exhibit(s)Filing Date
10(g)(g)(g)10-Q001-0442310(f)(f)(f)(f)March 5, 2021
10(h)(h)(h)10-Q001-0442310(g)(g)(g)(g)March 5, 2021
10(i)(i)(i)8-K001-0442310.1June 1, 2021
10(j)(j)(j)10-Q001-0442310(j)(j)(j)September 3, 2021
21
23
24Power of Attorney (included on the signature page).
31.1
31.2
32
101.INSXBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the technology sector (excluding distributors, contract manufacturers and outsourced services/IT consulting) with revenues between ~$10 billion and $250 billion and market cap between ~$7 billion and $175 billion.
 
Select general industry companies (industrials, consumer products and telecom) generally meeting size and business criteria thatInteractive Data File because its XBRL tags are top-brands.
 
Review ofembedded within the peer companies chosen by companies within our proposed peer group and peer business similarity, to evaluate relevance.

We believe the resulting peer group provides HP and the HRC Committee with a valid comparison and benchmark for the Company’s executive compensation program and governance practices. For fiscal 2019, the HRC Committee added Apple (direct peer) and Micron Technology (size-appropriate technology company). The HRC Committee also removed Amazon, Procter & Gamble and Verizon as all exceeded size range and were not direct peers. The HP peer group for fiscal 2019, as approved by HRC Committee, consisted of the following companies:

Fiscal 2019 Peer Group

*Inline XBRL document.†Represents fiscal 2019 reported revenue, except fiscal 2018 reported revenue is provided for General Electric, Honeywell, IBM, Intel, PepsiCo, Texas Instruments and Xerox.
2019 Form 10-K½   11

Table of Contents

Process for Setting and Awarding Executive Compensation

A broad range of facts and circumstances are considered in setting our overall executive compensation levels. In fiscal 2019, the HRC Committee continued to set target compensation levels within a competitive range of the market median, although in some cases lower or higher based on each executive’s situation (e.g., attraction and retention of critical talent). The Board maintains a total CEO target compensation package that approximates the median of our competitive market and is consistent with our pay positioning strategy and pay-for-performance philosophy.

The primary factors considered when determining pay opportunities for our NEOs are market competitiveness, internal equity, and individual performance. The weight given to each factor is not formulaic and may differ from year to year or by individual NEO. For example, when we recruit externally, market competitiveness, experience, and the candidate-specific circumstances may weigh more heavily in the compensation decision process. In contrast, when determining year-over-year compensation changes for current NEOs, internal equity and individual performance may factor more heavily in the decision.

The HRC Committee spends significant time determining the appropriate goals for our annual and long-term incentive plans, which make up the majority of NEO compensation. Management makes an initial recommendation of the goals, which is then assessed by the HRC Committee’s independent compensation consultant and discussed and approved by the HRC Committee. Major factors considered in setting financial goals for each fiscal year are business results from the most recently completed fiscal year, budgets and strategic plans, macroeconomic factors, guidance and analyst expectations, industry performance, conditions or goals specific to a particular business segment, and strategic initiatives. MBOs are set based on major shared and individual strategic, operating, and tactical initiatives.

Following the close of the fiscal year, the HRC Committee reviews actual financial results and MBO performance against the goals that it had set for the applicable plans for that year, with payouts under the plans determined based on performance against the established goals. The HRC Committee meets in executive session to review the MBO performance of the CEO and to determine a recommendation for his annual PfR incentive award to be approved by the independent members of the Board. See “2019 Annual Incentives” below for a further description of our results and corresponding incentive payouts.

Listening to our Stockholders on Compensation

We regularly engage with our stockholders on a variety of issues, including their views on best practices in executive compensation. The following changes to our executive compensation program, shown here, reflect those conversations with stockholders.

Starting with new grants in fiscal 2020, to ensure alignment with our three-year financial plan, we have moved our long-term performance-based incentives (PARSUs) to a single three-year performance period with full vesting only after three years of service and achievement of financial goals for that timeframe. We are also changing relative TSR from a standalone measure to a “modifier” on earnouts determined based on the three-year performance period. We feel that this will increase focus on line-of-sight strategic performance while continuing close alignment between stockholder value creation and real pay delivery.
 
Some changes during the last few years that reflect conversations with stockholders include the following:
 
Increased focus on enterprise-wide corporate revenue and corporate net earnings/profit in our annual PfR incentive plan to encourage greater collaboration and teamwork among business leaders.
 
Replaced Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”) with EPS in our PARSU grants for stronger alignment with stockholder interests and because it is a more appropriate measure for HP after the separation of HPE.

At the 2019 annual meeting, our annual say-on-pay proposal received the support of over 93% of the votes cast. As part of its 2019 executive compensation discussions, the HRC Committee reviewed the advisory vote result and considered it to be supportive of the Company’s compensation practices.

Determination of Fiscal 2019 Executive Compensation

Under our Total Rewards Program, executive compensation consists of: base salary, annual incentives, long-term incentives, benefits, and perquisites.

The HRC Committee regularly explores ways to improve our executive compensation program by considering stockholder feedback, our current business needs and strategy, and peer group practices. For 2019 the Committee decided to maintain a consistent compensation structure for executives since it supports our business strategy and aligns pay with stockholder interests.

2019 Base Salary
Our executives receive a small percentage of their overall compensation in the form of base salary, which is consistent with our philosophy of tying the majority of pay to performance. The NEOs are paid an amount in the form of base salary sufficient to attract qualified executive talent and maintain a stable management team.

12   ½2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

The HRC Committee aims to set executive base salaries at or near the market median for comparable positions. In fiscal 2019, salaries comprise on average 11% of our NEOs’ overall compensation, consistent with our peers. To decide the CEO’s salary, the HRC Committee reviews analyses and recommendations provided by FW Cook.

For fiscal 2019, Mr. Weisler’s salary was increased from $1.4 million to $ 1.45 million to recognize his contributions and better align with the market median. For fiscal 2019, the HRC Committee did not change the base salary for Mr. Fieler, Mr. Lores or Mr. Cho. During fiscal 2018, Mr. Fieler’s base salary had been increased to $690,000 during July 2018 and Mr. Cho’s base salary had been increased to $675,000 during June 2018 in conjunction with their promotions to CFO and President, Personal Systems, respectively. Ms. Rivera’s base salary was increased from $675,000 to $725,000 due to her new responsibilities as President, Strategy and Business Management while retaining her role as Chief Legal Officer and Secretary.

Changes in Base Salary
   EXECUTIVE   FISCAL YEAR-END
2018 BASE SALARY
   FISCAL 2019
BASE SALARY
   

PERCENTAGE
CHANGE

   

Dion Weisler$1,400,000$1,450,000+3.6%
Steven Fieler$690,000$690,000+0.0%
Enrique Lores$750,000$750,000+0.0%
Kim Rivera$675,000$725,000+7.4%
Alex Cho$675,000$675,000+0.0%

2019 Annual Incentives
The fiscal 2019 annual PfR incentive plan consisted of the following three core financial metrics: revenue, net earnings/profit, and corporate free cash flow as a percentage of revenue. A fourth metric, MBOs, was used to further drive individual performance and achievement of key strategic goals. Each metric was weighted at 25% of the target award value. Each individual metric may fund up to 250% of target; however, the maximum annual PfR incentive for each executive is capped at 200% of target.

The target annual PfR incentive awards for fiscal 2019 were set at 200% of salary for the CEO and 125% of salary for the other NEOs.

For fiscal 2019, the HRC Committee again established an “umbrella” formula governing the maximum bonus and then exercised negative discretion in setting actual bonuses. Under the umbrella formula, each Section 16 officer (including each NEO) was allocated a pro rata share of 0.75% of net earnings based on his or her target annual PfR incentive award, subject to a maximum bonus of 200% of the NEO’s target bonus, and the maximum $15 million individual cap under the Stock Incentive Plan. Below this umbrella funding structure, actual payouts were determined based upon financial metrics and MBOs established and evaluated by the HRC Committee for Section 16 officers (including each NEO) and by the independent members of the Board for the CEO.

Fiscal 2019 Annual Incentive Plan
CORPORATE GOALS
   KEY DESIGN ELEMENTS   REVENUE
($ IN BILLIONS)
   NET EARNINGS/
PROFIT
($ IN BILLIONS)
   FREE CASH
FLOW AS A %
OF REVENUE(1)
(%)
   MBOs   % PAYOUT
METRIC(2)
(%)
   
Weight25%25%25%25%
Linkage
Global Functions Executives(3)CorporateCorporateCorporateIndividual
Business Unit (“BU”) Executives(4)Corporate/BUCorporate/BUCorporateIndividual
Corporate Performance Goals
MaximumVarious250
Target$60.0$3.76.33%Various100
ThresholdVarious0
(1)Maximum funding for corporate free cash flow as a percentage of revenue is capped at 150% of target if corporate net earnings/profit achievement was below target and is capped at 100% of target if corporate net earnings/profit achievement was below threshold. If corporate net earnings/profit achievement was above target, the maximum funding level is 250% for this metric. Maximum and threshold information are not disclosed because such disclosure would result in competitive harm. However, goals are set at levels we believe to be achievable in connection with strong performance.
2019 Form 10-K½   13

Table of Contents

(2)Interpolated for performance between discrete points. Each individual metric may fund up to 250% of target; however, the maximum annual PfR incentive for each executive is capped at 200% of target. As a general administrative discretionary guideline, the HRC Committee may decide that financial funding for Global Functions Executives, including the CEO, cannot exceed the highest funding for a Business Unit Executive.
  
(3)101.SCHThe Global Functions Executives include Mr. Weisler, Mr. Fieler and Ms. Rivera.
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.†  
(4)The Business Unit Executives includes Mr. Lores and Mr. Cho. Specific Business Unit revenue and net earnings/profit goals are not disclosed because such disclosure would result in competitive harm. However, goals are set at levels we believe to be achievable in connection with strong performance.

The specific metrics, their linkage to corporate results, and the weighting that was placed on each were chosen because the HRC Committee believed that:

Performance against these metrics, in combination, enhances value for stockholders, capturing both the top and bottom line, as well as cash and capital efficiency.
 
A balanced weighting of metrics limits the likelihood of rewarding executives for excessive risk-taking.
 
Different measures avoid paying for the same performance twice.
 
MBOs enhance focus on business objectives, such as operational objectives, strategic initiatives, succession planning, and people development, which are important to the long-term success of the Company.

The following chart sets forth the definition of and rationale for each of the financial performance metrics that was used for the Fiscal 2019 Annual Incentive Plan:

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE METRICS(1)101.CAL DEFINITIONInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.† RATIONALE FOR METRIC

Corporate Revenue

Net revenue as reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2019

Reflects top line financial performance, which is a strong indicator of our long-term ability to drive stockholder value

Business Revenue

Segment net revenue as reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2019

Corporate Net Earnings

Non-GAAP net earnings, as defined and reported in our fourth quarter fiscal 2019 earnings press release, excluding bonus net of income tax(2)

Reflects bottom line financial performance, which is directly tied to stockholder value on a short-term basis

Business Net Profit (“BNP”)

Business net profit, excluding bonus net of income tax

Corporate Free Cash Flow

Cash flow from operations less net capital expenditures (gross purchases less retirements) divided by net revenue (expressed as a percentage of revenue)

Reflects efficiency of cash management practices, including working capital and capital expenditures

(1)While we report our financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), our financial performance targets and results under our incentive plans are sometimes based on non-GAAP financial measures. The financial results, whether GAAP or non-GAAP, may be further adjusted as permitted by those plans and approved by the HRC Committee. We review GAAP to non-GAAP adjustments and any other adjustments with the HRC Committee to ensure performance considers the way the goals were set and executive accountability for performance. These metrics and the related performance targets are relevant only to our executive compensation program and should not be used or applied in other contexts.
  
(2)101.DEFFiscal 2019 non-GAAP net earnings of $3.4 billion excludes after-tax costs of $257 million related to restructuring and other charges, acquisition-related charges, amortization of intangible assets, non-operating retirement-related credits/(charges), and tax adjustments. Management uses non-GAAP net earnings to evaluate and forecast our performance before gains, losses, or other charges that are considered by management to be outside of our core business segment operating results. We believe that presenting non-GAAP net earnings provides investors with greater visibility with respect to the information used by management in its financial and operational decision making. We further believe that providing this additional non-GAAP information helps investors understand our operating performance and evaluate the efficacy of the methodology and information used by management to evaluate and measure such performance. This additional non-GAAP information is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for GAAP diluted net earnings.
14   ½2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

Following fiscal 2019, the HRC Committee reviewed performance against the financial metrics and certified the results as follows:

Fiscal 2019 Annual PfR Incentive Performance Against Financial Metrics(1,2)
   METRIC   WEIGHT(3)   TARGET
($ IN BILLIONS)
   RESULT
($ IN BILLIONS)
   PERCENTAGE OF
TARGET
ANNUAL INCENTIVE
FUNDED
   
Corporate Revenue   25.0%       $60.0        $58.8               19.8%
Corporate Net Earnings25.0%$3.7$3.825.8%
Corporate Free Cash Flow (% of revenue)25.0%6.33%6.78%45.9%
Total75.0%91.5%
(1)Mr. Weisler, Mr. Fieler and Ms. Rivera received annual PfR incentive payments based on corporate financial metrics. Mr. Lores and Mr. Cho received an annual PfR incentive payment based on corporate and business financial metrics.Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.†
  
(2)101.LABAs a general administrative discretionary guideline, the HRC Committee may decide that financial funding for Global Functions Executives, including the CEO, cannot exceed the highest funding for a Business Unit Executive.
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.†  
(3)101.PREThe financial metrics were equally weighted to account for 75% of the target annual PfR incentive.

Mr. Weisler. At the end of the fiscal year, the independent members of the Board evaluated Mr. Weisler’s performance against all of his MBOs, which included, but were not limited to: setting strategic direction for the Company based on optimizing stockholder value, maintaining supplies stabilization, growing profitable share in Personal Systems, engaging with all major constituents including financial analysts, media, key governmental figures, partners and customers to execute the HP strategy, and ensuring HP has a robust evaluation and talent program. After conducting a thorough review of Mr. Weisler’s performance, the independent members of the Board determined that his MBO performance reflected a number of accomplishments but overall had been achieved below target due to Print supplies performance. Mr. Weisler had strong accomplishments, including the following:

Maintained the three-pronged Core, Growth, and Future strategy, designed to drive employees across the world towards a common goal.
 
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.†Expanded Personal Systems revenue in profitable categories and the attach category initiatives.
 
Accelerated 3D print business through development of industrial go-to-market, applications and focus on key verticals.
 
Developed and managed an effective plan to address key regulatory/political changes as well as to mitigate US trade/ tariff impacts.
 
Executed a plan to consistently engage with channel partners, customers, and ecosystem partners to ensure he was getting direct feedback on the HP strategy and product portfolio to enable appropriate adjustments.
 
Continued to invest across all three waves (Core, Growth and Future) in each business.
 
Drove digital transformation and created a core competency in software, data analytics and machine learning.
 
Kept the organization updated and motivated, from the leadership team to the broader employee population, to ensure that all understood the strategy and priorities. Cultivated a growth mindset across the organization with extreme customer focus.
 
Reinvented go-to-market and customer engagement models to address dramatic shift in buying behaviors.
 
Continued implementation of modern ERP platform with development of standardized and simplified processes.
 
Worked closely with external advisors to develop future strategy and a roadmap to accelerate value creation for customers, partners and stockholders.
 
Worked with the Independent Chair to set the annual Board and Committee objectives, priorities and the Board/ Committee meeting agendas.

As CEO, Mr. Weisler evaluated the performance of each of the other Section 16 officers (including each of the other NEOs) and presented the results of those evaluations to the HRC Committee at its November 2019 meeting. The evaluations included an analysis of the officers’ performance against all of their MBOs. The HRC Committee reviewed the CEO’s assessment of the degree of attainment of the MBOs of the other Section 16 officers and set their MBO scores. The results of these evaluations for the other NEOs are summarized below.

Mr. Fieler. The HRC Committee determined that Mr. Fieler’s MBOs performance had been achieved below target due to Print supplies performance. Overall, Mr. Fieler demonstrated strategic, thoughtful and engaged leadership in running the Finance function. His strong operational perspective supported the Company through business changes. Mr. Fieler has strong relationships with the investor relations community and is critical to ensuring our results deliver against financial expectations.

2019 Form 10-K½   15

Table of Contents

Mr. Lores. The HRC Committee determined that Mr. Lores’s MBOs performance had been achieved below target due to Print supplies performance. Mr. Lores did continue reinventing the Print business with a focus on differentiated innovation, business model transformation and strategic M&A. Over the past year, Mr. Lores did a remarkable job working with the HP Board on a comprehensive global review of the Company strategy and business operations, with a focus on simplifying its operating model, evolving its business models and driving significant improvement in its cost structure while making the Company more digitally enabled and customer centric.

Ms. Rivera. The HRC Committee determined that Ms. Rivera’s MBO performance had been achieved above target. Ms. Rivera worked closely with the businesses on critical matters such as supplies infringements, counterfeit seizures and IP protection. She did an excellent job on corporate governance, tariffs, investigations, launching the “Transformation Management Office” and customer service transformation initiatives. Ms. Rivera is a well-respected leader with a strong understanding of commercial decisions and is a strong partner in business, technology and governance matters.

Mr. Cho. The HRC Committee determined that Mr. Cho’s MBO performance had been achieved above target. Despite the various challenges in the marketplace, Mr. Cho did an excellent job in delivering profits and steady revenue progress. He did a remarkable job in the introduction and roll out of new products such as Dragonfly in Asia. Mr. Cho is a thoughtful and well respected leader in the organization with a strong team to drive the business appropriately.

Based on the findings of these performance evaluations, the HRC Committee (and, in the case of the CEO, the independent members of the Board) evaluated performance against the non-financial metrics for the NEOs as follows:

Fiscal 2019 Annual PfR Incentive Performance Against Non-Financial Metrics (MBOs)
   NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICER   WEIGHT
(%)
   PERCENTAGE OF TARGET
ANNUAL INCENTIVE
FUNDED
(%)
   
Dion J. Weisler25.020.0
Steven J. Fieler25.020.0
Enrique J. Lores25.020.0
Kim M. Rivera25.027.5
Alex Cho25.037.5

Based on the level of performance described above on both the financial and non-financial metrics for fiscal 2019, the payouts to the NEOs under the annual PfR incentive were as follows:

Fiscal 2019 Annual PfR Incentive Payout
PERCENTAGE OF TARGET
ANNUAL INCENTIVE FUNDED
TOTAL ANNUAL
INCENTIVE PAYOUT
   NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICER   FINANCIAL
METRICS
(%)
   NON-FINANCIAL
METRICS
(%)
   AS % OF TARGET
ANNUAL INCENTIVE
(%)
   PAYOUT
($)
   
Dion J. Weisler91.520.0111.53,233,533
Steven J. Fieler91.520.0111.5961,697
Enrique J. Lores73.220.093.2873,522
Kim M. Rivera91.527.5119.01,078,448
Alex Cho113.237.5150.71,271,882

Long-term Incentive Compensation
The HRC Committee established a total long-term incentive target value for each NEO in early fiscal 2019 that was 60% weighted in the form of PARSUs and 40% weighted in the form of time-based RSUs. The high proportion of performance-based awards reflects our pay-for-performance philosophy. The time-based awards support retention and are linked to stockholder value and ownership, which are important goals of our executive compensation program.

16   ½2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

2019 PARSUs
The fiscal 2019 PARSUs have the same structure as used in the fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2018 PARSUs. Fiscal 2019 PARSUs have a two-and three-year vesting period, subject to one-, two-, and three-year performance periods that began at the start of fiscal 2019 and continue through the end of fiscal 2019, 2020 and 2021. Under this program, 50% of the PARSUs (including dividend equivalent units) are eligible for vesting based on EPS and 50% are eligible for vesting based on relative TSR performance. These PARSUs vest as follows: 16.6% of the units are eligible for vesting based on EPS performance of year one with continued service over two years, 16.6% of the units are eligible for vesting based on EPS performance of year two with continued service over three years, 16.6% of the units are eligible for vesting based on EPS performance of year three with continued service over three years, 25% of the units are eligible for vesting based on relative TSR performance over two years with continued service over two years, and 25% of the units are eligible for vesting based on relative TSR performance over three years with continued service over three years. This structure is depicted in the chart below:

2019 PARSUs
   KEY DESIGN ELEMENTS   EPS VS. INTERNAL GOALSRELATIVE TSR VS. S&P 500PAYOUT
Weight16.6%   16.6%   16.6%   25%   25%      
Performance Periods(1)Year 1Year 2Year 32 Years3 Years% of Target(3) 
Vesting Periods(2)Year 2Year 3Year 3Year 2Year 3
Performance Levels:
MaxTarget to be disclosed after
the end of the three-year
performance period
> 90th percentile200%
> Target70th percentile150%
Target50th percentile100%
Threshold25th percentile50%
< Threshold< 25th percentile0%
(1)Performance measurement occurs at the end of the one-, two-, and three-year periods.
  
(2)104Vesting occurs at the end of the two- and three-year periods, subject to continued service.
(3)Interpolate for performance between discrete points.

EPS was chosen because it is a critical driver of long-term stockholder value and because of our focus on bottom-line profitability in the business transformation strategy. Year 1 (fiscal 2019) EPS goals were set after consideration of historical performance, internal budgets, external expectations, and peer group performance.

Relative TSR was chosen as a performance measure because it is a direct measure of stockholder value and rewards for outperformance relative to the broader market.

EPS and relative TSR are weighted equally in determining earned PARSUs. The first segment (42% of total target units) will vest after the end of fiscal 2020, subject to Year 1 EPS performance and relative TSR performance for the first two years. The second segment (58% of total target units) will vest after the end of fiscal 2021, subject to Year 2 EPS performance, Year 3 EPS performance, and relative TSR performance for the three years.

For more information on grants of PARSUs to the NEOs during fiscal 2019, see “Compensation Tables—Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2019.”

2019 RSUs
2019 RSUs and related dividend equivalent units vest ratably on an annual basis over three years from the grant date. Three-year vesting is common in our industry and supports executive retention and alignment with stockholder value.

2019 Form 10-K½   17

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2019 Long-term Incentive Compensation at Target
The following table shows combined total grant values for grants attributable to fiscal 2019. It is important to note that these values are target opportunities to earn future value-based compensation and are not actual earned amounts, which will be determined after three years based on continued employment and performance against the EPS and relative TSR goals.

   NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICER   PARSUs   RSUs   TOTAL FISCAL 2019
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE GRANT
   
Dion J. Weisler$8,700,000$5,800,000$14,500,000
Steven J. Fieler $2,400,000$1,600,000$4,000,000
Enrique J. Lores$3,390,000$2,260,000$5,650,000
Kim M. Rivera$3,000,000$2,000,000$5,000,000
Alex Cho$2,400,000$1,600,000$4,000,000

Values in the Summary Compensation Table are different than the target values described in the table above. In the Summary Compensation Table, consistent with accounting standards, amounts reflect the grant date fair value for the full TSR component (two and three-year performance period), and the EPS component for Year 1 (2019), for which goals were approved in January 2019. Grant date fair values for the EPS component for Year 2 (2020) and Year 3 (2021) are not included in the grant date fair value reported in the Summary Compensation Table since EPS goals for those years are approved in their respective fiscal year.

The Summary Compensation Table for fiscal 2019 also includes a portion of the fiscal 2018 PARSUs Year 2 EPS (2019) and 2017 PARSUs Year 3 EPS (2019) for which the goal was approved in fiscal 2019.

For more information on grants to the NEOs during fiscal 2019, see “Compensation Tables—Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2019.”

2018 PARSUs
2018 PARSUs have the same vesting structure as 2019 PARSUs (chart described above). The actual performance achievement for the one- and two-year periods (i.e., fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2018–2019) as a percentage of target for the PARSUs as of October 31, 2019 is summarized in the table below:

Actual Performance – Segment 1
   EPS VS. INTERNAL GOALS RELATIVE TSR VS. S&P 500(1)
   SEGMENT   FISCAL 2018
RESULT
   PAYOUT   FISCAL 2018-
2019 RESULTS
   PAYOUT   
Segment 1 (42%)$1.94192.9%15th percentile0.0%
Target: $1.81
           
(1)Through October 2019, HP’s relative TSR performance was at the 15th percentile of the S&P 500 which corresponds to a payout of 0% of target.

2017 PARSUs
2017 PARSUs have the same vesting structure as 2018 and 2019 PARSUs (chart described above). The actual performance achievement for the two-year period (i.e., fiscal 2017–2018), as a percentage of target for the HP PARSUs as of October 31, 2018, was summarized in our proxy statement for fiscal 2018. The actual performance achievement for the three-year period (i.e., fiscal 2017–2019) as a percentage of target for the HP PARSUs as of October 31, 2019 is summarized in the table below:

Actual Performance – Segment 2
   EPS VS. INTERNAL GOALS RELATIVE TSR VS. S&P 500(1) 
    SEGMENT    2018    PAYOUT    2019    PAYOUT    FISCAL 2017-
2019 RESULTS
    PAYOUT    
Segment 2 (58%)$1.94192.9%$2.23122.7%35th percentile70.4%
Target: $1.81Target: $2.18
               
(1)Through October 2019, HP’s relative TSR performance was at the 35th percentile of the S&P 500 which corresponds to a payout of 70.4% of target.
18   ½2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

CEO Transition

Dion Weisler stepped down from his positions as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, effective November 1, 2019. Upon stepping down from such positions, Mr. Weisler continued to be employed by the Company in a non-executive role as a Senior Executive Advisor. During the period between November 1, 2019 through January 31, 2020, Mr. Weisler’s compensation arrangements remained unchanged from those in place while he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Board approved continuing to employ Mr. Weisler as a Senior Executive Advisor beyond January 31, 2020 through the date of the Company’s 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders with his compensation consisting solely of his base salary at the monthly rate of $120,833, which was Mr. Weisler’s base salary rate for fiscal year 2019. Mr. Weisler also continued to serve as a member of the Board and will continue to do so until the Company’s 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. He has not received and will not receive any compensation in connection with his services as a member of the Board.

Fiscal 2020 Compensation Program

The HRC Committee regularly identifies and evaluates ways to improve our executive compensation program. We believe that our current compensation structure effectively aligns real pay delivery with critical financial and strategic non-financial goals, reinforces year-over-year improvement and growth, offers a stable and consistent message to both stockholders and participants, and provides an attractive pay-for-performance opportunity to encourage retention and leadership engagement.

However, as we plan to discuss in further detail in the fiscal 2020 proxy statement, we made the following changes that we believe are in our stockholders’ interests and are appropriate to the characteristics and business strategy of the Company, and to ensure our compensation is tied to our three-year strategic and financial plan:

Our annual incentive continues to focus on Revenue Growth, Net Earnings and Cash Flow goals

We have moved to three-year cliff vesting on our Performance Based equity compensation to align with our annual plan

Grants made for 2020 (granted in Dec 2019) will vest in 2022

The metrics on those performance-based shares consist of EPS with a TSR governor

EPS consists of three annual goals that roll up into our three-year annual EPS plan

Then, a TSR governor is applied to the EPS payout to ensure alignment with our stockholders’ experience

TSR is measured over the full three-year period based on performance against market (S&P 500)

The relative TSR is a market-based governor that adjusts payout so there is alignment with stockholder results

Fiscal 2021 Compensation Program

As the HRC Committee embarks upon our compensation plan design for 2021 and beyond, we will be looking at the most appropriate measures to continue reinforcing the commitments articulated in our long-term financial plans. While EPS and TSR are important measures that tie management and stockholder interest, key metrics like operating profit and cash flow, could be impactful as three-year measures tied to our long-term incentives. Operating profit and cash flow are critical value drivers to deliver on the long-term commitments we have made to stockholders. The final compensation structure will be discussed in more detail in our 2021 proxy.

Benefits

We do not provide our executives, including the NEOs, with special or supplemental U.S. defined benefit pension or health benefits. Our NEOs receive health and welfare benefits (including retiree medical benefits, if eligibility conditions are met) under the same programs and subject to the same eligibility requirements that apply to our employees generally.

Benefits under all U.S. pension plans were frozen effective December 31, 2007. Benefits under the Electronic Data Systems (“EDS”) Pension Plan ceased upon HP’s acquisition of EDS in 2008. As a result, no NEO or any other HP employee accrued a benefit under any HP U.S. defined benefit pension plan during fiscal 2019. The amounts reported as an increase in pension benefits in the Summary Compensation Table are for those NEOs who previously accrued a benefit in a defined benefit pension plan prior to the cessation of accruals and reflect changes in actuarial values only, not additional benefit accruals.

The NEOs, along with other executives who earn base pay or an annual incentive in excess of certain limits of the Code or greater than $150,000, are eligible to participate in the 2005 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “EDCP”). This plan is maintained to permit executives to defer some of their compensation in order to also defer taxation on such amounts. This is a standard benefit plan also offered by most of our peer group companies. The EDCP permits deferral of base pay in excess of the amount allowed under the qualified HP 401(k) Plan (the 401(k)-deferral limit for calendar 2019 was $19,000) and up to 95% of the annual incentive payable under the Stock Incentive Plan, the PfR Plan and other eligible plans. In addition, we make a 4% matching contribution to the EDCP on base pay contributions in excess of IRS limits up to a maximum of two times that limit (maximum of $11,200 in calendar 2019).

2019 Form 10-K½   19

Table of Contents

This is the same percentage of matching contributions those executives are eligible to receive under the 401(k) Plan. In effect, the EDCP permits these executives and all eligible employees to receive a 401(k)-type matching contribution on a portion of base-pay deferrals in excess of IRS limits. Amounts deferred or matched under the EDCP are credited with hypothetical investment earnings based on investment options selected by the participant from among nearly all the proprietary funds available to employees under the 401(k) Plan. No amounts earn above-market returns. Benefits payable under the EDCP are unfunded and unsecured.

Executives are also eligible to have a yearly HP-paid medical exam as part of the HP U.S. executive physical program. This includes a comprehensive exam, thorough health assessment and personalized health advice. This benefit is also offered by our peer group companies.

Consistent with its practice of not providing any special or supplemental executive defined benefit programs, including arrangements that would otherwise provide special benefits to the family of a deceased executive, in 2011 the HRC Committee adopted a policy that, unless approved by our stockholders pursuant to an advisory vote, we will not enter into a new plan, program or agreement or modify an existing plan, program or agreement with a Section 16 officer (including the NEOs) that provides for payments, grants or awards following the death of the officer in the form of unearned salary or unearned annual incentives, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites, and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation, except to the extent that such payments, grants or awards are provided or made available to our employees generally.

We provide our executives with financial counseling services to assist them in obtaining professional financial advice, a common benefit among our peer group companies, for convenience and to increase the understanding and effectiveness of our executive compensation program.

Limited Perquisites

We provide a small number of perquisites to our senior executives, including the NEOs. For a list of all perquisites provided to our NEOs for fiscal 2019, please refer to the All Other Compensation Table on page 25.

Due to our global presence, we maintain one corporate aircraft. In the event a NEO is accompanied by a guest or family member on the aircraft for personal reasons, as approved by the CEO, the NEO is taxed on the value of this usage according to the relevant Code rules. There is no tax gross-up paid on the income attributable to this value. Among our NEOs, Mr. Weisler is the only executive that used the corporate aircraft for personal use during fiscal 2019, which was for convenience and security.

Our Audit Committee periodically conducts global risk management reviews, which include reviewing home security services of NEOs. Services considered necessary by the Audit Committee may be paid for by HP, due to the range of security issues that may be encountered by key executives of any large, multinational corporation.

Termination and Change in Control Protections

Severance and Long-term Incentive Change in Control Plan for Executive Officers
Our Section 16 officers (including all of the NEOs) are covered by the Severance and Long-term Incentive Change in Control Plan for Executive Officers (“SPEO”), which is intended to protect us and our stockholders, and provide a level of transition assistance in the event of an involuntary termination of employment. Under the SPEO, participants who incur an involuntary termination (i.e., a termination not for cause), and who execute a full and effective release of claims following such termination, are eligible to receive severance benefits in an amount determined as a multiple of base pay, plus the average of the actual annual incentives paid for the preceding three years. In the case of the NEOs other than the CEO, the multiplier is 1.5. In the case of the CEO, the multiplier is 2.0. In all cases, this benefit will not exceed 2.99 times the sum of the executive’s base pay plus target annual incentive as in effect immediately prior to the termination of employment.

Although most of the compensation for our executives is performance-based and largely contingent upon the achievement of financial goals, the HRC Committee continues to believe that the SPEO is appropriate for the attraction and retention of executive talent. In addition, we find it more equitable to offer severance benefits based on a standard formula for the Section 16 officers (including all of the NEOs) because severance often serves as a bridge when employment is involuntarily terminated, and should therefore not be affected by other, longer-term accumulations. As a result, and consistent with the practice of our peer group companies, other compensation decisions are not generally based on the existence of this severance protection.

In addition to the cash benefit, SPEO participants are eligible to receive (1) a pro-rata annual incentive for the year of termination based on actual performance results, at the discretion of the HRC Committee, (2) pro-rata vesting of unvested equity awards (and for performance-based equity awards, only if any applicable performance conditions have been satisfied), and (3) payment of a lump-sum health-benefit stipend of an amount equal to 18 months’ COBRA premiums for continued group medical coverage for the executive and his or her eligible dependents.

Severance Benefits in the Event of a Change in Control
In order to better ensure the retention of our executive leadership team in the event of a potentially disruptive corporate transaction, the SPEO also includes change in control terms for our NEOs. In

20   ½2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

addition to the benefits provided for involuntary terminations, the SPEO provides for full vesting of outstanding stock options, RSUs, and PARSUs upon involuntary termination not for Cause or voluntary termination for Good Reason (as defined in the plan) within 24 months after a change in control (“double trigger”), and in situations where equity awards are not assumed by the surviving corporation (a “modified double trigger”). The SPEO further provides that under a double trigger, PARSUs will vest based on target performance, whereas under a modified double trigger, PARSUs will vest based upon the greater of the number of PARSUs that would vest based on actual performance and the number of PARSUs that would vest pro-rata based upon target performance. We do not provide tax gross ups in connection with terminations, including terminations in the event of a change in control.

The HRC Committee is focused on ensuring that the change of control provisions in the SPEO are consistent with market practice, provide clarity to prospective and current executives, and will help attract and retain talent.

Other Compensation-Related Matters

Succession Planning
Among the HRC Committee’s responsibilities described in its charter is to oversee succession planning and leadership development. The Board plans for succession of the CEO and annually reviews senior management selection and succession planning that is undertaken by the HRC Committee. As part of this process, the independent Directors annually review the HRC Committee’s recommended candidates for senior management positions to see that qualified candidates are available for all positions and that development plans are being utilized to strengthen the skills and qualifications of the candidates. The criteria used when assessing the qualifications of potential CEO successors include, among others, strategic vision and leadership, operational excellence, financial management, executive officer leadership development, ability to motivate employees, and an ability to develop an effective working relationship with the Board. We also host a Board Buddy program through which each executive officer is aligned to a board member as a mentor to aid the executive’s development while giving board members a deeper understanding of the day-to-day operations of the Company.

In fiscal 2019, an executive talent review was conducted along with succession plans for each of the executive leaders. Successors were identified to reflect necessary skill sets, performance, potential, and diversity. Development plans for successors were also established to ensure readiness and will be managed throughout the year. In addition to the annual succession planning process, the HRC Committee participates in an in-depth performance discussion of each executive officer at the time of the annual compensation review. During fiscal 2019, we leveraged our robust, in-depth succession planning to successfully maneuver through various leadership changes on the executive team. We executed a CEO assessment process in partnership with the Board to identify internal and external candidates for Mr. Weisler’s replacement, which led to unanimous Board support for Mr. Lores. We also shifted other executives into new or expanded roles based on business needs and tied to succession and development plans. Further, there is a People Update at each HRC Committee meeting, which includes a review of key people processes and developments for that quarter.

In addition, the executive team participated in a robust development process that included individual assessments, interviews with executive coaches, and an individualized development plan that can be leveraged throughout the year. Development themes for the entire executive team will be addressed during quarterly face-to-face meetings for full team development.

Stock Ownership Guidelines and Prohibition on Hedging
Our stock ownership guidelines are designed to align executives’ interests with those of our stockholders and mitigate compensation-related risk. The current guidelines provide that, within five years of assuming a designated position, the CEO should attain an investment position in our stock equal to seven times his base salary and all other Section 16 officers reporting directly to the CEO should attain an investment position equal to five times their base salaries. Shares counted toward these guidelines include any shares held by the executive directly or through a broker, shares held through the 401(k) Plan, shares held as restricted stock, shares underlying time-vested RSUs, and shares underlying vested but unexercised stock options (50% of the in-the-money value of such options is used for this calculation). Mr. Weisler is the only NEO who has served in a role covered by our stock ownership guidelines for over five years and his ownership exceeds the current guidelines. Our other NEOs are on pace to meet the stock ownership guidelines within the allotted time frame.

The HRC Committee has adopted a policy prohibiting all employees, including executive officers, and Directors from engaging in any form of hedging transaction (derivatives, equity swaps, forwards, etc.) involving Company securities, including, among other things, short sales and transactions involving publicly traded options. In addition, with limited exceptions, our executive officers are prohibited from holding our securities in margin accounts and from pledging our securities as collateral for loans. We believe that these policies further align our executives’ interests with those of our stockholders.

2019 Form 10-K½   21

Table of Contents

Accounting and Tax Effects
The impact of accounting treatment is considered in developing and implementing our compensation programs, including the accounting treatment as it applies to amounts awarded or paid to our executives.

The impact of federal tax laws on our compensation programs is also considered, including the deductibility of compensation paid to the NEOs, as limited by Section 162(m) of the Code. For prior fiscal years, Section 162(m) included an exception from the deductibility limitation for qualified “performance-based compensation.” This exception, however, has been repealed for tax years beginning in fiscal 2019 under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. As such, compensation paid to certain of our executive officers in excess of $1.0 million is not deductible unless it qualifies for certain transition relief applicable for compensation paid pursuant to a written binding contract that was in effect as of November 2, 2017. In addition, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act increased the scope of individuals subject to the deduction limitation. Thus, compensation originally intended to satisfy the requirements for exemption from Section 162(m) may not be fully deductible. Although our compensation program may take into consideration the Section 162(m) rules as a factor, these considerations will not necessarily limit compensation to amounts deductible under Section 162(m). Despite the modifications to Section 162(m), the HRC Committee intends to continue to implement compensation programs that it believes are competitive and in the best interests of HP and its stockholders.

Policy for Recoupment of Performance-Based Incentives
In fiscal 2006, the Board adopted a “clawback” policy that provides Board discretion to recover certain annual incentives from senior executives (including the NEOs) whose fraud or misconduct resulted in a significant restatement of financial results. The policy specifically allows for the recovery of annual incentives paid at or above target from those senior executives whose fraud or misconduct resulted in the restatement where the annual incentives would have been lower absent the fraud or misconduct, to the extent permitted by applicable law. Additionally, our incentive plan document (and award agreements) allow for the recoupment of performance-based annual incentives and long-term incentives consistent with applicable law and the clawback policy.

Also, in fiscal 2014, we added a provision to our grant agreements to clarify that equity awards are subject to the clawback policy. Award agreements also provide Board discretion to cause forfeiture of certain outstanding cash and equity awards for fraud or misconduct that results in reputational harm to HP even when such fraud or misconduct does not result in a significant restatement of financial results.

HR and Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation

The HRC Committee of the Board of HP has reviewed and discussed with management this Compensation Discussion and Analysis. Based on this review and discussion, it has recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in the proxy statement and in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of HP filed for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019.

HR and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors

Stephanie A. Burns, Chair
Aida Alvarez
Shumeet Banerji
Charles “Chip” V. Bergh
Stacey Mobley

22   ½2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

Compensation Tables

Fiscal 2019 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our NEOs for fiscal years 2019, 2018, and 2017, as applicable. Per SEC reporting guidelines, our NEOs for fiscal 2019 include our CEO (Mr. Weisler), our CFO (Mr. Fieler), and the next three most highly compensated individuals still serving as executive officers at year end (Mr. Lores, Ms. Rivera, and Mr. Cho) as of the last day of the fiscal year (October 31, 2019).

   NAME AND PRINCIPAL
POSITION
 YEAR SALARY(2)
($)
 STOCK
AWARDS(3)
($)
 NON-EQUITY
INCENTIVE
PLAN
COMPENSATION(4)
($)
 CHANGE
IN PENSION
VALUE AND
NONQUALIFIED
DEFERRED
COMPENSATION
EARNINGS(5)
($)
 ALL OTHER
COMPENSATION(6)
($)
 TOTAL
($)
   
 Dion J. Weisler(1) 
 former President and CEO20191,450,00014,531,2933,233,533103,14619,317,972 
 20181,400,00012,737,0044,984,34894,18219,215,534 
 20171,300,0339,841,2003,511,56077,23214,730,025 
 Steven J. Fieler 
 Chief Financial Officer2019690,0003,427,818961,69733214,9505,094,797 
 2018550,0002,382,017793,63221019,4043,745,263 
 Enrique J. Lores(1) 
 President and CEO 
 (formerly President, Imaging, 
 Printing and Solutions)2019750,0005,527,211873,52248,1557,198,888 
 2018750,0004,623,6861,579,33143,9736,996,990 
 2017725,0193,075,3701,219,03523,7865,043,210 
 Kim M. Rivera 
 President, Strategy and 
 Business Management and 
 Chief Legal Officer2019725,0004,717,5981,078,44854,7056,575,751 
 2018675,0003,088,7321,438,69972,9275,275,358 
 2017645,0162,255,2641,088,921193,0814,182,282 
 Alex Cho 
 President, Personal Systems2019675,0003,427,8181,271,88267,76016,7955,459,255 
(1)Mr. Weisler stepped down as our President and Chief Executive Officer on November 1, 2019 at which time Mr. Lores was appointed to the role. Upon stepping down from such positions, Mr. Weisler continues to be employed by the Company as Senior Executive Advisor, a non-executive officer role, until the date of our 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Mr. Weisler will also continue to serve as a member of the Board of Directors until the Company’s 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
(2)Amounts shown represent base salary earned or paid during the fiscal year, as described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Determination of Fiscal 2019 Executive Compensation—2019 Base Salary.”
(3)The grant date fair value of all stock awards has been calculated in accordance with applicable accounting standards. Incover page from the case of RSUs, the value is determined by multiplying the number of units granted by the closing price of our stock on the grant date. For PARSUs awarded in fiscal 2019, amounts shown reflect the grant date fair value of the PARSUs for the two- and three-year vesting periods beginning with fiscal 2019 based on the probable outcome of performance conditions related to these PARSUs at the grant date. The 2019 PARSUs include both internal (EPS) and market-related (TSR) performance goals as described under the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Determination of Fiscal 2019 Executive Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Compensation.” Consistent with the applicable accounting standards, the grant date fair value of the market related TSR component has been determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model. Further, consistent with accounting standards, grant date fair value reflects the EPS portion of the award
2019 Form 10-K½   23

Table of Contents

 for Year 1 only, for which goals were approved in January 2019. This value also reflects grant date fair value of the EPS portion of the 2018 PARSU award for Year 2 (fiscal 2019 EPS) and the EPS portion of the 2017 PARSU award for Year 3 (fiscal 2019 EPS), for which goals were approved in January 2019. The table below sets forth the grant date fair value for the 2019 PARSUs granted on December 7, 2018; the fiscal 2019 EPS portion of the 2018 PARSUs granted on December 7, 2017 and the fiscal 2019 EPS portion of the 2017 PARSUs granted on December 7, 2016:
           
     NAME   DATE OF
ORIGINAL
PARSU GRANT
   PROBABLE OUTCOME OF
PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS
GRANT DATE FAIR VALUE
($)*
   MAXIMUM OUTCOME OF
PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS
GRANT DATE FAIR VALUE
($)*
   MARKET-RELATED
COMPONENT GRANT DATE
FAIR VALUE
($)**
 
 Dion J. Weisler12/7/20181,223,5522,447,1054,805,041 
 12/7/20171,270,8942,541,788 
 12/7/20161,431,8002,863,600 
 Steven J. Fieler12/7/2018337,537675,0741,325,534 
 7/1/2018164,737329,475 
 Enrique J. Lores12/7/2018476,761953,5231,872,307 
 12/7/2017470,699941,398 
 12/7/2016447,439894,878 
 Kim M. Rivera12/7/2018421,905843,8101,656,910 
 12/7/2017310,656621,312 
 12/7/2016328,127656,255 
 Alex Cho12/7/2018337,537675,0741,325,534 
 7/1/2018164,737329,475 
*Amounts shown represent the grant date fair value of the PARSUs subject to the internal EPS performance goal (i) based on the probable or target outcome as of the date the goals were set and (ii) based on achieving the maximum level of performance for the performance period beginning in fiscal 2019. The grant date fair value of the 2019 PARSUs Year 1 EPS units awarded on December 7, 2018, of the 2018 PARSUs Year 2 EPS units awarded on December 7, 2017 (or for Mr. Fieler’s and Mr. Cho’s grants, on July 1, 2018) and of the 2017 PARSUs Year 3 EPS units awarded on December 7, 2016 was $21.05 per unit, which was the closing share price of our common stock on January 16, 2019 when the EPS goal was approved. The values of 2019 PARSUs Year 2 and Year 3 EPS units will not be available until January 2020 and January 2021 respectively, and therefore are not included for fiscal 2019, but will be included for their respective fiscal years.
**Amounts shown represent the grant date fair value of PARSUs subject to the market related TSR goal component of the PARSUs, for which expense recognition is not subject to probable or maximum outcome assumptions. The grant date fair value of the market related TSR goal component of the PARSUs granted December 7, 2018 was $27.56 per unit, which was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The significant assumptions used in this simulation model were a volatility rate of 26.5%, a risk-free interest rate of 2.7%, and a simulation period of 2.9 years. For information on the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of the awards, refer to Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements in ourCompany’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019, as filed with2021, formatted in Inline XBRL (included within the SEC on December 12, 2019.
(4)Exhibit 101 attachments).†Amounts shown represent payouts under the annual PfR incentive (amounts earned during the applicable fiscal year but paid after the end of that fiscal year).
(5)Amounts shown represent the increase in the actuarial present value of NEO pension benefits during the applicable fiscal year. As described in more detail under “Narrative to the Fiscal 2019 Pension Benefits Table” below, pension accruals have generally ceased for all NEOs, and NEOs hired after the dates that pension accruals ceased are not eligible to participate in any U.S. defined benefit pension plan. The only exception for the NEOs listed above is that Mr. Cho participates in the International Retirement Guarantee (IRG) which is provided to a small closed group of employees who have transferred between countries with pension/retirement indemnity plans. Mr. Cho will not accrue additional benefits under the IRG unless he transfers outside of the US with HP Inc. for an extended period of time. Accordingly, the amounts reported for the NEOs do not reflect additional accruals but reflect the passage of one more year from the prior present value calculation and changes in other actuarial assumptions. The assumptions used in calculating the changes in pension benefits are described in footnote (2) to the “Fiscal 2019 Pension Benefits Table” below. No HP plan provides for above-market earnings on deferred compensation amounts, so the amounts reported in this column do not reflect any such earnings.
(6)The amounts shown are detailed in the “Fiscal 2019 All Other Compensation Table” below.
24   ½2019 Form 10-K
*    Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
**    Certain schedules and exhibits to this agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Registration S-K. A copy of any omitted schedule and/or exhibit will be furnished supplementally to the SEC upon request.
†    Filed herewith.
††    Furnished herewith.

124

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2019 All Other Compensation Table

The following table provides additional information about the amounts that appear in the “All Other Compensation” column in the “Summary Compensation Table” above.

   NAME   401(k)
COMPANY
MATCH(1)
($)
   NQDC
COMPANY
MATCH(2)
($)
   MOBILITY
PROGRAM(3)
($)
   SECURITY
SERVICES/
SYSTEMS(4)
($)
   PERSONAL
AIRCRAFT
USAGE(5)
($)
   NON-U.S. TAX
GROSS-UP(6)
($)
   MISCELLANEOUS(7)
($)
   TOTAL
AOC
($)
 
 Dion J. Weisler11,20010,80015,9372,70736,6549,07316,775103,146 
 Steven J. Fieler 11,2003,75014,950 
 Enrique J. Lores11,20011,0007,8956018,00048,155 
 Kim M. Rivera11,20026,79616,70954,705 
 Alex Cho11,2004,92067516,795 
(1)Represents matching contributions made under the HP 401(k) Plan that were earned for fiscal year 2019.
(2)Represents matching contributions credited during fiscal 2019 under the HP Executive Deferred Compensation Plan with respect to the 2018 calendar year of that plan.
(3)For Ms. Rivera, represents benefits provided under our domestic executive mobility program. For Mr. Weisler and Mr. Lores, represents tax preparation, filing, equalization and compliance services paid under HP’s tax assistance due to business travel in Korea. Due to the taxation impact on US taxpayers who travel to Korea on business and the increase in Korea travel due to our acquisition of Samsung’s Print business, the HRC Committee approved a Tax Assistance Program during its July 2017 meeting that covers our Section 16 officers. The program has the same characteristics as the existing tax equalization program for all other employees. Both programs together ensure a tax neutral scenario for all HP employees who must comply with Korean tax requirements due to business travel to Korea.
(4)Represents home security services provided to the NEOs and, consistent with SEC guidance, the expense is reported here as a perquisite since there is an incidental personal benefit.
(5)Represents the value of personal usage of HP corporate aircraft. For purposes of reporting the value of such personal usage in this table, we use data provided by an outside firm to calculate the hourly cost of operating each type of aircraft. These costs include the cost of fuel, maintenance, landing and parking fees, crew, catering and supplies. For trips by NEOs that involve mixed personal and business usage, we include the incremental cost of such personal usage (i.e., the excess of the cost of the actual trip over the cost of a hypothetical trip without the personal usage). For income tax purposes, the amounts included in NEO income are calculated based on the standard industry fare level valuation method. No tax gross ups are provided for this imputed income.
(6)Represents tax gross up costs for Korean, California state and U.S. social taxes under HP’s Tax Assistance Program for Korea business travel.
(7)Includes amounts paid either directly to the executives or on their behalf for financial counseling, tax preparation and estate planning services.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2019

The following table provides information on annual PfR incentive awards for fiscal 2019 and awards of RSUs and PARSUs granted during fiscal 2019 as a part of our long-term incentive program:

   GRANT
DATE
ESTIMATED FUTURE PAYOUTS
UNDER NON-EQUITY
INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS
(1)


ESTIMATED FUTURE PAYOUTS
UNDER EQUITY
INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS(2)
ALL OTHER
STOCK
AWARDS:
NUMBER
OF SHARES
OF STOCK
OR UNITS(3)
(#)
 GRANT-DATE
FAIR VALUE
OF STOCK
AND OPTION
AWARDS(2)
($)
   
 NAME  THRESHOLD
($)
 TARGET
($)
 MAXIMUM
($)
 THRESHOLD
(#)
 TARGET
(#)
 MAXIMUM
(#)
  
 Dion J. Weisler 
 PfR29,0002,900,0005,800,000 
 RSU12/7/2018252,9445,800,006 
 PARSU12/7/2018116,253232,506465,0126,028,593 
 PARSU12/7/201730,18860,375120,7501,270,894 
 PARSU12/7/201634,01068,019136,0381,431,800 
2019 Form 10-K½   25

Table of Contents

NAMEGRANT
DATE
ESTIMATED FUTURE PAYOUTS
UNDER NON-EQUITY
INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS(1)
ESTIMATED FUTURE PAYOUTS
UNDER EQUITY
INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS(2)
ALL OTHER
STOCK
AWARDS:
NUMBER
OF SHARES
OF STOCK
OR UNITS(3)
(#)
GRANT-DATE
FAIR VALUE
OF STOCK
AND OPTION
AWARDS(2)
($)
    THRESHOLD
($)
  TARGET
($)
  MAXIMUM
($)
  THRESHOLD
(#)
  TARGET
(#)
  MAXIMUM
(#)
    
Steven J. Fieler
PfR8,625862,5001,725,000
RSU12/7/201869,7781,600,010
PARSU12/7/201832,07064,140128,2801,663,071
PARSU7/1/20183,9137,82615,652164,737
Enrique J. Lores
PfR9,375937,5001,875,000
RSU12/7/201898,5612,260,004
PARSU12/7/201845,29990,597181,1942,349,069
PARSU12/7/201711,18122,36144,722470,699
PARSU12/7/201610,62821,25642,512447,439
Kim M. Rivera
PfR9,063906,2501,812,500
RSU12/7/201887,2222,000,000
PARSU12/7/201840,08780,174160,3482,078,815
PARSU12/7/20177,37914,75829,516310,656
PARSU12/7/20167,79415,58831,176328,127
Alex Cho
PfR8,438843,7501,687,500
RSU12/7/201869,7781,600,010
PARSU12/7/201832,07064,140128,2801,663,071
PARSU7/1/20183,9137,82615,652164,737
(1)Amounts represent the range of possible cash payouts for fiscal 2019 PfR incentive awards, under the Stock Incentive Plan based upon annual salary.
(2)PARSU amounts represent the range of shares that may be released at the end of the two- and three-year vesting periods applicable to the PARSUs assuming achievement of threshold, target, or maximum performance. 50% of the PARSUs are eligible for vesting based on EPS performance and 50% are eligible for vesting based on relative TSR performance. PARSUs vest as follows: 16.6% of the units are eligible for vesting based on EPS performance of year one with continued service over two years, 16.6% of the units are eligible for vesting based on EPS performance of year two with continued service over three years, 16.6% of the units are eligible for vesting based on EPS performance of year three with continued service over three years, 25% of the units are eligible for vesting based on TSR performance over two years with continued service over two years, 25% of the units are eligible for vesting based on relative TSR performance over three years with continued service over three years. 2019 PARSU year 1 EPS units and all relative TSR units are reflected in this table. Further, the 2018 PARSU – fiscal 2019 EPS units and the 2017 PARSU – fiscal 2019 EPS units are also included. If our EPS and relative TSR performance are below threshold for the performance period, no shares will be released for the applicable segment. For additional details, see the discussion of PARSUs under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Determination of Fiscal 2019 Executive Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Compensation—2019 PARSUs.”
(3)RSUs vest as to one-third of the units on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued service.
26   ½2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2019 Fiscal Year-End

The following table provides information on stock and option awards held by the NEOs as of October 31, 2019:

OPTION AWARDSSTOCK AWARDS
NAME   NUMBER OF
SECURITIES
UNDERLYING
UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS (#)
EXERCISABLE
   NUMBER OF
SECURITIES
UNDERLYING
UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS (#)
UNEXERCISABLE
   EQUITY
INCENTIVE
PLAN AWARDS:
NUMBER OF
SECURITIES
UNDERLYING
UNEXERCISED
UNEARNED
OPTIONS (#)
   OPTION
EXERCISE
PRICE(1)
($)
   OPTION
EXPIRATION
DATE(2)
   NUMBER
OF SHARES
OR UNITS
OF STOCK
THAT
HAVE NOT
VESTED(3)
(#)
   MARKET
VALUE OF
SHARES OR
UNITS OF
STOCK THAT
HAVE NOT
VESTED(4)
($)
   EQUITY
INCENTIVE
PLAN AWARDS:
NUMBER OF
UNEARNED
SHARES, UNITS
OR OTHER
RIGHTS THAT
HAVE NOT
VESTED(5)
(#)
   EQUITY
INCENTIVE
PLAN AWARDS:
MARKET OR
PAYOUT VALUE
OF UNEARNED
SHARES, UNITS
OR OTHER
RIGHTS THAT
HAVE NOT
VESTED(4)
($)
Dion J. Weisler369,02017.2912/9/2022701,98612,193,497137,8272,394,055
525,71913.8311/1/2023
Steven J. Fieler350,1916,082,81830,913536,959
Enrique J. Lores156,97612.4710/29/2023260,2154,519,93552,783916,841
Kim M. Rivera203,5433,535,54242,725742,133
Alex Cho9,56617.2912/9/2022179,8873,124,63730,913536,959
48,81213.8311/1/2023
(1)Option exercise prices are the fair market value of our stock on the grant date. In connection with the separation of HPE and in accordance with the employee matters agreement, HP made certain adjustments to the exercise price and number of stock-based compensation awards with the intention of preserving the intrinsic value of the awards prior to the separation. Exercisable and non-exercisable stock options were converted to similar awards of the entity where the employee was working post-separation. RSUs and performance-contingent awards were adjusted to provide holders with RSUs and performance-contingent awards in the Company that employs such employee following the separation.
(2)All options have an eight-year term.
(3)The amounts in this column include shares underlying dividend equivalent units credited with respect to outstanding stock awards through October 31, 2019. The amounts also include PARSUs granted in fiscal 2018 (Year 2 EPS units) and fiscal 2019 (Year 1 EPS units) plus accrued dividend equivalent shares. The 2018 PARSUs Year 2 EPS units and 2019 PARSUs Year 1 EPS units are reported based on actual performance since those results have been certified (fiscal 2019 EPS period). The release dates and release amounts for all unvested stock awards are as follows, assuming continued service and satisfaction of any applicable financial performance conditions:
Mr. Weisler: December 7, 2019 (269,223 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 7, 2020 (170,152 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 7, 2021 (84,315 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares). The number of PARSUs and dividend equivalent shares, as described above, that will be paid out at the end of the two- and three-year vesting periods is 151,874.
Mr. Fieler: December 7, 2019 (35,181 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); January 3, 2020 (168,351 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); January 11, 2020 (15,618 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); July 1, 2020 (11,753 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 7, 2020 (35,181 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); July 1, 2021 (11,753 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 7, 2021 (23,260 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares). The number of PARSUs and dividend equivalent shares, as described above, that will be paid out at the end of the two- and three-year vesting periods is 30,267.
Mr. Lores: December 7, 2019 (95,604 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 7, 2020 (64,646 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 7, 2021 (32,854 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares). The number of PARSUs and dividend equivalent shares, as described above, that will be paid out at the end of the two- and three-year vesting periods is 57,668.
Ms. Rivera: December 7, 2019 (72,760 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 7, 2020 (50,057 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 7, 2021 (29,074 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares). The number of PARSUs and dividend equivalent shares, as described above, that will be paid out at the end of the two- and three-year vesting periods is 44,511.
Mr. Cho: December 7, 2019 (57,968 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); July 1, 2020 (11,753 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 7, 2020 (38,360 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); July 1, 2021 (11,753 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 7, 2021 (23,260 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares). The number of PARSUs and dividend equivalent shares, as described above, that will be paid out at the end of the two- and three-year vesting periods is 30,267.
2019 Form 10-K½   27

Table of Contents

(4)Value calculated based on the $17.37 closing price of our stock on October 31, 2019.
(5)The amounts in this column include the amounts of PARSUs granted in fiscal 2018 (50% of TSR units) and fiscal 2019 (all TSR units) plus accrued dividend equivalent shares. The TSR units are reported based on threshold performance. Actual payout will be on achievement of performance goals at the end of the two- and three-year vesting periods.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in Fiscal 2019

The following table provides information about options exercised and stock awards vested for the NEOs during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019:

OPTION AWARDSSTOCK AWARDS(1)
NAME   NUMBER OF SHARES
ACQUIRED ON EXERCISE
(#)
   VALUE REALIZED ON
EXERCISE
($)
   NUMBER OF SHARES
ACQUIRED ON VESTING
(#)
   VALUE REALIZED ON
VESTING(2)
($)
   Dion J. Weisler942,71219,492,224
Steven J. Fieler233,7444,688,198
Enrique J. Lores250,2584,943,981
Kim M. Rivera264,9315,690,415
Alex Cho83,2971,809,716
(1)Includes PARSUs, RSUs, and accrued dividend equivalent shares.
(2)Represents the amounts realized based on the fair market value of our stock on the performance period end date for PARSUs (October 31, 2019) and on the vesting date for RSUs and accrued dividend equivalent shares. Fair market value is determined based on the closing price of our stock on the applicable performance period end/vesting date.

Fiscal 2019 Pension Benefits Table

The following table provides information about the present value of accumulated pension benefits payableregistrant agrees to each NEO:

NAME   PLAN NAME(1)   NUMBER OF YEARS
OF CREDITED
SERVICE
(#)
   PRESENT VALUE
OF ACCUMULATED
BENEFIT(2)
($)
   PAYMENTS DURING
LAST FISCAL YEAR
($)
   Dion J. Weisler(3)
Steven J. FielerCAPP1.3$9,955
Enrique J. Lores(3)
Kim Rivera(3)
Alex ChoRP7.691,020
EBP7.612
IRG24.3138,518
(1)The “RP” and the “EBP” are the qualified HP Retirement Plan and the non-qualified HP Excess Benefit Plan, respectively. “CAPP” is the qualified Cash Account Pension Plan. All benefits are frozen under these plans. The RP and CAPP have been merged into the HP Inc. Pension Plan (formerly known as the Hewlett-Packard Company Retirement Plan). The “IRG” is the International Retirement Guarantee which is a nonqualified plan covering certain highly compensated international transfers.
(2)The present value of accumulated benefits is shown at the age 65 unreduced retirement age for the RP, the EBP and the IRG, and the immediate unreduced benefit from the CAPP using the assumptions under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 715-30 Defined Benefit Plans—Pension for the 2019 fiscal year-end measurement (as of October 31, 2019). The present value is based on a discount rate of 3.21% for the RP (this discount rate also applies for CAPP but since the benefit is currently unreduced, there is no discounting applied), 2.39% for the EBP and 2.50% for the IRG, lump sum interest rates of 2.13% for the first five years, 3.07% for the next 15 years and 3.65% thereafter, and applicable mortality for lump sums with the respective mortality improvement scale applied for future years. As of October 31, 2018 (the prior measurement date), the ASC Topic 715-30 assumptions included a discount rate of 4.54% for the RP, 4.02% for the EBP, and 4.07% for the IRG, lump sum interest rates of 3.21% for the first five years, 4.26% for the next 15 years and 4.55% thereafter, and applicable mortality for lump sums with the respective mortality improvement scale applied for future years.
(3)Mr. Weisler, Mr. Lores and Ms. Rivera are not eligible to receive benefits under any defined benefit pension plan because we ceased benefit accruals under all of our U.S.-qualified defined benefit pension plans prior to the commencement of their employment with HP in the United States.
28   ½2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

Narrativefurnish to the Fiscal 2019 Pension Benefits Table

No NEO currently accruesCommission supplementally upon request a benefit undercopy of (1) any qualified or non-qualified defined benefit pension plan because we ceased benefit accruals in all our U.S.-qualified defined benefit pension plans (and their non-qualified plan counterparts) in prior years. In the case of Mr. Cho, his IRG benefit is based on the US retirement program and since the US pension plans are frozen there is no accrual under that plan. Benefits previously accrued by Mr. Fieler under CAPP and those accrued by Mr. Cho under the RP, EBP and IRG are payable to them following termination of employment, subject to the terms of the applicable plans.

Terms of the HP Retirement Plan (RP)
Mr. Cho earned benefits under the RP and the EBP based on pay and service prior to 2006. The RP is a traditional defined benefit plan that provided a benefit based on years of service and the participant’s “highest average pay rate,” reduced by a portion of Social Security earnings. “Highest average pay rate” was determined based on the 20 consecutive fiscal quarters when pay was the highest. Pay for this purpose included base pay and bonus, subject to applicable IRS limits. Benefits under the RP may be taken in one of several different annuity forms or in an actuarially equivalent lump sum. Since Mr. Cho became a participant in the RP after November 1, 1993, he has no Deferred Profit Sharing Plan (DPSP) balance to be integrated with the RP.

Benefits not payable from the RP due to IRS limits are paid from the EBP under which benefits are unfunded and unsecured. When an EBP participant with relatively small benefits terminates they are paid their EBP benefit in January of the year following their termination, subject to any delay required by Section 409A of the Code.

Terms of the Cash Account Pension Plan (CAPP)
Mr. Fieler earned benefits under the CAPP based on his compensation beginning in September 2004 through the end of 2005 when benefits were frozen. While interest continues to accrue on the CAPP balance, no pay credits have been applied since the end of 2005. CAPP provided for 4% of pay credits to a cash balance account with interest credited at a 1-year Treasury bill plus 1% interest rate. The CAPP balance can be paid as a lump sum with the appropriate election and spousal consent if married or can be converted to annuity forms of payment.

Terms of the International Retirement Guarantee (IRG)
Employees who transferred internationally at the Company’s request prior to 2000 were put into an international umbrella plan. This plan determines the country of guarantee which is generally the country in which an employee has spent the longest portion of his HP Inc. career. For Mr. Cho, the country of guarantee is currently the U.S. The IRG determines the present value of a full career benefit for Mr. Cho under the HP Inc. sponsored retirement benefit plans that applied to employees working in the U.S., and U.S. Social Security (since the U.S. is his country of guarantee) then offsets the present value of the retirement benefits from plans and social insurance systems in the countries in which he earned retirement benefits (France and the US) for his total period of HP Inc. employment. The net benefit value is payable as a single lump sum amount as soon as practicable after termination or retirement, subject to any delay required by Section 409A of the Code. This is a nonqualified retirement plan.

Fiscal 2019 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table

The following table provides information about contributions, earnings, withdrawals, distributions, and balances under the EDCP:

NAMEEXECUTIVE
CONTRIBUTIONS
IN LAST FY(1)
($)
REGISTRANT
CONTRIBUTIONS
IN LAST FY(1)(2)
($)
AGGREGATE
EARNINGS
IN LAST FY
($)
AGGREGATE
WITHDRAWALS/
DISTRIBUTIONS(3)
($)
AGGREGATE
BALANCE
AT FYE(4)
($)
Dion J. Weisler   10,800   10,800   3,854      79,705
Steven J. Fieler1,82918,672
Enrique J. Lores595,86611,000186,1312,189,074
Kim M. Rivera2,81028,313
Alex Cho10,3204,9202,69835,985
 
(1)The amounts reported here as “Executive Contributions” and “Registrant Contributions” are reported as compensation to such NEO in the “Salary” and “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” columns in the “Summary Compensation Table” above.
(2)The contributions reported here as “Registrant Contributions” were made in fiscal 2019 with respect to calendar year 2018 participant base pay deferrals. During fiscal 2019, the NEOs were eligible to receive a 4% matching contribution on base pay deferrals that exceeded the IRS limit that applies to the qualified HP 401(k) Plan up to a maximum of two times that limit.
(3)The distributions reported here were made pursuant to participant elections made prior to the time that the amounts were deferred in accordance with plan rules.
(4)Of these balances, the following amount was reported as compensation to such NEO in the Summary Compensation Table in prior proxy statements: Mr. Weisler $52,258, Mr. Lores $644,811, Ms. Rivera $8,840, Mr. Fieler $9,932, and Mr. Cho $0. The information reported in this footnote is provided to clarify the extent to which amounts payable as deferred compensation represent compensation reported in our prior proxy statements, rather than additional earned compensation.
2019 Form 10-K½   29

Table of Contents

Narrative to the Fiscal 2019 Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Table

HP sponsors the EDCP, a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that permits eligible U.S. employees to defer base pay in excess of the amount taken into account under the qualified HP 401(k) Plan and bonus amounts of up to 95% of the annual PfR incentive bonus payable under the annual PfR incentive plan. In addition, a matching contribution is available under the plan to eligible employees. The matching contribution applies to base pay deferrals on compensation above the IRS limit that applies to the qualified HP 401(k) Plan, up to a maximum of two times that compensation limit (matching contributions made in fiscal year 2019 pertained to base pay from $275,000 to $550,000 during calendar year 2018). During fiscal 2019, the NEOs were eligible for a matching contribution of up to 4% on base pay contributions in excess of the IRS limit, up to a maximum of two times that limit.

Upon becoming eligible for participation or during the annual enrollment period, employees must specify the amount of base pay and/or the percentage of bonus to be deferred, as well as the time and form of payment. If termination of employment occurs before retirement (defined as at least age 55 with 15 years of continuous service), distribution is made in the form of a lump sum in January of the year following the year of termination, subject to any delay required under Section 409A of the Code. At retirement (or earlier, if properly elected), benefits are paid according to the distribution election made by the participant at the time of the deferral election, subject to any delay required under Section 409A of the Code. In the event of death, the remaining vested EDCP account balance will be paid to the designated beneficiary, or otherwise in accordance with the EDCP provisions, in a single lump-sum payment in the month following the month of death.

Amounts deferred or credited under the EDCP are credited with hypothetical investment earnings based on participant investment elections made from among the investment options available under the HP 401(k) Plan. Accounts maintained for participants under the EDCP are not held in trust, and all such accounts are subject to the claims of general creditors of HP. No amounts are credited with above-market earnings.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

The amounts in the following table estimate potential payments due if a NEO had terminated employment with HP effective October 31, 2019 under each of the circumstances specified below. These amounts are in addition to benefits generally available to U.S. employees upon termination of employment, such as distributions from the retirement plans and the HP 401(k) Plan and payment of accrued vacation where required.

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PROGRAMS(3)
   NAME   TERMINATION
SCENARIO
   TOTAL(1)   SEVERANCE(2)   STOCK
OPTIONS
   RESTRICTED
STOCK
   PARSU   
Dion J. WeislerVoluntary/For Cause$0$0$0$0$0
 Disability$20,173,559$0$0$9,555,432$10,618,127
 Retirement$0$0$0$0$0
 Death$20,173,559$0$0$9,555,432$10,618,127
 Not for Cause$20,357,645$10,743,471$0$4,565,618$5,048,556
 Change in Control$30,917,030$10,743,471$0$9,555,432$10,618,127
Steven J. FielerVoluntary/For Cause$0$0$0$0$0
 Disability$7,872,629$0$0$5,557,079$2,315,550
 Retirement$0$0$0$0$0
 Death$7,872,629$0$0$5,557,079$2,315,550
 Not for Cause$6,944,192$2,375,340$0$3,542,785$1,026,067
 Change in Control$10,247,969$2,375,340$0$5,557,079$2,315,550
Enrique J. LoresVoluntary/For Cause$0$0$0$0$0
 Disability$7,575,972$0$0$3,518,240$4,057,732
 Retirement$0$0$0$0$0
 Death$7,575,972$0$0$3,518,240$4,057,732
 Not for Cause$6,522,615$2,984,787$0$1,618,241$1,919,587
 Change in Control$10,560,759$2,984,787$0$3,518,240$4,057,732
30   ½2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PROGRAMS(3)
   NAME   TERMINATION
SCENARIO
   TOTAL(1)   SEVERANCE(2)   STOCK
OPTIONS
   RESTRICTED
STOCK
   PARSU   
Kim M. RiveraVoluntary/For Cause$0$0$0$0$0
Disability   $6,009,261$0$0$2,762,376  $3,246,885
Retirement$0$0$0$0$0
Death$6,009,261$0$0$2,762,376$3,246,885
Not for Cause$5,620,679$2,898,601$0$1,228,911$1,493,167
Change in Control$8,907,862$2,898,601$0$2,762,376$3,246,885
Alex ChoVoluntary/For Cause$0$0$0$0$0
Disability$4,914,434$0$0$2,598,884$2,315,550
Retirement$0$0$0$0$0
Death$4,914,434$0$0$2,598,884$2,315,550
Not for Cause$4,413,889$2,335,895$0$1,051,927$1,026,067
Change in Control$7,250,329$2,335,895$0$2,598,884$2,315,550
 
(1)Total does not include amounts earned or benefits accumulated due to continued service by the NEO through October 31, 2019, including vested stock options, PCSOs, RSUs, PARSUs, accrued retirement benefits, and vested balances in the EDCP, as those amounts are detailed in the preceding tables. Total also does not include amounts the NEO was eligible to receive under the annual PfR incentive with respect to fiscal 2019 performance.
(2)The amounts reported are the cash benefits payable in the event of a qualifying termination under the SPEO: for CEO, 2x multiple of base pay plus the average of the actual annual incentives paid for the preceding three years; for other NEOs, 1.5x multiple of base pay plus the average of the actual annual incentives paid for the preceding three years, and includes 18 months’ COBRA premiums for continued group medical coverage for the NEOs and their eligible dependents.
(3)Upon an involuntary termination not for cause, covered executives receive pro-rata vesting on unvested equity awards as discussed under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Severance and Long-term Incentive Change in Control Plan for Executive Officers.” Full vesting of PARSUs based on performance at target levels (to the extent that the actual performance period has not been completed) applies in the event of a termination due to death or disability for all grant recipients. Pro-rata vesting of PARSUs based on actual performance applies in the event of a termination due to retirement for all grant recipients. To calculate the value of unvested PARSUs for purposes of this table, target performance is used unless the performance period has been completed and the results have been certified. Full vesting of unvested PCSOs applies in the event of a termination due to death or disability for all grant recipients. PCSOs vest pro-rata in the event of a termination due to retirement. With respect to the treatment of equity in the event of a change in control of HP, the information reported reflects the SPEO approved change in control terms.

Narrative to the Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control Table

HP Severance Plan for Executive Officers
An executive will be deemed to have incurred a qualifying termination for purposes of the SPEO if he or she is involuntarily terminated without cause and executes a full release of claims in a form satisfactory to HP promptly following termination. For purposes of the SPEO, “cause” means an executive’s material neglect (other than as a result of illness or disability) of his or her duties or responsibilities to HP or conduct (including action or failure to act) that is not in the best interest of, or is injurious to, HP. The material terms of the SPEO are described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Severance and Long-term Incentive Change in Control Plan for Executive Officers.”

Voluntary or “For Cause” Termination
In general, an NEO who remained employed through October 31, 2019 (the last day of the fiscal year) but voluntarily terminated employment immediately thereafter, or was terminated immediately thereafter in a “for cause” termination, would be eligible (1) to receive his or her annual incentive amount earned for fiscal 2019 under the annual PfR incentive (subject to any discretionary downward adjustment or elimination by the HRC Committee prior to actual payment, and to any applicable clawback policy), (2) to exercise his or her vested stock options up to three months following a voluntary termination, and up to the date of termination in the case of termination “for cause,” (3) to receive a distribution of vested amounts deferred or credited under the EDCP, and (4) to receive a distribution of his or her vested benefits, if any, under the HP 401(k) and pension plans. An NEO who terminated employment before October 31, 2019, either voluntarily or in a “for cause” termination, would generally not have been eligible to receive any amount under the annual PfR incentiveinstrument with respect to the fiscal year in which the termination occurred, except that the HRC Committee has the discretion to make payment of prorated bonus amounts to individuals on leave of absence or in non-pay status, as well as in connection with certain voluntary severance incentives, workforce reductions, and similar programs.

2019 Form 10-K½   31

Table of Contents

“Not for Cause” Termination
A “not for cause” termination of an NEO who remained employed through October 31, 2019 and was terminated immediately thereafter would qualify the NEO for the amounts described above under a “voluntary” termination in addition to benefits under the SPEO if the NEO signs the required release of claims in favor of HP.

In addition to the cash severance benefits and pro-rata equity awards payable under the SPEO, the NEO would be eligible to exercise vested stock options up to one year after termination and receive distributions of vested, accrued benefits from HP deferred compensation and pension plans.

Termination Following a Change in Control
In the event of a change in control of HP, RSUs, stock options, and PCSOs will vest in full if the successor doeslong-term debt not assume such awards or if an individual is terminated without Cause or terminates with Good Reason within 24 months of a change in control. Outstanding PARSUs will vest in full upon a termination in connection with or following a change in control, assuming target performance level. Upon failure of the successor to assume outstanding PARSUs in connection with a change in control, the PARSUs will vest in full based on the better of (i) pro-rata vesting at target, and (ii) 100% of units vesting based on actual performance as determined by the Committee within 30 days of change in control.

Death or Disability Terminations
An NEO who continued in employment through October 31, 2019 whose employment is terminated immediately thereafter due to death or disability would be eligible (1) to receive his or her full annual incentive amount earned for fiscal 2019 under the annual PfR incentive determined by HP in its sole discretion, (2) to receive a distribution of vested amounts deferred or credited under the EDCP, and (3) to receive a distribution of his or her vested benefits under the HP 401(k) and pension plans.

Upon termination due to death or disability, equity awards held by the NEO may vest in full. If termination is due to disability, RSUs, stock options, and PCSOs will vest in full, subject to satisfaction of applicable performance conditions, and, in the case of stock options and PCSOs, must be exercised within three years of termination or by the original expiration date, if earlier; all unvested portions of the PARSUs, including any amounts for dividend equivalent payments, shall vest based on performance at target levels. If termination is due to the NEO’s death, RSUs, stock options, and PCSOs will vest in full and, in the case of stock options and PCSOs, must be exercised within one year of termination or by the original expiration date, if earlier; all unvested portions of the PARSUs, including any amounts for dividend equivalent payments, shall vest based on performance at target levels.

HP Severance Policy for Senior Executives
Under the HP Severance Policy for Senior Executives adopted by the Board in July 2003 (the “HP Severance Policy”), HP will seek stockholder approval for future severance agreements, if any, with certain senior executives that provide specified benefits in an amount exceeding 2.99 times the sum of the executive’s current annual base salary plus annual target cash bonus, in each case as in effect immediately prior to the time of such executive’s termination. Individuals subject to this policy consist of the Section 16 officers designated by the Board. In implementing this policy, the Board may elect to seek stockholder approval after the material terms of the relevant severance agreement are agreed upon.

For purposes of determining the amounts subject to the HP Severance Policy, benefits subject to the limit generally include cash separation payments that directly relate to extraordinary benefits that are not available to groups of employees other than the Section 16 officers upon termination of employment. Benefits that have been earned or accrued, as well as prorated bonuses, accelerated stock or option vesting, and other benefits that are consistent with our practices applicable to employees other than the Section 16 officers, are not counted against the limit. Specifically, benefits subject to the HP Severance Policy include: (a) separation payments based on a multiplier of salary plus target bonus, or cash amounts payable for the uncompleted portion of employment agreements; (b) the value of any service period credited to a Section 16 officer in excess of the period of service actually provided by such Section 16 officer for purposes of any employee benefit plan; (c) the value of benefits and perquisites that are inconsistent with our practices applicable to one or more groups of employees in addition to, or other than, the Section 16 officers (“Company Practices”); and (d) the value of any accelerated vesting of any stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs, or long-term cash incentives that is inconsistent with Company Practices. The following benefits are not subject to the HP Severance Policy, either because they have been previously earned or accrued by the employee or because they are consistent with Company Practices: (i) compensation and benefits earned, accrued, deferred or otherwise provided for employment services rendered on or prior to the date of termination of employment pursuant to bonus, retirement, deferred compensation, or other benefit plans (e.g., 401(k) Plan distributions, payments pursuant to retirement plans, distributions under deferred compensation plans or payments for accrued benefits such as unused vacation days), and any amounts earned with respect to such compensation and benefits in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan; (ii) payments of prorated portions of bonuses or prorated long-term incentive payments that are consistent with Company Practices; (iii) acceleration of the vesting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs or long-term cash incentives that is consistent with Company Practices; (iv) payments or benefits required to be provided by law; and (v) benefits and perquisites provided in accordance with the terms of any benefit plan, program, or arrangement sponsored by HP or its affiliates that are consistent with Company Practices.

32   ½2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

For purposes of the HP Severance Policy, future severance agreements include any severance agreements or employment agreements containing severance provisions that we may enter into after the adoption of the HP Severance Policy by the Board, as well as agreements renewing, modifying, or extending such agreements. Future severance agreements do not include retirement plans, deferred compensation plans, early retirement plans, workforce restructuring plans, retention plans in connection with extraordinary transactions, or similar plans or agreements entered into in connection with any of the foregoing, provided that such plans or agreements are applicable to one or more groups of employees in addition to the Section 16 officers.

HP Retirement Arrangements
Upon retirement immediately after October 31, 2019 with a minimum age of 55 and years of combined age and service equal to or greater than 70, HP employees in the United States receive full vesting of time-based options granted under our stock plans with a post-termination exercise period of up to three years or the original expiration date, whichever comes first, as well as full vesting of RSUs (other than RSUs granted under a retention agreement on or after June 25, 2019). PCSOs will receive prorated vesting if the stock price appreciation conditions are met and may vest on a prorated basis post-termination to the end of the performance period, subject to stock price appreciation conditions and certain post-employment restrictions. Awards under the PARSU program, if any, are paid on a prorated basis to participants at the end of the performance period based on actual results, and bonuses, if any, under the annual PfR incentive plan may be paid in prorated amounts at the discretion of management based on actual results. In accordance with Section 409A of the Code, certain amounts payable upon retirement (or other termination) of the NEOs and other key employees will not be paid out for at least six months following termination of employment.

We sponsor two retiree medical programs in the United States, one of which provides subsidized coverage for eligible participants based on years of service. Eligibility for this program requires that participants have been continuously employed by HP since January 1, 2003 and have met other age and service requirements. None of the NEOs are eligible for this program.

The other U.S. retiree medical program we sponsor provides eligible retirees with access to coverage at group rates only, with no direct subsidy provided by HP. All the NEOs could be eligible for this program if they retire from HP on or after age 55 with at least ten years of qualifying service or if they retire at any age with combined age plus service equal to 80 or more years. In addition, beginning at age 45, eligible U.S. employees may participate in the HP Retirement Medical Savings Account Plan (the “RMSA”), under which certain participants are eligible to receive HP matching credits of up to $1,200 per year, up to a lifetime maximum of $12,000, which can be used to cover the cost of such retiree medical coverage (or other qualifying medical expenses) if the employee meets the eligibility requirements for HP retiree medical benefits. None of the NEOs are eligible for the HP matching credits under the RMSA.

CEO Pay Ratio Disclosure

In accordance with SEC rules we are reporting our CEO pay ratio. As set forth in the Summary Compensation Table, our CEO’s annual total compensation for fiscal 2019 was $19,317,972. Our median employee’s annual total compensation was $75,013, resulting in a CEO pay ratio of 258:1.

In calculating the CEO pay ratio, the SEC rules allow companies to adopt a variety of methodologies, apply certain exclusions, and make reasonable estimates and assumptions reflecting their unique employee populations. Therefore, our reported CEO pay ratio may not be comparable to CEO pay ratios reported by other companies due to differences in industries and geographical dispersion, as well as the different estimates, assumptions, and methodologies applied by other companies in calculating their CEO pay ratios.

Our CEO pay ratio is based on the following methodology:

We are using the same median employee for our fiscal 2019 pay ratio calculation as we used in fiscal 2018, as there have been no changes in employee population or compensation arrangements, such as any mergers, spinoffs, or mass layoffs, that would result in a significant change to our pay ratio disclosure.

We calculated the median employee’s annual total compensation for fiscal 2019 using the same methodology that was used for our named executive officers, as set forth in the Summary Compensation Table.

Director Compensation and Stock Ownership Guidelines

Non-employee Director compensation is determined annually by the independent members of the Board acting on the recommendation of the HRC Committee. In formulating its recommendation, the HRC Committee considers market data for our peer group and input from the independent compensation consultant retained by the HRC Committee. Mr. Weisler and Mr. Lores, as employees of the Company, do not receive any separate compensation for their HP Board service.

For the 2019 Board year, which began March 1, 2019 (and therefore approximates the period between annual stockholder meetings when non-employee Directors are regularly elected), each non-employee Director was entitled to receive an annual cash Board retainer of $105,000. Non-employee Directors may elect to defer up to 50% of their annual cash retainer. Additionally, in lieu of the annual cash retainer, non-employee Directors may elect to receive an equivalent value of equity either entirely in fully vested shares or in equal values of shares and stock options. For fiscal 2019, two non-employee Directors elected to receive an equivalent value of equity in shares and stock options, and two non-employee Directors elected to defer their annual cash retainer.

Each non-employee Director also received an annual equity Board retainer of $215,000 for service during the 2019 Board year, with regular grants on the date of the annual stockholder

2019 Form 10-K½  33

Table of Contents

meeting. Under special circumstances, the annual equity retainer may be paid in cash. No annual equity retainer was paid in cash during fiscal 2019. Typically, the annual equity retainer is paid at the election of the Director either entirely in fully vested shares or in equal values of shares and stock options. The number of shares subject to the equity awards is determined based on the fair market value of our stock on the grant date, and the number of shares subject to stock option awards is determined as of the grant date based on a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing formula. Equity grants to non-employee Directors are primarily intended to strengthen alignment with stockholder interests and to reinforce a long-term ownership view of the Company and its value. Retention is not the focus of equity grants for non-employee Directors and could cause entrenchment, which is why service-related vesting on equity awards was eliminated in July 2017. Non-employee Directors may elect to defer the settlement of shares received as part of the program until either (a) the first to occur of the Director’s death, disability (as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) or when the non-employee Director no longer serves as a member of the HP Board (a “Separation From Service” as defined in Section 409A of the Code) or (b) April 1 of a given year; however, non-employee Directors may not defer the issuance of shares received upon the exercise of their stock options.

The Chairman of the Board receives an additional $200,000 annual cash retainer in recognition of the greater duties that the position requires. In addition to the regular annual cash and equity retainers, and the Chairman retainer described above, the non-employee Directors who served as chairs of standing committees during fiscal 2019 received cash retainers for such service. The Board approved annual cash retainers for committee chairs as follows for chair service during fiscal 2019:

$35,000 for the Audit Committee Chair;
$25,000 for the HRC Committee Chair;
$20,000 for the Nominating, Governance and Social Responsibility Committee Chair; and
$20,000 for Chairs of other Board standing committees.

Each non-employee Director also receives $2,000 for Board meetings attended in excess of ten meetings per Board year (which begins in March and ends the following February), and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended in excess of a total of ten meetings of each committee per Board year.

Non-employee Directors are reimbursed for their expenses in connection with attending Board meetings including expenses related to spouses when spouses are invited to attend Board events, and they may use the Company aircraft for travel to and from Board meetings and other Company events.

Fiscal 2019 Director Compensation

   NAME(1)   FEES EARNED
OR PAID IN
CASH(2)
($)
   STOCK
AWARDS(3)
($)
   OPTION
AWARDS(3)
($)
   ALL OTHER
COMPENSATION
($)
   TOTAL
($)
   
Aida Alvarez $104,928$215,003$$—$319,931
Shumeet Banerji $123,253$215,003$$—$338,256
Robert R. Bennett$125,253$215,003$$—$340,256
Charles “Chip” V. Bergh$199,863$160,017$160,002$—$519,882
Stacy Brown-Philpot$106,928$215,003$$—$321,931
Stephanie A. Burns$128,250$215,003$$—$343,253
Mary Anne Citrino$142,243$107,502$107,501$—$357,246
Yoky Matsuoka $82,418$344,182$$—$426,600
Stacey Mobley $104,928$215,003$$—$319,931
Subra Suresh$106,928$215,003$$—$321,931
Dion J. Weisler(4)$$$$—$—

(1)

Mr. Clemmer was appointed to our Board during our Fiscal 2020 year. Accordingly, he did not receive any compensation during Fiscal 2019.

(2)

For purposes of determining Director compensation, the Board year begins in March and ends the following February, which does not coincide with our November through October fiscal year. Cash amounts included in the table above represent the portion of the annual retainers and committee chair fees earned with respect to service during fiscal 2019, as well as any additional meeting fees paid during fiscal 2019. See “Additional Information about Fees Earned or Paid in Cash in Fiscal 2019” below.

34   ½2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

(3)

Represents the grant date fair value of stock awards and option awards granted in fiscal 2019 calculated in accordance with applicable accounting standards relating to share-based payment awards. For awards of shares, that amount is calculated by multiplying the closing price of HP’s stock on the date of grant by the number of shares awarded. For elective options, that amount is calculated by multiplying the Black-Scholes-Merton value determined as of the date of grant by the number of options awarded. For information on the assumptions used to calculate the value of the stock awards, refer to Note 5 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019, as filed with the SEC on December 12, 2019. See “Additional Information about Non-Employee Director Equity Awards” below.

(4)

Mr. Weisler served as President and CEO of HP until November 1, 2019, the first day of our 2020 fiscal year. Accordingly, he did not receive compensation for his Board service during Fiscal 2019.

Additional Information about Fees Earned or Paid in Cash in Fiscal 2019

   NAME   ANNUAL
RETAINERS(a)
($)
   COMMITTEE
CHAIR AND
CHAIRMAN
FEES(b)
($)
   ADDITIONAL
MEETING
FEES(c)
($)
   TOTAL
($)
   
Aida Alvarez $104,928$0$0$104,928
Shumeet Banerji $104,928$18,325$0$123,253
Robert R. Bennett$104,928$18,325$2,000$125,253
Charles “Chip” V. Bergh$0$199,863$0$199,863
Stacy Brown-Philpot$104,928$0$2,000$106,928
Stephanie A. Burns$104,928$23,322$0$128,250
Mary Anne Citrino$104,928$33,315$4,000$142,243
Yoky Matsuoka $82,418$0$0$82,418
Stacey Mobley $104,928$0$0$104,928
Subra Suresh$104,928$0$2,000$106,928

(a)

The Board year begins in March and ends the following February, which does not coincide with HP’s November through October fiscal year. The dollar amounts shown include cash annual retainers earned for service during the last four months of the March 2018 through February 2019 Board year and cash annual retainers earned for service during the first eight months of the March 2019 through February 2020 Board year. This also includes cash earned in the period described that was deferred by Director election into the 2005 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, which provides that Directors may elect when to receive their deferred cash annual retainer. Directors may not receive their deferred cash annual retainer earlier than January 2022. In the case of a termination of service, Directors can elect to receive the deferred money in the January following the termination of service if the date occurs prior to the specified distribution year elected.

(b)

Committee chair fees are calculated based on service during each Board term. The dollar amounts shown include such fees earned for service during the last four months of the March 2018 through February 2019 Board term and fees earned for service during the first eight months of the March 2019 through February 2020 Board term.

(c)

Additional meeting fees are calculated based on the number of designated Board meetings and the number of committee meetings attended during each Board term. The dollar amounts shown include any additional meeting fees paid during fiscal 2019 for service in the 2018 Board term ending February 2019. Additional meeting fees for the 2019 Board term, if any, will be paid during fiscal 2020.
2019 Form 10-K½   35

Table of Contents

Additional Information about Non-Employee Director Equity Awards

The following table provides additional information about non-employee Director equity awards, including the stock awards and elective options made to non-employee Directors during fiscal 2019, the grant date fair value of each of those awards and the number of stock awards and option awards outstanding as of the end of fiscal 2019:

   NAME   STOCK AWARDS
GRANTED DURING
FISCAL 2019
(#)
   OPTION AWARDS
GRANTED
DURING FISCAL
2019
(#)
   GRANT DATE FAIR
VALUE OF STOCK AND
OPTION AWARDS
GRANTED DURING
FISCAL 2019(a)
($)
   STOCK AWARDS
OUTSTANDING
AT FISCAL YEAR
END(b)
(#)
   OPTION AWARDS
OUTSTANDING AT
FISCAL YEAR END
(#)
   
Aida Alvarez 10,7020$215,00311,4020
Shumeet Banerji 10,7020$215,00300
Robert R. Bennett10,7020$215,00310,8750
Charles “Chip” V. Bergh7,96538,930$320,01931,073146,148
Stacy Brown-Philpot10,7020$215,00351,6630
Stephanie A. Burns10,7020$215,00320,9660
Mary Anne Citrino5,35126,156$215,00333,506159,671
Yoky Matsuoka 17,1380$344,18200
Stacey Mobley 10,7020$215,00351,6630
Subra Suresh10,7020$215,00319,2950

(a)

Represents the grant date fair value of stock awards and elective options granted in fiscal 2019 calculated in accordance with applicable accounting standards. For stock awards, that number is calculated by multiplying the closing price of HP’s stock on the date of grant by the number of shares awarded. For elective options, that amount is calculated by multiplying the Black-Scholes-Merton value determined as of the date of grant by the number of options awarded. For information on the assumptions used to calculate the value of the stock awards, refer to Note 5 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019, as filed with the SEC on December 12, 2019.

(b)

Includes dividend equivalent units accrued with respect to share awards granted in fiscal 2019 and RSUs granted in previous years that have been deferred at the election of the Director.

Non-Employee Director Stock Ownership Guidelines

Under our stock ownership guidelines, non-employee Directors are required to accumulate, within five years of election to the Board, shares of HP’s stock equal in value to at least five times the amount of the annual cash Board retainer. Shares counted toward these guidelines include any shares held by the Director directly or indirectly, including deferred vested awards.

All non-employee Directors with more than five years of service have met our stock ownership guidelines and all non-employee Directors with less than five years of service have either met or are on track to meet our stock ownership guidelines within the required time based on current trading prices of HP’s stock. See “Common Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” on page 37 of this Form 10-K/A.

36   ½2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table summarizes our equity compensation plan information as of October 31, 2019.

   PLAN CATEGORY   COMMON SHARES TO BE
ISSUED UPON EXERCISE
OF OUTSTANDING
OPTIONS, WARRANTS
AND RIGHTS(1)
(A)
   WEIGHTED-AVERAGE
EXERCISE PRICE
OF OUTSTANDING
OPTIONS, WARRANTS
AND RIGHTS(2)
(B)
   COMMON SHARES
AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE
ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY
COMPENSATION PLANS
(EXCLUDING SECURITIES
REFLECTED IN COLUMN (A))
(C)
   
Equity compensation plans approved
by HP stockholders
             36,472,053(3)             $15.4187             265,135,483(4)
Equity compensation plans not approved
by HP stockholders
Total36,472,053$15.4187265,135,483

(1)

This column does not reflect awards of options and RSUs assumed in acquisitions where the plans governing the awards were not available for future awards as of October 31, 2019. As of October 31, 2019, there were no individual awards of options or RSUs outstanding pursuant to awards assumed in connection with acquisitions and granted under such plans.

(2)

This column does not reflect the exercise price of shares underlying the assumed options referred to in footnote (1) to this table or the purchase price of shares to be purchased pursuant to the HP Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2011 ESPP”) or the legacy HP Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Legacy ESPP”). In addition, the weighted-average exercise price does not take into account the shares issuable upon vesting of outstanding awards of RSUs and PARSUs, which have no exercise price.

(3)

Includes awards of options and RSUs outstanding under the 2004 Plan and 2011 ESPP. Also includes awards of PARSUs representing 4,465,608 shares that may be issued under the 2004 Plan. Each PARSU award reflects a target number of shares that may be issued to the award recipient. HP determines the actual number of shares the recipient receives at the end of a three-year performance period based on results achieved compared with Company performance goals and stockholder return relative to the market. The actual number of shares that a grant recipient receives at the end of the period may range from 0% to 200% of the target number of shares.

(4)

Includes (i) 184,508,645 shares available for future issuance under the 2004 Plan; (ii) 76,534,847 shares available for future issuance under the 2011 ESPP; (iii) 2,725,611 shares available for future issuances under the Legacy ESPP, a plan under which employee stock purchases are no longer made; and (iv) 1,366,380 shares are reserved for issuance under our Service Anniversary Stock Plan, a plan under which awards are no longer granted. Taking into account the enumerated unavailable shares from the Legacy ESPP and the Service Anniversary Stock Plan, a total of 265,135,483 shares were available for future grants as of October 31, 2019.

Common Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2019 (or as of the date otherwise indicated below) concerning beneficial ownership by:

holders of more than 5% of HP’s outstanding shares of common stock;

our Directors and nominees;

each of the named executive officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table on page 23; and

all of our Directors and executive officers as a group.

The information provided in the table is based on our records, information filed with the SEC and information provided to HP, except where otherwise noted.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each entity or individual is determined under SEC rules, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any sharesherewith as to which the entity or individual has sole or shared voting or investment powertotal amount of securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the registrant and alsoits subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and (2) any shares that the entity or individual has the rightomitted schedules to acquire as of March 1, 2020 (60 days after December 31, 2019) through the exercise of any stock options, through the vesting/settlement of RSUs payable in shares, or upon the exercise of other rights. Beneficial ownership excludes options or other rights vesting after March 1, 2020

2019 Form 10-K½   37
material agreements set forth above.
125

Table of Contents

ITEM 16. Form 10-K Summary
None.
and any RSUs vesting/settling, as applicable, on or before March 1, 2020 that may be payable in cash or shares at HP’s election. Unless otherwise indicated, each person has sole voting and investment power (or shares such power with his or her spouse) with respect to the shares set forth in the following table.

Beneficial Ownership Table

   NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER   SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
BENEFICIALLY OWNED
   PERCENT OF COMMON
STOCK OUTSTANDING
   
Dodge & Cox(1)146,883,60110.1%
BlackRock, Inc.(2)99,903,3616.9%
The Vanguard Group(3)129,732,1448.9%
Aida M. Alvarez50,698*
Shumeet Banerji31,311*
Robert R. Bennett71,091*
Charles “Chip” V. Bergh(4)150,382*
Stacy Brown-Philpot51,663*
Stephanie A. Burns63,233*
Mary Anne Citrino(5)197,682*
Richard L. Clemmer4,000*
Yoky Matsuoka17,138*
Stacey Mobley51,663*
Subra Suresh36,924*
Dion J. Weisler(6)1,767,869*
Alex Cho(7)88,582*
Steven J. Fieler(8)341,859*
Enrique J. Lores(9)540,626*
Kim M. Rivera203,223*
All current Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (20 persons)(10)4,555,175*
*Represents holdings of less than 1% based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019.
(1)Based on the most recently available Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 10, 2020 by Dodge & Cox. According to its Schedule 13G/A, Dodge & Cox reported having sole voting power over 140,708,785 shares, shared voting power over no shares, sole dispositive power over 146,883,601 shares and shared dispositive power over no shares. The securities reported on the Schedule 13G/A are beneficially owned by clients of Dodge & Cox, which clients may include investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and other managed accounts, and which clients have the right to receive or the power to direct the receipt of dividends from, and the proceeds from the sale of, HP’s stock. Dodge & Cox Stock Fund, an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, has an interest of 91,145,478 shares. The Schedule 13G/A contained information as of January 31, 2020 and may not reflect current holdings of HP’s stock. The address of Dodge & Cox is 555 California Street, 40th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94104.
(2)Based on the most recently available Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 5, 2020 by BlackRock, Inc. According to its Schedule 13G/A, BlackRock, Inc. reported having sole voting power over 83,693,896 shares, shared voting power over no shares, sole dispositive power over 99,903,361 shares and shared dispositive power over no shares. The Schedule 13G/A contained information as of December 31, 2019 and may not reflect current holdings of HP’s stock. The address of BlackRock, Inc. is 55 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10055.
(3)Based on the most recently available Schedule 13G/A filed by the Vanguard Group on February 12, 2020. According to its Schedule 13G/A, the Vanguard Group reported having sole voting power over 2,199,101 shares, shared voting power over 460,709 shares, sole dispositive power over 127,188,851 shares, and shared dispositive power over 2,543,293 shares. The Schedule 13G/A contained information as of December 31, 2019 and may not reflect current holdings of HP’s stock. The address for the Vanguard Group is 100 Vanguard Blvd., Malvern, PA 19355.
(4)Includes 146,148 shares that Mr. Bergh has the right to acquire by exercise of stock options.
(5)Includes 159,671 shares that Ms. Citrino has the right to acquire by exercise of stock options.
(6)Includes 894,739 shares that Mr. Weisler has the right to acquire by exercise of stock options.
(7)Includes 58,378 shares that Mr. Cho has the right to acquire by exercise of stock options.
(8)Includes 198,332 shares that Mr. Fieler has the right to acquire by settlement of Restricted Stock Units.
(9)Includes 156,976 shares that Mr. Lores has the right to acquire by exercise of stock options.
(10)Includes 1,790,132 shares that current executive officers and Directors have the right to acquire by exercise of stock options and 198,332 shares that current executive officers and Directors have the right to acquire by settlement of Restricted Stock Units.
38   ½2019 Form 10-K
126

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Director Independence

Our Corporate Governance Guidelines, which are available on our website at https://investor.hp.com/governance/governance-documents/default.aspx, provide that a substantial majority of the Board will consist of independent Directors and that the Board can include no more than three Directors who are not independent Directors. The independence standards can be found as Exhibit A to our Corporate Governance Guidelines. Our Director independence standards are consistent with, and in some respects more stringent than, the NYSE director independence standards. In addition, each member of the Audit Committee meets the heightened independence standards required for audit committee members under the applicable listing and SEC standards and each member of the HRC Committee meets the heightened independence standards required for compensation committee members under the applicable listing standards and SEC standards.

Under our Corporate Governance Guidelines, a Director will not be considered independent in the following circumstances:

The Director is, or has been within the last three years, an employee of HP, or an immediate family member of the Director is, or has been within the last three years, an executive officer of HP.
 
The Director has been employed as an executive officer of HP, its subsidiaries or affiliates within the last five years.
 
The Director has received, or has an immediate family member who has received, during any twelve-month period within the last three years, more than $120,000 in direct compensation from HP, other than compensation for Board service, compensation received by a Director’s immediate family member for service as a non-executive employee of HP, and pension or other forms of deferred compensation for prior service with HP that is not contingent on continued service.
 
(A) The Director or an immediate family member is a current partner of the firm that is HP’s internal or external auditor; (B) the Director is a current employee of such a firm; (C) the Director has an immediate family member who is a current employee of such a firm and who personally worked on HP’s audit; or (D) the Director or an immediate family member was within the last three years (but is no longer) a partner or employee of such a firm and personally worked on HP’s audit within that time.
 
The Director or an immediate family member is, or has been in the past three years, employed as an executive officer of another company where any of HP’s present executive officers at the same time serves or has served on that company’s compensation committee.
 
The Director is a current employee, or an immediate family member is a current executive officer, of a company that has made payments to, or received payments from, HP for property or services in an amount which, in any of the last three fiscal years, exceeds the greater of $1 million, or 2% of such other company’s consolidated gross revenues.
 
The Director is affiliated with a charitable organization that receives significant contributions from HP.
 
The Director has a personal services contract with HP or an executive officer of HP.

For these purposes, an “immediate family” member includes a person’s spouse, parents, stepparents, children, step-children, siblings, mother and father-in-law, sons and daughters-in-law, brothers and sisters-in-law, and anyone (other than domestic employees) who shares the Director’s home.

In determining independence, the Board reviews whether Directors have any material relationship with HP. An independent Director must not have any material relationship with HP, either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with HP, nor any relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a Director. In assessing the materiality of a Director’s relationship to HP, the Board considers all relevant facts and circumstances, including consideration of the issues from the Director’s standpoint and from the perspective of the persons or organizations with which the Director has an affiliation, and is guided by the standards set forth above.

In making its independence determinations, the Board considered transactions occurring since the beginning of fiscal 2017 between HP and entities associated with the independent Directors or their immediate family members. In addition to the transactions described below under “Fiscal 2019 Related-Person Transactions,” if any, the Board’s independence determinations included consideration of the following transactions:

Current Directors:

Mr. Bergh has served as President and Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Levi Strauss & Co. since September 2011. HP has entered into transactions for the purchase and sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of its business during the past three fiscal years with Levi Strauss & Co. The amount that HP paid in each of the last three fiscal years to Levi Strauss & Co., and the amount received in each fiscal year by HP from Levi Strauss & Co., did not, in any of the previous three fiscal years, exceed the greater of $1 million or 2% of either company’s consolidated gross revenues.
2019 Form 10-K½   39

Table of Contents

Mr. Clemmer has served as Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director of NXP Semiconductors N.V. since January 2009. HP has entered into transactions for the purchase and sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of its business during the past three fiscal years with NXP Semiconductors N.V. The amount that HP paid in each of the last three fiscal years to NXP Semiconductors N.V.,and the amount received in each fiscal year by HP from NXP Semiconductors N.V., did not, in any of the previous three fiscal years, exceed the greater of $1 million or 2% of either company’s consolidated gross revenues.
 
Mr. Suresh has served as President of Nanyang Technological University since January 2018. HP has entered into transactions for the purchase and sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of its business during the past three fiscal years with Nanyang Technological University. The amount that HP paid in each of the last three fiscal years to Nanyang Technological University, and the amount received in each fiscal year by HP from Nanyang Technological University, did not, in any of the previous three fiscal years, exceed the greater of $1 million or 2% of either entity’s consolidated gross revenues.
 
Ms. Matsuoka served as Vice President, Healthcare at Google, a subsidiary of Alphabet, from 2018 to October 2019. HP has entered into transactions for the purchase and sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of its business during the past three fiscal years with Google and Alphabet. The amount that HP paid in each of the last three fiscal years to Google and Alphabet, and the amount received in each fiscal year by HP from Google and Alphabet, did not, in any of the previous three fiscal years, exceed the greater of $1 million or 2% of either company’s consolidated gross revenues.
 
Ms. Matsuoka has served as Division CEO at Panasonic since October 2019. HP has entered into transactions for the purchase and sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of its business during the past three fiscal years with Panasonic. The amount that HP paid in each of the last three fiscal years to Panasonic, and the amount received in each fiscal year by HP from Panasonic, did not, in any of the previous three fiscal years, exceed the greater of $1 million or 2% of either company’s consolidated gross revenues.
 
Each of Mr. Banerji, Mr. Bennett, Ms. Brown-Philpot, Dr. Burns, Ms. Citrino, Ms. Matsuoka, and Mr. Mobley, or one of their immediate family members, is a non-employee director, trustee or advisory board member of another company that did business with HP at some time during the past three fiscal years. These business relationships were as a supplier or purchaser of goods or services in the ordinary course of business.

As a result of this review, the Board has determined the transactions described above and below under “Fiscal 2019 Related-Person Transactions,” if any, would not interfere with the Director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a Director. The Board has also determined that, with the exception of Messrs. Lores and Weisler, (i) each of HP’s remaining Directors, including Ms. Alvarez, Mr. Banerji, Mr. Bennett, Mr. Bergh, Ms. Brown-Philpot, Dr. Burns, Ms. Citrino, Mr. Clemmer, Ms. Matsuoka, Mr. Mobley and Mr. Suresh, and (ii) each of the members of the Audit Committee, the HRC Committee and the NGSR Committee, has (or had) no material relationship with HP (either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with HP) and is (or was) independent within the meaning of the NYSE and our Director independence standards. The Board has determined that Mr. Lores is not independent because of his status as our current President and CEO, and Mr. Weisler is not independent due to his prior service as our President and CEO until November 1, 2019 and his subsequent role as Senior Executive Advisor to the Company.

Related Person Transactions Policies and Procedures

Related Person Transactions Policy

We have adopted a written policy for approval of transactions between us and our non-employee Directors, Director nominees, executive officers, beneficial owners of more than 5% of HP’s stock, and their respective immediate family members where the amount involved in the transaction exceeds or is expected to exceed $100,000 in a single calendar year.

The policy provides that the NGSR Committee reviews certain transactions subject to the policy and decides whether to approve or ratify those transactions. In doing so, the NGSR Committee determines whether the transaction is in the best interests of HP. In making that determination, the NGSR Committee considers, among other factors it deems appropriate:

the extent of the related-person’s interest in the transaction;
whether the transaction is on terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances;
the benefits to HP;
the impact or potential impact on a Director’s independence in the event the related person is a Director, an immediate family member of a Director or an entity in which a Director is a partner, 10% stockholder or executive officer;
the availability of other sources for comparable products or services; and
the terms of the transaction.
40   ½2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

The NGSR Committee has delegated authority to the Chair of the NGSR Committee to pre-approve or ratify transactions where the aggregate amount involved is expected to be less than $1 million.

A summary of any new transactions pre-approved by the Chair is provided to the full NGSR Committee for its review at each of the NGSR Committee’s regularly scheduled meetings.

The NGSR Committee has adopted standing pre-approvals under the policy for limited transactions with related persons. Pre-approved transactions include:

compensation of executive officers that is excluded from reporting under SEC rules where the HRC Committee approved (or recommended that the Board approve) such compensation;
 
non-employee Director compensation;
 
transactions with another company with a value that does not exceed the greater of $1 million or 2% of the other company’s annual revenues, where the related-person has an interest only as an employee (other than executive officer), Director or beneficial holder of less than 10% of the other company’s shares;
 
contributions to a charity in an amount that does not exceed the greater of $1 million or 2% of the charity’s annual receipts, where the related person has an interest only as an employee (other than executive officer) or non-employee Director; and
 
transactions where all stockholders receive proportional benefits.

A summary of new transactions covered by the standing pre-approvals relating to other companies (as described above) is provided to the NGSR Committee for its review in connection with that committee’s regularly scheduled meetings.

Fiscal 2019 Related-Person Transactions

We enter into commercial transactions with many entities for which our executive officers or non-employee Directors serve as non-employee Directors and/or employees in the ordinary course of our business. All those transactions were pre-approved transactions as defined above. There have otherwise been no related-person transactions (actual or proposed) since the beginning of HP’s last completed fiscal year.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Fees incurred by HP for Ernst & Young LLP

The following table shows the fees paid or accrued by HP for audit and other services provided by Ernst & Young LLP for fiscal 2019 and 2018. All fees paid to Ernst & Young LLP were pre-approved in accordance with the pre-approval policy, as discussed below.

      2019   2018   
IN MILLIONS
Audit Fees(1)$15.9$15.9
Audit-Related Fees(2)$2.4$3.3
Tax Fees(3)$2.9$4
All Other Fees(4)$—$0.2
Total     $21.2     $23.4
(1)Audit fees represent fees for professional services provided in connection with the audit of our financial statements and review of our quarterly financial statements and audit services provided in connection with other statutory or regulatory filings.
(2)Audit-related fees for fiscal 2019 consisted primarily of accounting consultations, employee benefit plan audits and other attestation services. Audit-related fees for fiscal 2018 consisted primarily of accounting consultations, employee benefit plan audits, and other attestation services.
(3)Tax fees consisted primarily of tax advice and tax planning fees of $650,000 and $1.6 million for fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively. For fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, tax fees also included tax compliance fees of $2.2 million and $2.3 million, respectively.
(4)For fiscal 2018, all other fees included primarily advisory service fees.

Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services Policy

The Audit Committee has delegated to the Chair of the Audit Committee the authority to pre-approve audit-related and non-audit services not prohibited by law to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm and associated fees up to a maximum for any one service of $250,000, provided that the chair shall report any decisions to pre-approve services and fees to the full Audit Committee at its next regular meeting.

2019 Form 10-K½   41

Table of Contents

Part IV

Item 15. Exhibits.

The following documents are included as exhibits to this Form 10-K/A. Those exhibits incorporated by reference are indicated as such in the parenthetical following the description. All other exhibits are included herewith.

(31.1)#Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
(31.2)#Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
(104)#The cover page from this Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A, formatted in Inline XBRL.
#Filed herewith.
42   ½2019 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: February 27, 2020December 9, 2021HP INC.
By:/s/ MARIE MYERS
Marie Myers
Chief Financial Officer




127

Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Marie Myers, Harvey Anderson and Rick Hansen, or any of them, his or her attorneys-in-fact, for such person in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that either of said attorneys-in-fact, or substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
SignatureTitle(s) HP INC.Date
By:/s/ STEVE FIELERENRIQUE LORES
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 Steve FielerDecember 9, 2021
Enrique Lores
/s/ MARIE MYERSChief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
December 9, 2021
2019 Form 10-KMarie Myers
/s/ BARB BARTON WEISZHAAR½   Acting Global Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
43December 9, 2021
Barb Barton Weiszhaar
/s/ AIDA ALVAREZDirectorDecember 9, 2021
Aida Alvarez
/s/ SHUMEET BANERJIDirectorDecember 9, 2021
Shumeet Banerji
/s/ ROBERT R. BENNETTDirectorDecember 9, 2021
Robert R. Bennett
/s/ CHARLES V. BERGHDirectorDecember 9, 2021
Charles V. Bergh
/s/ BRUCE BROUSSARDDirectorDecember 9, 2021
Bruce Broussard
/s/ STACY BROWN-PHILPOTDirectorDecember 9, 2021
Stacy Brown-Philpot
/s/ STEPHANIE BURNSDirectorDecember 9, 2021
Stephanie Burns
/s/ MARY ANNE CITRINODirectorDecember 9, 2021
Mary Anne Citrino
/s/ RICHARD L. CLEMMERDirectorDecember 9, 2021
Richard L. Clemmer
/s/ JUDITH MISCIKDirectorDecember 9, 2021
Judith Miscik
/s/ KIM K.W. RUCKERDirectorDecember 9, 2021
Kim K.W. Rucker
/s/ SUBRA SURESHDirectorDecember 9, 2021
Subra Suresh

128